COOKBOOK.pdf

Welcome to CTCookBook

Hi Voltage Assistant

Hi VoltageAssistant

YMS ErrorAssistant

Slip Rings T/S

DASMS

3M LaserCamT/S

Others

GEMS

Rev 1 11/26/99 Initial Release Owners: Fadi Choujaa Dawten Kuhn

Hi Voltage Assistant

9800/HLASystems

ProspeedPace/Sytec CTi/HSA

CT Scanners HiVoltage Assistants

Sytec

Synergy

Technical Publications Copyright 1999 By General Electric Company

Prospeed

YMS Errors Assistant

PACE

3M Lasercam

3MFilmFeed

Technical Publications Copyright 1999 By General Electric Company

HV Errors

Assistant

Hello and Welcome to the New and improved HiVoltage Assistant.Any comments and suggestions please forward to Fadi Choujaa orDawten [email protected] or [email protected]

HV

T/S

Tube

Change

Fadi Choujaa

First Release Rev 0 09/07/99

HSA and CTi HV Assistant

ApplicationError

Diag Mode Error Circuit of Interest Error Printout Theory

214249214250

Click here Click here Click here

183101 214321214345


183186 214343214345


184154 214052 Click here Click here Click here



183109183296

214253 Click here Click here Click here

183110183296

214254 Click here Click here Click here




183151 214187214197



MA Tolerance or Imbalance ErrorsFrequency Sweep - TanksAnode / Cathode Overcurrent TheoryNormal kV Loop Results screen at 120kVKV Overvoltage Anode/CathodeResult Screen ExplanationResults Screen Values for: kV Control Bd. (2143147)Anode or Cathode Shoot-Thru ErrorsNormal result screens for KV MA Xray ExposuresNormal result screens for KV LOOP Exposures

140KV/340ma/2Sec due to disconnecting R155 R156 on the DCRGS Control Board (green board).

Wed Apr 1 18:02:54 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214249 File: isr1_handler.c 1.33 Method: obc_isr1_handler Line: 237 Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : KV Loop Test Name: XRay - Manual Unique ID: 27341 Iteration: 1 Exc. Level: Hard Time: 162086 Error Type: HardwareKV fault detected: Anode overvoltage.KV address: FFCFF3H Bit: D0

Wed Apr 1 18:02:54 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214250 File: isr1_handler.c 1.33 Method: obc_isr1_handler Line: 248 Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : KV Loop Test Name: XRay - Manual Unique ID: 27341 Iteration: 1 Exc. Level: Hard Time: 162086 Error Type: HardwareKV fault detected: Cathode overvoltage.KV address: FFCFF3H Bit: D1

Diag at 140/340/2Sec

High voltage status Average Selected LastNo. Device Value Value Sample

1. Total KV: 140.8KV 140.0KV 129.3KV2. Cathode KV: 70.5KV 70.0KV 65.3KV3. Anode KV: 71.3KV 70.0KV 66.1KV4. Cathode MA: 336.0mA 340.0mA 332.5mA5. Anode MA: 336.6mA 340.0mA 334.2mA6. Cathode inverter current: 53.125A -- 51.900A7. Anode inverter current: 53.675A -- 52.750A8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 0.04V) 19.5KHz9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 100% -- 100%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 89% -- 95%11. Filament current: 6.147A 5.955A 6.288A12. HVDC Bus voltage: 534V 550V 465V13. Exposure duration: -- 2000mS 962mS14. Exposure number: -- 1 1Test has aborted due to an error. See error log for more information.""Diagnostics have completed with 1 error reported."If you scoped the TP1 at the measurement board on the Anode and the cathode side you will see a lot ofspikes. Also if you scoped the 550 on the DCRGS you will see that it is not solid it will bounce up anddown.Lower Techniques worked well.

MA CONTROL BOARD STUFF. MA Minus Circuit

This error was caused by breaking the connection on the MA- feedback line that comes from the Anode measurementboard to the OBC assembly onto the ma control board.Reference schematic (Filament Select and MA LOOP).

To Rule out if the tank is bad connect your DVM at test point TP17 on the measurement board. with a DVM you shouldhave -0.462 volts for a selection of 100KV/50ma/5 second test exposure if you have a bad tank you will probably not getanything out, However if it is a bad connection between the measurement board and the OBC/ma Control board or a badcircuit on the ma control board you will get a reading of greater than -0.5 volts until the test aborts with an error. And thediagnostic screen will show that the Anode ma is too low and the Cathode ma almost double what it should be. (This isbecause we regulate from the Anode ma-).

Wed Apr 1 20:55:09 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214321 File: technic_monitor.c 1.39 Method: technic_monitor Line: 1210 Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : MA Loop Test Name: XRay - Manual Unique ID: 32509 Iteration: 1 Exc. Level: Hard Time: 35427 Error Type: HardwareThe maximum mA limit has been exceeded.Expected mA: 50mAActual mA: Anode=0mA Cathode=97mAMaximum mA allowed: 55mAMA out of WARNING tolerance.Selection: 100KV 50mA MA loop=1 (0=Open 1=Closed)Tolerance: Upper=52.5mA Lower=47.5mATotal samples: 2. Samples Aver mA Samples Aver mA. Aver mA Above Tol Above Tol below Tol Below Tol-----------------------------------------------------------------Anode 0.2mA 0 0.0mA 2 0.2mACath 85.9mA 2 85.9mA 0 0.0mA

Wed Apr 1 20:55:09 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214345 File: technic_monitor.c 1.39 Method: technic_monitor Line: 1671 Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : MA Loop Test Name: XRay - Manual Unique ID: 32509 Iteration: 1 Exc. Level: Soft Time: 35436 Error Type: HardwareThe imbalance between anode and cathode mA has exceededthe operating limits.Selected: 100KV 50mAValues read: Anode = 0.2mA Cathode = 85.9mAMaximum allowable imbalance: 5.0mA

More

MA CONTROL BOARD STUFF MA Minus Circuit Cont..

High voltage status Average Selected Last"#s"No. Device Value Value Sample--------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Total KV: 99.8KV 100.0KV 99.8KV 2. Cathode KV: 50.0KV 50.0KV 50.0KV 3. Anode KV: 49.8KV 50.0KV 49.8KV 4. Cathode MA: 85.9mA 50.0mA 97.4mA 5. Anode MA: 0.2mA 50.0mA 0.2mA 6. Cathode inverter current: 13.550A -- 15.375A 7. Anode inverter current: 13.625A -- 15.450A 8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 2.92V) 25.9KHz 9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 60% -- 61%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 62% -- 63%11. Filament current: 6.542A 5.146A 6.540A12. HVDC Bus voltage: 557V 550V 555V13. Exposure duration: -- 2000mS 225mS14. Exposure number: -- 1 1 ""Braking rotorTest has aborted due to an error. See error log for more information.""Diagnostics have completed with 3 errors reported."

This is an application level error of the same problem.

Wed Apr 1 21:56:39 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error: 183101 File: gen_tech.c 1.32 Method: No Method Line: 569 Function: XRAY GENERATION : MA Loop Scan: 50006/1/1 Type: Static Exception Level: Pri/Most Severe Time: 21:56:38:300 Log Series: 31Two consecutive mA samples out 10.0 % tolerance.Selected technic: 100 kV, 50 mASample1 = 0.1 mA.Sample2 = 0.2 mA.

TOP

MA CONTROL BOARD STUFF MA Plus Circuit.

This error was caused by breaking the connection on the MA+ feedback line that comes from the CATHODE measurement boardto the OBC assembly onto the ma control board.Reference schematic (Filament Select and MA LOOP).

To Rule out if the tank is bad connect your DVM at test point TP17 on the measurement board. with a DVM you should have -0.462 volts for a selection of 100KV/50ma/5 second test exposure if you have a bad tank you will probably not get anything out,However if it is a bad connection between the measurement board and the OBC/ma Control board or a bad circuit on the macontrol board you will get a reading of greater than -0.5 volts until the test aborts with an error. And the diagnostic screen willshow that the Cathode ma is too low and the Anode ma looks good Here we will not see the Anode ma skyrocket because weregulate off of the Anode ma- signal and since the anode ma- is good the regulation is satisfied. Unlike the previous examplewhere we saw the cathode ma+ almost double because the anode ma- was bad..

Wed Apr 1 22:08:26 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214343 File: technic_monitor.c 1.39 Method: technic_monitor Line: 1646 Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : MA Loop Test Name: XRay - Manual Unique ID: 34705 Iteration: 1 Exc. Level: Soft Time: 13264 Error Type: HardwareMA out of WARNING tolerance.Selection: 100KV 50mA MA loop=1 (0=Open 1=Closed)Tolerance: Upper=52.5mA Lower=47.5mATotal samples: 27. Samples Aver mA Samples Aver mA. Aver mA Above Tol Above Tol below Tol Below Tol-----------------------------------------------------------------Anode 49.7mA 0 0.0mA 0 0.0mACath 0.2mA 0 0.0mA 27 0.2mA

Wed Apr 1 22:08:26 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214345 File: technic_monitor.c 1.39 Method: technic_monitor Line: 1671 Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : MA Loop Test Name: XRay - Manual Unique ID: 34705 Iteration: 1 Exc. Level: Soft Time: 13265 Error Type: HardwareThe imbalance between anode and cathode mA has exceededthe operating limits.Selected: 100KV 50mAValues read: Anode = 49.7mA Cathode = 0.2mAMaximum allowable imbalance: 5.0mA

More

MA CONTROL BOARD STUFF MA Plus Circuit Cont...

High voltage status Average Selected Last"#s"No. Device Value Value Sample--------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Total KV: 99.7KV 100.0KV 99.7KV 2. Cathode KV: 49.9KV 50.0KV 49.8KV 3. Anode KV: 49.8KV 50.0KV 50.0KV 4. Cathode MA: 0.2mA 50.0mA 0.2mA 5. Anode MA: 49.7mA 50.0mA 49.5mA 6. Cathode inverter current: 8.175A -- 8.125A 7. Anode inverter current: 8.250A -- 8.250A 8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 3.06V) 26.2KHz 9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 56% -- 56%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 58% -- 58%11. Filament current: 5.241A 5.146A 5.243A12. HVDC Bus voltage: 546V 550V 552V13. Exposure duration: -- 1000mS 1007mS14. Exposure number: -- 1 1 ""Braking rotorTesting has completedDiagnostics have completed with 2 errors reported."

This is an application level error of the same problem.Wed Apr 1 22:00:56 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error: 183186 File: gen_tech.c 1.32 Method: No Method Line: 923 Function: XRAY GENERATION : MA Loop Scan: 50006/1/2 Type: Static Exception Level: Pri/Soft Time: 22:00:55:785 Log Series: 39mA imbalance over 10 % tolerance.Selected technic: 100 kV, 50 mAImbalance threshold = 5.0 mA.Average anode mA = 49.7 mA.Average cathode mA = 0.2 mA.

Wed Apr 1 22:00:56 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error: 183296 File: gen_tech.c 1.32 Method: No Method Line: 932 Function: No System Function Reported Scan: 50006/1/2 Type: Static Exception Level: Pri/Soft Time: 22:00:55:790 Log Series: 41Selected Technic: 100 kV, 50 mA, 0 % Mod, Backup Timer 1080.VarmA: (Index: Start 0, Skip 0, Last 0) Last Cmd 50 mA.Monitoring: (Measured 49.7 mA vs Ref 50 mA).19 Total Samples, Tube Spit Ctr 0.(Rotor 0x0000ae04, Gen 0x8c1815ff, Mon 0x00000000)

TOP

Bad wiring between inverter and the KV board (Ref schematic KV LOOP A4J3. bad connections onJ1 of the Anode or Cathode inverter pins 5,4,2,3 or bad connection on the OBC backplane A4 J3 pinsA18, C18, A17, C17 the signals involved are ANSHTTHRU+, ANSHTTHRU-, CASHTTHRU+,CASHTTHRU-).

Wed Apr 1 21:32:50 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214052 File: isr3_handler.c 1.28 Method: obc_isr3_handler Line: 187 Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : Rotating HVON Control Test Name: XRay - Manual Unique ID: 33637 Iteration: 1 Exc. Level: Hard Time: 174422 Error Type: HardwareThe HV status indicator has reported a premature termination of X-Rays.Technic: 120KV 200mAExposure duration: 85mS Expected: 1000mSKV address: FFCFF9HHV indicator: Bit D0 Value 0Exposure Command: Bit D2 Value 1

High voltage status Average Selected Last"#s"No. Device Value Value Sample------------------------- -------------------------------------------- 1. Total KV: 3.8KV 120.0KV 3.8KV 2. Cathode KV: 1.9KV 60.0KV 1.9KV 3. Anode KV: 2.1KV 60.0KV 2.1KV 4. Cathode MA: 10.8mA 200.0mA 10.8mA 5. Anode MA: 8.5mA 200.0mA 8.5mA 6. Cathode inverter current: 3.550A -- 3.550A 7. Anode inverter current: 1.575A -- 1.575A 8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 5.14V) 30.5KHz 9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 0% -- 0%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 0% -- 0%11. Filament current: 5.790A 5.734A 5.790A12. HVDC Bus voltage: 542V 550V 542V13. Exposure duration: -- 1000mS 161mS14. Exposure number: -- 1 1 ""Braking rotorTest has aborted due to an error. See error log for more information.""Diagnostics have completed with 1 error reported."

More


Wed Apr 1 21:46:52 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: STC Proc: Scan Control Error: 184154 File: scTrigSeqActions.c 1.65 Method: No Method Line: 1127 Function: XRAY GENERATION : Final Exposure Command Scan: 50005/1/0 Type: Static Exception Level: Pri/Most Severe Time: 21:46:51:905 Log Series: 35Timeout on Exposure Command to X-ray On.HW Error: Possible hardware problem.Timeout is: 300 mS.

TOP

Pulled the inverter wire interlock (ref schematic KV LOOP A4J3 Pins A14 or C14 or A19, C19 or atthe Anode or Cathode inverter J1 pins 1 or 6, The associated signal name is ANINTLK-, ANINTLK+,CAINTLK-, CAINTLK+).

Wed Apr 1 21:37:20 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214277 File: OBCdiagHwChecks.c 1.35 Method: gen_control Line: 635 Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : KV Loop Test Name: XRay - Manual Unique ID: 33782 Iteration: 1 Exc. Level: Hard Time: 228568 Error Type: HardwareKV interlock fault detected.Check connections between KV Inverter and KV board.KV status register address: FFCFF7HAnode Interlock Bit: D4 Expected: 0 Actual: 1Cathode Interlock Bit: D5 Expected: 0 Actual: 0-


Wed Apr 1 21:41:03 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error: 183282 File: gen_control.c 1.38 Method: No Method Line: 511 Function: XRAY GENERATION : KV Loop Scan: 50005/1/0 Type: Static Exception Level: Pri/Soft Time: 21:41:03:865 Log Series: 31KV Anode interlock fault detected.

TOP

Bad wiring between inverter and the KV board (Ref schematic KV LOOP A4J3. bad connections onJ1 of the Anode or Cathode Measurement pins 6 or bad connection on the OBC backplane A4 J3 pinsC03 or A01, the signals are ANODEKV+, or CATHODEKV-).

Wed Apr 1 21:32:50 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214052 File: isr3_handler.c 1.28 Method: obc_isr3_handler Line: 187 Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : Rotating HVON Control Test Name: XRay - Manual Unique ID: 33637 Iteration: 1 Exc. Level: Hard Time: 174422 Error Type: HardwareThe HV status indicator has reported a premature termination of X-Rays.Technic: 120KV 200mAExposure duration: 85mS Expected: 1000mSKV address: FFCFF9HHV indicator: Bit D0 Value 0Exposure Command: Bit D2 Value 1


Thu Apr 2 14:50:17 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error: 183289 File: gen_xray.c 1.31 Method: No Method Line: 513 Function: XRAY GENERATION : Rotating HVON Control Scan: 0/0/1 Type: Static Exception Level: Pri/Most Severe Time: 14:50:16:625 Log Series: 35Unexpected Loss Of High Voltage.

TOP

Bad wiring between inverter and the KV board (Ref schematic KV LOOP A4J3. bad connections onJ1 of the Anode or Cathode inverter pins 3,2 or bad connection on the OBC backplane A4 J3 pinsA16,C16, the signals involved are ANINDOC+, ANINDOC- ).

Thu Apr 2 12:02:56 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214253 File: isr1_handler.c 1.33 Method: obc_isr1_handler Line: 282 Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : KV Loop Test Name: XRay - Manual Unique ID: 59750 Iteration: 1 Exc. Level: Hard Time: 528280 Error Type: HardwareKV fault detected: Anode overcurrent.KV address: FFCFF3H Bit: D4


Thu Apr 2 14:47:59 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error: 183109 File: gen_abort.c 1.30 Method: No Method Line: 245 Function: XRAY GENERATION : KV Loop Scan: 0/0/1 Type: Static Exception Level: Pri/Most Severe Time: 14:47:59:545 Log Series: 33KV fault detected: Anode overcurrent.Fault latch address = ffcff3 hex, Bit = D4

Thu Apr 2 14:47:59 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error: 183296 File: gen_abort.c 1.30 Method: No Method Line: 650 Function: No System Function Reported Scan: 0/0/1 Type: Static Exception Level: Sec/Soft Time: 14:47:59:555 Log Series: 33Selected Technic: 80 kV, 50 mA, 0 % Mod, Backup Timer 1080.VarmA: (Index: Start 0, Skip 0, Last 0) Last Cmd 50 mA.Monitoring: (Measured 39.7 mA vs Ref 50 mA).0 Total Samples, Tube Spit Ctr 0.(Rotor 0x0000ae04, Gen 0x9c1995ff, Mon 0x00000000)

TOP

Bad wiring between inverter and the KV board (Ref schematic KV LOOP A4J3. bad connections onJ1 of the Anode or Cathode inverter pins 3,2 or bad connection on the OBC backplane A4 J3 pins A15,C15 the signals involved are CAINDOC+, CAINDOC-).

Thu Apr 2 13:07:13 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214254 File: isr1_handler.c 1.33 Method: obc_isr1_handler Line: 293 Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : KV Loop Test Name: XRay - Manual Unique ID: 61671 Iteration: 1 Exc. Level: Hard Time: 1299700 Error Type: HardwareKV fault detected: Cathode overcurrent.KV address: FFCFF3H Bit: D5


Thu Apr 2 14:59:44 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error: 183110 File: gen_abort.c 1.30 Method: No Method Line: 254 Function: XRAY GENERATION : KV Loop Scan: 50009/1/0 Type: Static Exception Level: Pri/Most Severe Time: 14:59:43:880 Log Series: 41KV fault detected: Cathode overcurrent.Fault latch address = ffcff3 hex, Bit = D5

Thu Apr 2 14:59:44 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error: 183296 File: gen_abort.c 1.30 Method: No Method Line: 650 Function: No System Function Reported Scan: 50009/1/0 Type: Static Exception Level: Sec/Soft Time: 14:59:43:890 Log Series: 41Selected Technic: 120 kV, 40 mA, 0 % Mod, Backup Timer 1080.VarmA: (Index: Start 0, Skip 0, Last 0) Last Cmd 40 mA.Monitoring: (Measured -1.-1 mA vs Ref 40 mA).0 Total Samples, Tube Spit Ctr 0.(Rotor 0x0000a604, Gen 0x9c1995ff, Mon 0x00000000)

TOP

Disconnecting Optical fiber cable U102 at the OBC.This is the Anode left Lower the attached error iscaptured running X-ray Functional Test (KV & ma Xray).

High voltage status Average Selected Last"#s"No. Device Value Value Sample--------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Total KV: 89.6KV 120.0KV 90.1KV 2. Cathode KV: 46.4KV 60.0KV 46.7KV 3. Anode KV: 43.3KV 60.0KV 43.6KV 4. Cathode MA: 39.7mA 40.0mA 39.7mA 5. Anode MA: 39.7mA 40.0mA 39.7mA 6. Cathode inverter current: 7.200A -- 7.275A 7. Anode inverter current: 6.600A -- 6.600A 8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 0.08V) 19.6KHz 9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 38% -- 38%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 100% -- 100%11. Filament current: 5.145A 5.031A 5.165A12. HVDC Bus voltage: 544V 550V 546V13. Exposure duration: -- 1000mS 1007mS14. Exposure number: -- 1 1 ""Braking rotorTesting has completedDiagnostics have completed with 1 error reported."

Thu Apr 2 13:58:05 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214273 File: technic_monitor.c 1.39 Method: technic_monitor Line: 1612 Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : KV Loop Test Name: XRay - Manual Unique ID: 63196 Iteration: 1 Exc. Level: Soft Time: 1910026 Error Type: HardwareKV out of WARNING tolerance.Selection: 120KV 40mATolerance: +/- 3.6KVTotal samples: 27. Samples Aver KV Samples Aver KV. Aver KV Above Tol Above Tol below Tol Below Tol-----------------------------------------------------------------Total 89.8KV 0 0.0KV 27 89.8KVAnode 43.3KV 0 0.0KV 27 43.3KVCath 46.5KV 0 0.0KV 27 46.5KV

More

This is an application level error of the same problem.Thu Apr 2 14:37:34 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error: 183100 File: gen_tech.c 1.32 Method: No Method Line: 503 Function: XRAY GENERATION : KV Loop Scan: 0/0/3 Type: Static Exception Level: Pri/Most Severe Time: 14:37:34:375 Log Series: 27Two consecutive kV samples out 10.0 % tolerance.Selected technic: 100 kV, 50 mASample1 = 89.866 kV.Sample2 = 88.400 kV.Thu Apr 2 14:37:34 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error: 183296 File: gen_tech.c 1.32 Method: No Method Line: 511 Function: No System Function Reported Scan: 0/0/3 Type: Static Exception Level: Sec/Soft Time: 14:37:34:390 Log Series: 27Selected Technic: 100 kV, 50 mA, 0 % Mod, Backup Timer 1080.VarmA: (Index: Start 0, Skip 0, Last 0) Last Cmd 50 mA.Monitoring: (Measured 49.6 mA vs Ref 50 mA).2 Total Samples, Tube Spit Ctr 0.(Rotor 0x0000ae04, Gen 0x8c19b5ff, Mon 0x00000000)

Thu Apr 2 14:37:34 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error: 183183 File: gen_tech.c 1.32 Method: No Method Line: 791 Function: XRAY GENERATION : KV Loop Scan: 0/0/3 Type: Static Exception Level: Sec/Soft Time: 14:37:34:400 Log Series: 27kV out of 3 % tolSelected technic: 100 kV, 50 mATot. samples = 2Tot. kV samples above tol. = 0, below tol. = 2Avg. of kV samples above tol. = 0.000 kV, below tol. = 89.133 kVAvg. of tot. kV = 89.133 kV

TOP

Running KV LOOP 120 KV 1 Sec Both Inverters selected.

High voltage status Average Selected Last"#s"No. Device Value Value Sample--------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Total KV: 99.5KV 120.0KV 101.4KV 2. Cathode KV: 60.4KV 60.0KV 59.0KV 3. Anode KV: 39.0KV 60.0KV 38.8KV 4. Cathode MA: 0.3mA 0.0mA 0.7mA 5. Anode MA: 0.3mA 0.0mA 0.5mA 6. Cathode inverter current: 0.250A -- 0.175A 7. Anode inverter current: 0.125A -- 0.000A 8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 5.28V) 30.5KHz 9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 0% -- 0%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 0% -- 0%11. HVDC Bus voltage: 539V 550V 539V12. Exposure duration: -- 1000mS 1025mS13. Exposure number: -- 1 1 ""14. Status register (Address = FFCFF9H): -- 89HTesting has completedDiagnostics have completed with 0 errors reported."

Notice above that Anode KV is Low.

Following is running KV LOOP only the Anode selected and it does not seem to be bad even thoughU102 of the fiber optic is disconnected.

High voltage status Average Selected Last"#s"No. Device Value Value Sample--------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Total KV: 59.3KV 60.0KV 59.7KV 2. Cathode KV: 0.7KV 0.0KV 0.7KV 3. Anode KV: 58.7KV 60.0KV 59.1KV 4. Cathode MA: 0.2mA 0.0mA 0.2mA 5. Anode MA: 0.3mA 0.0mA 0.2mA 6. Cathode inverter current: 0.050A -- 0.050A 7. Anode inverter current: 0.250A -- 0.050A 8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 5.72V) 30.5KHz 9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 7% -- 0%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 2% -- 0%11. HVDC Bus voltage: 539V 550V 539V12. Exposure duration: -- 1000mS 1006mS13. Exposure number: -- 1 1 ""14. Status register (Address = FFCFF9H): -- 89HTesting has completedDiagnostics have completed with 0 errors reported."

TOP

Disconnecting Optical fiber cable U92 at the OBC.This is the Cathode Right UPPER the attached erroris captured running X-ray Functional Test (KV & ma Xray).

High voltage status Average Selected Last"#s"No. Device Value Value Sample--------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Total KV: 89.9KV 120.0KV 90.2KV 2. Cathode KV: 43.4KV 60.0KV 43.4KV 3. Anode KV: 46.6KV 60.0KV 46.7KV 4. Cathode MA: 39.7mA 40.0mA 39.8mA 5. Anode MA: 39.7mA 40.0mA 39.9mA 6. Cathode inverter current: 6.475A -- 6.475A 7. Anode inverter current: 7.200A -- 7.275A 8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 0.08V) 19.6KHz 9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 100% -- 100%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 40% -- 41%11. Filament current: 5.148A 5.031A 5.055A12. HVDC Bus voltage: 548V 550V 551V13. Exposure duration: -- 1000mS 1006mS14. Exposure number: -- 1 1 ""Braking rotorTesting has completedDiagnostics have completed with 1 error reported."

Thu Apr 2 14:22:56 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214273 File: technic_monitor.c 1.39 Method: technic_monitor Line: 1612 Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : KV Loop Test Name: XRay - Manual Unique ID: 63942 Iteration: 1 Exc. Level: Soft Time: 2208290 Error Type: HardwareKV out of WARNING tolerance.Selection: 120KV 40mATolerance: +/- 3.6KVTotal samples: 27. Samples Aver KV Samples Aver KV. Aver KV Above Tol Above Tol below Tol Below Tol-----------------------------------------------------------------Total 89.9KV 0 0.0KV 27 89.9KVAnode 46.6KV 0 0.0KV 27 46.6KVCath 43.4KV 0 0.0KV 27 43.4KV

TOP

Rotor Controller CTVRC STUFF.

Disconnected J10 in the CTVRC on the Gate Driver filter Board. This will stop the Q1 inverter fromfiring, Q1 drives T1 xfmr which in turn drives the Black Stator Lead.

Thu Apr 2 16:52:30 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214196 File: isr1_handler.c 1.33 Method: obc_isr1_handler Line: 791 Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : Tube Rotor Control Test Name: Manual Rotor Unique ID: 2901 Iteration: 1 Exc. Level: Hard Time: 209211 Error Type: HardwareCTVRC stator error.A short has been detected in the black (left) stator.Register address: FFB82BH Bit: D3 Expected: 0 Actual: 1


Thu Apr 2 16:59:33 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error: 183142 File: gen_abort.c 1.30 Method: No Method Line: 531 Function: XRAY GENERATION : Tube Rotor Control Scan: 0/0/1 Type: Static Exception Level: Pri/Most Severe Time: 16:59:33:615 Log Series: 27CTVRC fault detected: Left (main) inverter short.Fault latch address = ffb82b hex, Bit = D3Rotor State = Accelerate/Transition

TOP

Disconnected J11 in the CTVRC on the Gate Driver filter Board. This will stop the Q2 inverter fromfiring, Q2 drives T2 xfmr which in turn drives the Aux (Green) Stator Lead.

Thu Apr 2 19:47:07 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214195 File: isr1_handler.c 1.33 Method: obc_isr1_handler Line: 779 Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : Tube Rotor Control Test Name: Manual Rotor Unique ID: 8140 Iteration: 1 Exc. Level: Hard Time: 25596 Error Type: HardwareCTVRC stator error.A short has been detected in the green (right) stator.Register address: FFB82BH Bit: D2 Expected: 0 Actual: 1

This is an application level error of the same problem.Thu Apr 2 17:03:13 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error: 183143 File: gen_abort.c 1.30 Method: No Method Line: 540 Function: XRAY GENERATION : Tube Rotor Control Scan: 0/0/1 Type: Static Exception Level: Secondary Time: 17:03:12:585 Log Series: 35CTVRC fault detected: Right (aux) inverter short.Fault latch address = ffb82b hex, Bit = D2Rotor State = Accelerate/Transition

TOP

With J1 in the CTVRC Gate Driver Board completely disconnected we get the following error.

Thu Apr 2 19:49:41 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214187 File: technic_monitor.c 1.39 Method: gen_rotor Line: 773 Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : Tube Rotor Control Test Name: Manual Rotor Unique ID: 8211 Iteration: 1 Exc. Level: Soft Time: 56486 Error Type: HardwareRotor stator current error.The average current is outside the maximum allowable operating range.Operating mode: 0 (0=Accel 1=Run 2=Brake)Expected current: 12000mAMax tolerance: 6600mAStator current: Black = 0mA Green = 12100mA

Thu Apr 2 19:49:41 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214197 File: OBCdiagHwChecks.c 1.35 Method: gen_control Line: 727 Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : Tube Rotor Control Test Name: Manual Rotor Unique ID: 8211 Iteration: 1 Exc. Level: Soft Time: 56491 Error Type: HardwareAn open stator wire has been detected. Fault is generated when statorcurrent in 1 of the 3 leads is below the minimum level of 1300mA.Register address: FFB829H Bit: D1Stator current: White = 12228mA Black = 0mA Green = 11715mA


Thu Apr 2 17:18:19 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error: 183151 File: ctvrc_manager.c 1.6 Method: No Method Line: 133 Function: XRAY GENERATION : Tube Rotor Control Scan: 0/0/3 Type: Static Exception Level: Pri/Most Severe Time: 17:18:18:260 Log Series: 39Broken stator wires detected.Green stator = 11.233 ABlack stator = 0.012 AWhite stator = 11.007 A

TOP

With J2 in the CTVRC Gate Driver Board completely disconnected we get the following error.

Thu Apr 2 19:54:01 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214187 File: technic_monitor.c 1.39 Method: technic_monitor Line: 914 Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : Tube Rotor Control Test Name: Manual Rotor Unique ID: 8340 Iteration: 1 Exc. Level: Soft Time: 108400 Error Type: HardwareRotor stator current error.The average current is outside the maximum allowable operating range.Operating mode: 1 (0=Accel 1=Run 2=Brake)Expected current: 4000mAMax tolerance: 2197mAStator current: Black = 4035mA Green = 25mA

Thu Apr 2 19:54:00 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214197 File: OBCdiagHwChecks.c 1.35 Method: gen_rotor Line: 727 Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : Tube Rotor Control Test Name: Manual Rotor Unique ID: 8340 Iteration: 1 Exc. Level: Soft Time: 108349 Error Type: HardwareAn open stator wire has been detected. Fault is generated when statorcurrent in 1 of the 3 leads is below the minimum level of 1300mA.Register address: FFB829H Bit: D1Stator current: White = 4145mA Black = 3963mA Green = 30mA


Thu Apr 2 17:23:22 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error: 183151 File: ctvrc_manager.c 1.6 Method: No Method Line: 133 Function: XRAY GENERATION : Tube Rotor Control Scan: 0/0/3 Type: Static Exception Level: Pri/Most Severe Time: 17:23:23:010 Log Series: 41Broken stator wires detected.Green stator = 0.049 ABlack stator = 11.868 AWhite stator = 12.076 A

TOP

Removing DCBU- or DCBUM-, or DCBU+ or DCBUM+ from the Rotor Control board in the OBC atthe OBC backplane pins A24 or C24 or C25 or A25 we get the following errors.

Thu Apr 2 20:18:22 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214209 File: isr1_handler.c 1.33 Method: obc_isr1_handler Line: 830 Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : Tube Rotor Control Test Name: Manual Rotor Unique ID: 9078 Iteration: 1 Exc. Level: Hard Time: 217505 Error Type: HardwareRotor control board fault detected: Capacitor overvoltage.Note: The jumper on the rotor control board is configured for a DCRGS.Verify configuration is correct.Register address: FFB82BH Bit: D6


Thu Apr 2 20:28:12 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error: 183139 File: gen_abort.c 1.30 Method: No Method Line: 504 Function: XRAY GENERATION : Tube Rotor Control Scan: 0/0/1 Type: Static Exception Level: Pri/Most Severe Time: 20:28:12:370 Log Series: 27Rotor controller fault detected: Capacitor overvoltage.HVDC Bus capacitor voltage > 375.Fault latch address = ffb82b hex, Bit = D6

TOP

MA Tolerance or Imbalance Errors

1 ERRORS Application Errors: #183101, #183296, #183186 Diagnostic Errors: #214321, #214343, #214343 Wed Apr 1 22:00:56 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error: 183186 File: gen_tech.c 1.32 Method: No Method Line: 923 Function: XRAY GENERATION : MA Loop Scan: 50006/1/2 Type: Static Exception Level: Pri/Soft Time: 22:00:55:785 Log Series: 39 mA imbalance over 10 % tolerance. Selected technic: 100 kV, 50 mA Imbalance threshold = 5.0 mA. Average anode mA = 49.7 mA. Average cathode mA = 0.2 mA. Wed Apr 1 22:00:56 1998 Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error: 183296 File: gen_tech.c 1.32 Method: No Method Line: 932 Function: No System Function Reported Scan: 50006/1/2 Type: Static Exception Level: Pri/Soft Time: 22:00:55:790 Log Series: 41 Selected Technic: 100 kV, 50 mA, 0 % Mod, Backup Timer 1080. VarmA: (Index: Start 0, Skip 0, Last 0) Last Cmd 50 mA. Monitoring: (Measured 49.7 mA vs Ref 50 mA). Total Samples, Tube Spit Ctr 0.

2 Theory2.1 The HSA system monitors the Anode mA and adjusts both anode and cathode in a closed loop

mode. If the one or both sides drift between 5% to 10%, an “mA out of tolerance” error will bereported to the error log. If only one side drifts 5% to 10% above or below the other side, thenthe “mA imbalance” error will be reported. Error conditions make it possible for both errors tobe reported for a failure. Examine the Error Log and Result Screen to determine which side is atfault. If the Anode side is low, the Cathode will be driven to maximum while the system tries toraise the Anode mA. If the Cathode mA side is low, the Anode mA will usually be withinspecifications.

2.2 Reference Information:2.2.1 Proprietary Diagnostics

2.2.1.1 [X-ray Generation] [KV & MA] [Manual]More

MA Tolerance or Imbalance Errors Cont..

2.2.2 Schematics2.2.2.1 Direction 46-018318 (yellow spiral book). KV Loop Functional Interconnect

diagram for your system type.2.2.2.2 Direction 46-018303 Schematics

2.3 FRU’s involved: X–Ray Tube, mA Board, wiring from tank to OBC backplane.2.3.1 Tube.2.3.2 Hang or replace tube.

2.4 If one side is low, rerun the diagnostics using failing technique while metering tankmeasurement board TP17(+) to TP 18(-). For example, this value should read +/- .46vDC when50mA was selected.2.4.1 If this value is present but the Result Screen reads low, verify connections from

measurement board to OBC backplane and mA board or replace the mA board.2.4.2 If this value is not present, verify Tank operation by using Frequency Sweep Job Card.

Swap measurement board between tanks and retest. If error does not follow board,replace offending tank.

TOP

Frequency Sweep - Tanks

1 ERRORS Artifacts, CT Number Drifts, Shoot-Thru, Overcurrents, mA problems.

2 TheoryThis test is used to check the tuned portion of the high voltage tank. The high voltage tanks are tuneddevices where the impedance of the primary changes as the input signal frequency changes. Bysupplying a sine wave to the primary of the tank and varying the frequency, the impedance of theprimary can be observed by measuring the RMS voltage dropped across the primary. The RMS valuefor a good tank should peak around.Note: This test only checks the tuned portion of the tanks. If this test reveals a bad tank, it is most likelythe problem. However, if this test doesn't reveal a bad tank it doesn't absolve the tank, it only reducesthe probability of the tank being the problem. A good tank should show a linear rise with frequencywith a peak between 40K to 100K HZ.A tank with shorted HV rectifiers or capacitors will show a peak between 2K to 20K HZ.A tank with a resistive failure such as carbonized insulation will show very low voltage with no welldefined peak.2.1 Reference Information

2.1.1 Tools2.1.1.1 BK 3001 Audio Generator, or equivalent.2.1.1.2 Meter to measure RMS voltage to 150 kHz

2.2 FRU’s involved: Anode and Cathode Tank3 Summary

3.1 Set up testing devices.3.2 Remove P1 and P2 wires from tank.3.3 Connect testing devices to tank.3.4 Sweep the frequency of the Audio Generator.3.5 Determine disposition of tank.

4 Testing Details4.1 Setup meter and Audio Generator

4.1.1 Set volt meter to AC Volts.4.1.2 Set up Audio Generator (BK3001): Leads in output jack, Range to X100, waveform to

sinewave, attenuation to 04.1.3 Connect leads of Audio Generator to meter and adjust amplitude knob to achieve

voltage between 1 to 5 volts.4.2 Remove P1 and P2 leads from the High Voltage Tank.4.3 Connect both the BK 3001 and the RMS Meter from P1 to P2 studs.

More

4.4 Sweep the frequency from 2KHz to 150KHz, while monitoring the RMS voltage. Write downeach value for reference.

4.5 For a good High Voltage Tank, a peak measurement should occur between 40KHz to 100KHz.(see chart below)The absence of a peak, or the occurrence of a peak at a frequency other than 40KHz to 100KHz

indicates a High Voltage Supply failure. (see chart below)If the RMS measurements fluctuate at the higher frequencies (i.e. 2-10 volt drift), this tank isalso bad. This should be noticeable on the High Voltage waveform at high techniques or it willshow as artifacts on patient scans. (see chart below)4.5.1 Replace Tank if it fails to peak within 40kHz to 100kHz or if the voltage across the

RMS meter fluctuates while frequency is stable.4.6 End of procedure.

Frequency Settingson Audio

Generator (kHz)

Tank (mV)Sample Valuesfor BAD Tank

Tank (mV)Sample Valuesfor BAD Tank

Tank (mV)Sample Valuesfor GOOD Tank

2.0 100 55 552.8 150 66 663.2 175 70 704.2 250 81 815.0 350 89 896.4 750 101 1017.5 1000 110 1108 1000 113 113

10 600 129 12912 340 138 13815 220 154 15418 160 159 15920 130 201 20128 80 174 17432 60 167 16742 30 225 22550 20 324 32464 30 578 57875 50 517 51780 60 Unstable Voltage 476100 80 Unstable Voltage 260120 100 Unstable Voltage 174150 140 Unstable Voltage 124

TOP

Anode or Cathode Overcurrent Error ExamplesError: 183109KV fault detected: Anode overcurrent.Fault latch address = ffcff3 hex, Bit = D4

Error: 183110KV fault detected: Cathode overcurrent.Fault latch address = ffcff3 hex, Bit = D5

Error: 214253KV fault detected: Anode overcurrent.KV address: %XH Bit: D%1d

Error: 214254Mon Mar 30 19:54:43 1998Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214254File: isr1_handler.c 1.33 Method: obc_isr1_handler Line: 293Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : KV LoopTest Name: XRay - Manual Unique ID: 9833 Iteration: 1Exc. Level: Hard Time: 1650421 Error Type: HardwareKV fault detected: Cathode overcurrent.KV address: FFCFF3H Bit: D5

Anode / Cathode Overcurrent TheoryThe OBC reports overcurrent error when the kV board detects more than 80 amps at the inverteroutput going into the tank primary.

kV Control Board 46–321198G1 or 2143147 LED’s

DS5 ANOC: Indicates an anode overcurrent has occurred.

DS6 CAOC: Indicates a cathode overcurrent has occurred.

Refer to Direction 46-018318KV Loop Functional Interconnect drawing for your system type.

FRU’s INVOLVED:Xray tube, HV Tank, HV Cable, Inverter, OBC Quad Power Supply, kV Board or OBC Backplanewiring, Improper Fiber Optic Sequencing, mA board, Low Rotor Speed

More

Anode or Cathode Overcurrent Error Examples

Normal kV Loop Results screen at 120kV

No.High voltage statusDevice

AverageValue

SelectedValue

LastSample

1. Total KV: 111.3KV 120.0KV 112.1KV

2. Cathode KV: 59.9KV 60.0KV 60.7KV

3. Anode KV: 51.1KV** 60.0KV 51.7KV**

4. Cathode MA: 0.5mA 0.0mA 0.3mA

5. Anode MA: 0.3mA 0.0mA 0.2mA

6. Cathode inverter current: 0.175A -- 0.050A

7. Anode inverter current: 0.050A -- 0.050A

8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 6.34V) 30.5KHz

9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 0% -- 0%

10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 0% -- 0%

11. HVDC Bus voltage: 541V 550V 541V

12. Exposure duration: -- 2000mS 2046mS

13. Exposure number: -- 1 1

14. Status register (Address =FFCFF9H):

-- 89H

** Note: With BOTH Inverters enabled Anode kV will be about 8kV LOW !!

TOP

KV Overvoltage Anode/Cathode1 Error log example Anode / Cathode Overvoltage

• Function: XRAY GENERATOR: KV LOOP Error 183106Scan: 0/0/0 Type: None/UnknownException Level: Pri/Most SevereKV fault detected: Anode Overvoltage. anode KV> 82kvFault latch address =ffcff3 hex, Bit =D0

• Function: XRAY GENERATOR: KV LOOP

Scan: 0/0/0 Type: None/UnknownException Level: SecondaryKV fault detected: Cathode overvoltage. Cathode KV> 82kvFault latch address =ffcff3 hex, Bit =D1

2 KV Overvoltage theory• This fault causes a generator shutdown or xray termination and is produced when the KV

board senses that the Anode or Cathode voltage is 10% above user selected value.• On the newer style KV Control Bd. 46–321198, the anode or cathode tries to make up for a

low KV on the “other” side. For example if a cathode inverter IGBT was not firing, then athigher techniques the anode would command a higher inverter current, resulting in a higheranode KV. The total kv would the be whatever commanded KV was. Commanded Kv was120Kv 300 mA and cathode was only 40kv, then the anode would try to command 80kv. Inother words the good side is trying to compensate for the low side and there by causing over kvon the good side.

2.1 Reference Documents / Software tools available:• Direction 2145708 HV best practices• Direction 152922–100 REV 4 Advanced service documentation CD Rom pg.465• Direction 46-018318 CT Functional interconnect• Schematics Dir. 46-018303• Service note T 1351• Proprietary diagnostics X-ray generation functional test• OBC Board Level Test 2.2 FRU’s involved: KV Control board, HV Tanks, Inverters, X-ray tube, DCRGS.

HIGH VOLTAGE RESULTS SCREEN for kV/mA CR PDU and NEWEST STYLE KV CONTROL CARD (2143147)

High voltage status

Average Selected LastNo. Device Value Value Sample-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Total KV: 119.4KV 120.0KV 119.4KV2. Cathode KV: 59.7KV 60.0KV 59.7KV3. Anode KV: 60.1KV 60.0KV 60.1KV4. Cathode MA: 193.7mA 200mA 193.7mA5. Anode MA: 193.7mA 200mA 193.7mA6. Cathode inverter current: 30.7A -- 30.7A7. Anode inverter current: 30.7A -- 30.7A8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 1.6V) xx.xKHz9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 100% -- 100%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 83% -- 83%11. Rail voltage: 540V 550V 540V12. Exposure duration: -- 10000mS 10001mA13. Exposure number: -- 1 1

1 PROCEDURE SUMMARY• The objective is to use results screen values to determine the FRU at fault. The results screen is a data gatheringtool, not a pass / fails test. This tool will abort with a fatal type fault such as a shoot-thru or overcurrent, resulting ineither no data gathered or data gathered with too few data points to get a good average reading. The “ExposureDuration” should always be more than 1000ms.• If overcurrents or shoot-thrus are present, troubleshoot these errors before proceding.• This result screen is different from “KV LOOP” tests in that there is mA through the tube. “KV LOOP” is a zero maprocedure, basically a hi-pot. 1.1 Compare Anode/Cathode/Total KV average values with expected values1.2 Compare incorrect average values with composite error signal (VCNT).1.3 Compare maxed out VCNT with inverter current.1.4 Compare greater than 50amp inverter current with average kv values.• A “FAIL” here is an invalid state. Step 1.1 indicate that values did not match.1.5 What next ?????

2 TROUBLESHOOTING DETAILS2.1 Compare Anode/Cathode/Total KV average values with expected values. Do this at techniques higherthan 120kv, 200ma.• “EXPECTED VALUES” are commanded values and should match what operator requested.2.1.1 PASS: If average values match expected values,. You either don’t have a problem, or are shooting a techniquelower than 120kv, 200ma. Try again.2.1.2 FAIL : Average values DO NOT match expected values.• Proceed to next step 2.X2.2 Compare incorrect average values with composite error signal (VCNT).• VCNT should compensate for a low average value by going to max current command (which will be less than0.6vdc (reference HEADER EXPLINATION “VCNT”))2.2.1 FAIL: VCNT is greater than 1.0 vdc.• Replace KV Control Bd.• Verify System Operation.• YOU ARE DONE.2.2.2 PASS: VCNT is less than 0.6vdc assume KV Control bd is ok. Proceed to next step 2.X2.3 Compare maxed out VCNT with inverter current.• Average inverter current should match maxed out VCNT. Max inverter current is 60 amps, anything above 50 ampwould be considered a proper response to a maxed out VCNT.• NOTE: Both inverters may have low current in response to VCNT. The suspect inverter will be at 100% duty cyclewith a 120kv, 200ma technique request. The good inverter will be much lower.2.3.1 FAIL: Inverter current is less than 50 amps.• Reference “INVERTER NOT RESPONDING TO VCNT” Procedure Job Card.• Inverter operation is suspect.• Repair / Replace per job card• Verify System Operation.• YOU ARE DONE.2.3.2 PASS: Inverter current is greater than 50 amps. Proceed to next step 2.X2.4 Compare greater than 50amp inverter current with average kv values.• Average kv values should be max in response to max inverter current. Max kv value is 80kv, anything above 70kvwould be considered a proper response to maxed inverter current.2.4.1 FAIL: Average kv less than 70kv in response to maxed out inverter current.• Reference “TANK NOT RESPONDING TO MAX INVERTER CURRENT” Procedure Job Card.• Tank operation is suspect.• Repair / Replace per job card• Verify System Operation.• YOU ARE DONE.2.4.2 PASS: Average kv greater than 70kv in response to maxed out inverter current.• This is not a valid state. Step 2.1 determined that your kv vlaues were wrong. Proceed to next step 2.X2.5 What next ?????

Header Explanation Average Selected LastNo. Device Value Value SampleAVERAGE VALUE: is the average taken over the duration of the scan (see EXPOSURE DURATION).SELECTED VALUE: is the value prescribed by the user, or the value required to perform the scan.LAST SAMPLE: is the last value read during an ACTIVE exposure.

Total KV Explanation: 119.4KV 120.0KV 119.4KVOn the 2143147 board this signal comes from TP11. It is an op-amp sum of Anode KV (TP9) and Cathode KV (TP10).Because of KV closed loop regulation, this test point (on a normally operating scanner) should never be different from“SELECTED VALUE” (+/- 2.999%). DO NOT TROUBLESHOOT “Total KV” low (or high). Instead troubleshoot eitherthe anode or the cathode being low (or high), they are the inputs to this value.“Total KV” gets reported to the software through the Gentry I/O and OBC Backplane.On the 2143147 the voltage value of HVDC (un-regulated 770vdc) is fed into the composite error signal (VCNT) tocompensate for the unregulated 770vdc.

Cathode KV Explanation: 59.7KV 60.0KV 59.7KVOn the 2143147 board this signal comes from TP10. Because of KV closed loop regulation, this test point (on anormally operating scanner) should never be different from “SELECTED VALUE” (+/- 2.999%). This is the node that theloop uses to regulate. Because the gain of the electronic monitoring devices between the x-ray tube and this test pointmay not be 1, the KV reported here IS NOT THE ACTUAL KV SEEN ACROSS THE X-RAY TUBE! It is what thesystem THINKS is the actual tube voltage. The purpose of kv gain adjustment is to get a gain of one between x-raytube and TP10 (NOTE: It is uncommon, but possible to get the kv gain pots out of adjustment as much as +/- 15kv).Inverter current is commanded by (VCNT). Compare these three readings (cathode KV, Cathode inverter current and(VCNT)) and troubleshoot. Nominal values are attached.On the 2143147 the voltage value of HVDC (un-regulated 770vdc) is fed into the composite error signal (VCNT) tocompensate for the unregulated 770vdc.

Anode KV Explanation 60.1KV 60.0KV 60.1KVOn the 2143147 board this signal comes from TP9. Because of KV closed loop regulation, this test point (on a normallyoperating scanner) should never be different from “SELECTED VALUE” (+/- 2.999%). This is the node that the loopuses to regulate. Because the gain of the electronic monitoring devices between the x-ray tube and this test point maynot be 1, the KV reported here IS NOT THE ACTUAL KV SEEN ACROSS THE X-RAY TUBE! It is what the systemTHINKS is the actual tube voltage. The purpose of kv gain adjustment is to get a gain of one between x-ray tube andTP9 (NOTE: It is uncommon, but possible to get the kv gain pots out of adjustment as much as +/- 15kv).Inverter current is commanded by (VCNT). Compare these three readings (Anode KV, Anode inverter current and(VCNT)) and troubleshoot. Nominal values are attached.On the 2143147 the voltage value of HVDC (un-regulated 770vdc) is fed into the composite error signal (VCNT) tocompensate for the unregulated 770vdc.

Cathode MA Explanation: 193.7mA 200.0mA 193.7mAThis value comes from the mA Control Bd. 46-288886 TP4, thru the backplane and Gentry I/O bd. Since the cathode isin series with the anode, TP4 should be the same value as the anode mA. The scale is 1v/100mA.In closed loop mode TP4 should be commanded mA. In open loop mode the value should be less (whatever is inGenCalSeed). TP4 is actually the cathode high voltage tank secondary amperage, the x-ray tube is the load for thesecondary. MA Meter Verification verifies that the measurement electronics have a gain of one and that reported mA isactual ma.Cathode high voltage tank secondary amperage (and x-ray tube mA) is the direct result of filament heating, for impropermA include filament function while troubleshooting. If mA is out of tolerance (3%), check KV values for large errors,verify mA metering, and run the Filament Functional test. BLD’s can help also.If cathode and anode mA are different, suspect mA measurement electronics (use mA Meter Test), or suspect ashattered x-ray tube insert shorting out the filament (cathode) or the anode.More

Anode MA Explanation 193.7mA 200.0mA 193.7mAThis value comes from the mA Control Bd. 46-288886 TP10, thru the backplane and Gentry I/O bd. Since the anode isin series with the cathode, TP10 should be the same value as the cathode mA. The scale is 1v/100mA.In closed loop mode TP10 should be commanded mA. In open loop mode the value should be less (whatever is inGenCalSeed). TP10 is actually the anode high voltage tank secondary amperage, the x-ray tube is the load for thesecondary. MA Meter Verification verifies that the measurement electronics have a gain of one and that reported mA isactual ma.Anode high voltage tank secondary amperage (and x-ray tube mA) is the direct result of filament heating, for impropermA include filament function while troubleshooting. If mA is out of tolerance (3%), check KV values for large errors,verify mA metering, and run the Filament Functional test. BLD’s can help also.

Cathode Inverter Current Explanation: 30.7A -- 30.7AThis value comes from the KV Control Bd. 2143147 TP21, thru the backplane and Gentry I/O bd. The scaling is25A/volt. Values over 80 amps (on the inverter) will result in an overcurrent error. Refer to direction 46-018318 FunctionInterconnect Drawings (little yellow/orange spiral bound notebook, rev 4) page 32, KV LOOP FUNCTIONALINTERCONNECT. Locate the “OVERCURRENT” toroid/transformer. This toroid monitors the current leaving theinverter and going to the tank primary.

Anode Inverter Current Explanation: 30.7A -- 30.7AThis value comes from the KV Control Bd. 2143147 TP20, thru the backplane and Gentry I/O bd. The scaling is25A/volt. Values over 880 amps (on the inverter) amps will result in an overcurrent error. Refer to direction 46-018318Function Interconnect Drawings (little yellow/orange spiral bound notebook, rev 4) page 32, KV LOOP FUNCTIONALINTERCONNECT. Locate the “OVERCURRENT” toroid/transformer. This toroid monitors the current leaving theinverter and going to the tank primary.

Approx. KV Inverter Frequency (VCNT) Explanation: ( 1.60V) xx.xKHzThis value comes from the KV Control Bd. 2143147 TP24, thru the backplane and Gentry I/O bd. This is the inputvoltage to the voltage controlled oscillator. the operating range is from 0-5v which will give a frequency range of 19.5khzto 31.5khz.A (VCNT) of 0.2v is a command for a lower frequency, a lower frequency will request more current through the primaryresulting in more KV output. To summarize, a (VCNT) 0f 0.2v is max current command, should have max invertercurrent, should have max KV.A (VCNT) of 5v (or more) is a command for a higher frequency, a higher frequency will allow less current through theprimary resulting in less KV output. To summarize, a (VCNT) 0f 4.99v is min current command, should have mininverter current, should have min KV.(VCNT) is an composite signal generated from the difference between kv command and kv feedback. This error signalis also an input into (VCNT).Compare these three readings (cathode KV, Cathode inverter current and (VCNT)) and troubleshoot. Nominal valuesare attached.More

Cathode inverter duty cycle Explanation: 100% -- 100%This value comes from the KV Control Bd. 2143147 TP23, thru the backplane and Gentry I/O bd. The system uses dutycycle to regulate a the lower mA’s more than it uses frequency. At the higher mA’s the system uses frequency toregulate more than it uses duty cycle. Compare the cathode duty cycle to the anode duty cycle.On systems with EMC Style Inverters and either 46-321198 or 2143147 KV Control Bd, the duty cycles are independentfrom each other and under certain operating conditions anode duty cycle can be higher than cathode duty cycle andvisa versa. HOWEVER, with system problems AND anode duty cycle exceeding cathode by a large amount orconsistently MAY indicate problems with either the tank or inverter.

Anode Inverter Duty Cycle Explanation: 83% -- 83%This value comes from the KV Control Bd. 2143147 TP22, thru the backplane and Gentry I/O bd. The system uses dutycycle to regulate a the lower mA’s more than it uses frequency. At the higher mA’s the system uses frequency toregulate more than it uses duty cycle. Compare the cathode duty cycle to the anode duty cycle.NOTE: The anode duty cycle rarely gets to 100%. At 100% and a max (VCNT) command, the system is out of energy,therefore you should only see these readings at 140kv, 340ma. When the system is out of energy, the kv will startcaving in. IF THIS SCENARIO HAPPENS the system is running out of energy. Most likely due to an IGBT not firing.On systems with EMC Style Inverters and either 46-321198 or 2143147 KV Control Bd, the duty cycles are independentfrom each other and under certain operating conditions anode duty cycle can be higher than cathode duty cycle andvisa versa. HOWEVER, with system problems AND anode duty cycle exceeding cathode by a large amount orconsistently MAY indicate problems with either the tank or inverter.

Rail Voltage Explanation: 540V 550V 540VThis value comes from the CTVRC Control Bd. 46-288858 TP12, thru the backplane and Gentry I/O bd.On the cost reduced PDU, the HVDC can range from 770vdc unloaded to less than 500vdc, depending on lineregulation.

Exposure Duration, Number, and Status Register ExplanationExposure duration: -- 10000mS 10001mSExposure number: -- 1 1Status register (Address = FFCFF9H): -- 8FH

Results Screen Values for: kV Control Bd. (2143147)with a Compact PDU (unregulated HVDC)with an HSA tube at Nominal Line Voltage

80KVmA Total kV Cathode

kVAnode kV Anode

mACathodeInv I

AnodeInv I

Vcnt V Cathode% Duty

Anode %Duty

HVDC

10 79.6 39.9 39.8 9.7 2.45 2.50 4.17 22 18 67420 79.6 39.9 39.8 19.8 4.15 4.02 3.87 32 27 67140 79.6 39.9 39.8 39.9 7.27 7.07 3.60 42 37 666100 79.6 39.9 39.8 100.0 16.35 16.30 3.35 51 46 652200 79.6 39.9 39.8 200.0 32.05 32.00 2.73 72 67 646300 79.6 39.7 39.8 299.5 47.3 47.6 1.94 100 90 639350 79.5 39.4 40.2 349.5 55.0 55.5 1.61 100 90 635400 79.5 39.4 40.2 398.4 62.7 63.2 1.38 100 91 635

100kVmA Total kV Cathode

kVAnodekV

AnodemA

CathodeInv I

AnodeInv I


Anode %Duty

HVDC

10 99.4 49.8 49.7 9.7 2.5 2.5 4.09 25 20 67620 99.4 49.8 49.7 19.8 4.3 4.2 3.70 39 33 67040 99.4 49.8 49.7 39.8 7.4 7.2 3.45 47 42 663100 99.4 49.8 49.7 100.0 16.35 16.30 3.14 58 53 651200 99.5 49.8 49.7 200.0 32.0 32.0 2.58 78 72 646300 99.4 49.5 49.9 299.5 47.5 47.6 1.78 100 89 637350 99.4 49.4 50.2 349.4 55.3 55.6 1.46 100 90 632400 99.4 49.3 50.2 398.4 63.0 63.3 1.23 100 90 627


kVAnodekV

AnodemA

CathodeInv I

AnodeInv I


Anode %Duty

HVDC

10 119.3 59.7 59.7 9.7 2.6 2.6 4.00 29 23 67520 119.3 59.8 59.7 19.8 4.52 4.32 3.52 45 39 67240 119.3 59.8 59.7 39.9 7.5 7.4 3.30 53 47 661100 119.3 59.7 59.7 100.0 16.4 16.3 2.91 66 60 653200 119.3 59.7 59.7 200.5 32.2 32.1 2.37 86 78 645300 119.3 59.3 60.2 300.2 47.8 47.9 1.52 100 88 634350 119.3 59.3 60.2 349.7 55.5 55.6 1.26 100 88 628400 119.3 59.1 60.1 398.8 63.3 63.5 1.07 100 89 625


kVAnodekV

AnodemA

CathodeInv I

AnodeInv I


Anode %Duty

HVDC

10 139.2 69.7 69.6 9.7 2.8 2.7 3.89 33 26 67720 139.2 69.7 69.6 19.8 4.6 4.4 3.32 52 46 67240 139.2 69.7 69.6 39.9 7.7 7.5 3.09 60 53 662100 139.2 69.7 69.7 100.1 16.4 16.4 2.68 74 68 650200 139.2 69.6 69.7 200.3 32.3 32.1 2.06 100 85 643300 139.1 69.2 70.1 300.6 48.0 48.0 1.24 100 88 629340 139.2 69.2 70.2 340.1 54.2 54.2 1.06 100 87 626

More

Results Screen Values for: kV Control Bd. (2143147)with a Compact PDU (unregulated HVDC)

with an HSA tubeat Low Line Voltage (approx 441vac line innput)

80KVmA Total kV Cathode

kVAnode kV Anode

mACathodeInv I

AnodeInv I


Anode %Duty

HVDC

10 79.6 39.9 39.8 9.7 2.5 2.5 4.08 25 21 58920 79.6 39.9 39.8 19.8 4.1 4.1 3.75 37 31 58540 79.6 39.9 39.8 40.0 7.2 7.1 3.45 47 42 584100 79.6 39.9 39.8 100.1 16.4 16.3 3.20 56 51 576200 79.6 39.8 39.8 200.1 32.1 32.0 2.42 83 78 562300 79.6 39.5 40.2 300.6 47.8 47.8 1.55 100 90 552350 79.7 39.4 40.3 350.4 55.6 55.7 1.26 100 91 543400 79.6 39.3 40.3 399.0 63.7 63.4 1.05 100 90 536


kVAnodekV

AnodemA

CathodeInv I

AnodeInv I


Anode %Duty

HVDC

10 99.5 49.8 49.7 9.7 2.6 2.6 3.98 29 24 59020 99.5 49.8 49.8 19.8 4.3 4.2 3.55 44 38 58740 99.5 49.8 49.7 39.9 7.5 7.3 3.2 55 50 582100 99.5 49.8 49.7 100.0 16.4 16.3 2.96 64 59 574200 99.5 49.7 49.8 200.0 32.1 32.1 2.19 93 84 560300 99.5 49.4 50.3 300.2 47.8 47.8 1.30 100 90 544350 99.5 49.3 50.2 350.4 55.7 55.8 1.05 100 89 534400 99.3 49.2 50.0 398.4 63.2 63.5 0.89 100 89 529


kVAnodekV

AnodemA

CathodeInv I

AnodeInv I


Anode %Duty

HVDC

10 119.4 59.8 59.7 9.7 2.8 2.7 3.87 33 27 58920 119.3 59.8 59.7 19.8 4.5 4.3 3.32 52 46 58440 119.4 59.8 59.7 40.0 7.7 7.5 2.95 65 59 585100 119.4 59.8 59.7 100.2 16.4 16.4 2.68 74 69 573200 119.4 59.4 60.1 200.2 32.3 32.2 1.78 100 86 555300 119.4 59.2 60.2 300.2 48.0 47.9 1.03 100 83 537350 119.3 59.2 60.3 350.3 55.9 55.8 0.81 100 88 528400 119.3 59.2 60.2 399.4 63.8 63.5 0.63 100 88 515


kVAnodekV

AnodemA

CathodeInv I

AnodeInv I


Anode %Duty

HVDC

10 139.2 69.7 69.7 9.7 2.9 2.8 3.70 39 32 58720 139.3 69.7 69.7 19.8 4.5 4.4 3.08 61 54 58140 139.2 69.7 69.7 39.9 7.6 7.5 2.54 79 72 580100 139.2 69.7 69.7 100.2 16.5 16.4 2.34 86 79 568200 139.2 69.2 70.2 200.3 32.4 32.2 1.18 100 87 548300 139.2 69.2 70.2 300.7 48.1 47.9 0.56 100 88 526340 139.2 69.2 70.0 340.0 54.4 54.1 0.42 100 89 516

Anode or Cathode Shoot-Thru Errors1 Errors

Applications: Anode Error #183107, Cathode #183108.Diagnostics: Anode Error #214251, Cathode #2142521.1 Error 214252 - Shoot-Thru

Mon Mar 30 19:54:43 1998Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214252File: isr1_handler.c 1.33 Method: obc_isr1_handler Line: 271Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : KV LoopTest Name: XRay - Manual Unique ID: 9833 Iteration: 1Exc. Level: Hard Time: 1650420 Error Type: HardwareKV fault detected: Cathode shoot-thru.KV address: FFCFF3H Bit: D3

Mon Mar 30 19:54:43 1998Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214254File: isr1_handler.c 1.33 Method: obc_isr1_handler Line: 293Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : KV LoopTest Name: XRay - Manual Unique ID: 9833 Iteration: 1Exc. Level: Hard Time: 1650421 Error Type: HardwareKV fault detected: Cathode overcurrent.KV address: FFCFF3H Bit: D5

2 Theory2.1 Shoot-Thrus are sensed in the inverters and are triggered when current through the IGBT’s

exceed 250 amps. This current is reported back through the OBC backplane to the KV Board(A4-J3). Overcurrents may also be reported since they are in series with the Shoot-Thrus andare triggered when inverter current to the tanks exceed 80 amps. If Shoot-Thrus are thedominant failure, troubleshoot this error.The troubleshooting objective is to identify the short in the subsystem by starting at the tube andworking back through the tank, the inverters, OBC backplane, to the KV Board.

2.2 Reference Information:2.2.1 Proprietary Diagnostics

2.2.1.1 [X-ray Generation] [KV Loop] [Fiber Optics]2.2.1.2 [X-ray Generation] [KV Loop] [HV Manual]2.2.1.3 [X-ray Generation] [KV & MA] [Manual]

2.2.2 Schematics2.2.2.1 Direction 46-018318 (yellow spiral book). KV Loop Functional Interconnect

diagram for your system type.2.2.2.2 Direction 46-018303 Schematics

2.3 FRU’s involved: X–Ray Tube, Inverters, KV Control BD, Fiber Optic Sequencing, OBCbackplane wiring.

Normal result screens for KV MA Xray Exposures[100KV/50mA] [120Kv/200mA] [140Kv/340mA]

[X-ray Generation][kV & mA (Xray)]X-Ray Test Type: [Manual]kV Selection: 100mA Selection: 50Minimum ISD (sec): 1Number of Exposures: 1Exposure Duration (sec): 2Rotor Speed: [Default]mA Loop: [Closed]Filter Type: [Closed]Focal Spot: [Small]Aperture: [Closed]

X-RAY FunctionalDiagnostics have started on the OBC.Accelerating rotor...Press the start scan button when ready.

High voltage status Average Selected LastNo. Device Value Value Sample--------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Total KV: 99.6KV 100.0KV 99.6KV 2. Cathode KV: 49.9KV 50.0KV 49.9KV 3. Anode KV: 49.7KV 50.0KV 49.7KV 4. Cathode MA: 49.7mA 50.0mA 49.7mA 5. Anode MA: 49.7mA 50.0mA 49.7mA 6. Cathode inverter current: 8.125A -- 8.125A 7. Anode inverter current: 8.250A -- 8.250A 8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 3.04V) 26.1KHz 9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 57% -- 56%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 59% -- 58%11. Filament current: 5.236A 5.146A 5.236A12. HVDC Bus voltage: 541V 550V 544V13. Exposure duration: -- 2000mS 101mS14. Exposure number: -- 1 1

MORE

Normal result screens for KV MA Xray Exposures


Braking rotor...Testing has completed.Diagnostics have completed with 0 errors reported.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

TOP


[X-ray Generation][kV & mA (Xray)]X-Ray Test Type: [Manual]kV Selection: 120mA Selection: 200Minimum ISD (sec): 1Number of Exposures: 1Exposure Duration (sec): 2Rotor Speed: [Default]mA Loop: [Closed]Filter Type: [Closed]Focal Spot: [Small]Aperture: [Closed]



MORE


High voltage status Average Selected LastNo. Device Value Value Sample--------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Total KV: 119.6KV 120.0KV 119.9KV 2. Cathode KV: 59.3KV 60.0KV 59.8KV 3. Anode KV: 60.4KV 60.0KV 60.4KV 4. Cathode MA: 198.1mA 200.0mA 197.9mA 5. Anode MA: 198.1mA 200.0mA 198.0mA 6. Cathode inverter current: 31.325A -- 31.200A 7. Anode inverter current: 31.675A -- 31.750A 8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 1.60V) 23.0KHz 9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 100% -- 100%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 85% -- 85%11. Filament current: 5.878A 5.731A 5.873A12. HVDC Bus voltage: 539V 550V 538V13. Exposure duration: -- 2000mS 2007mS14. Exposure number: -- 1 1Braking rotor...Testing has completed.Diagnostics have completed with 0 errors reported.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

TOP


[X-ray Generation][kV & mA (Xray)]X-Ray Test Type: [Manual]kV Selection: 140mA Selection: 340Minimum ISD (sec): 1Number of Exposures: 1Exposure Duration (sec): 2Rotor Speed: [Default]mA Loop: [Closed]Filter Type: [Closed]Focal Spot: [Large]Aperture: [Closed]



MORE


High voltage status Average Selected LastNo. Device Value Value Sample--------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Total KV: 139.7KV 140.0KV 139.8KV 2. Cathode KV: 69.3KV 70.0KV 69.9KV 3. Anode KV: 70.4KV 70.0KV 70.4KV 4. Cathode MA: 335.8mA 340.0mA 335.9mA 5. Anode MA: 335.9mA 340.0mA 336.2mA 6. Cathode inverter current: 52.875A -- 52.750A 7. Anode inverter current: 53.550A -- 53.350A 8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 0.48V) 20.5KHz 9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 100% -- 100%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 85% -- 85%11. Filament current: 6.159A 5.937A 6.154A12. HVDC Bus voltage: 536V 550V 536V13. Exposure duration: -- 2000mS 2007mS14. Exposure number: -- 1 1Braking rotor...Testing has completed.Diagnostics have completed with 0 errors reported.

TOP

Normal result screens for KV LOOP Exposures[ 120KV Both Inverters ] [ 80KV Anode ] [ 80KV Cathode ] [ 120KV Anode ] [ 120KV Cathode ][ 140KV Anode ] [ 140KV Cathode ] [ 100KV Anode ] [ 100KV Cathode ][X-ray Generation][kV Loop]HV Test: [HV Manual]kV Selection: 120Number of Iterations: 1Test Duration (sec): 2HV Inverter Enable: [Both]Rail Differential Voltage: [550 V]

HV ManualDiagnostics have started on the OBC.Press the start scan button when ready.

High voltage status Average Selected LastNo. Device Value Value Sample--------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Total KV: 114.3KV 120.0KV 114.3KV 2. Cathode KV: 61.3KV 60.0KV 61.3KV 3. Anode KV: 53.3KV 60.0KV 53.3KV 4. Cathode MA: 0.3mA 0.0mA 0.3mA 5. Anode MA: 0.3mA 0.0mA 0.3mA 6. Cathode inverter current: 0.675A -- 0.675A 7. Anode inverter current: 0.500A -- 0.175A 8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 6.35V) 30.5KHz 9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 0% -- 0%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 0% -- 0%11. HVDC Bus voltage: 541V 550V 542V12. Exposure duration: -- 2000mS 102mS13. Exposure number: -- 1 114. Status register (Address = FFCFF9H): -- 8DH

High voltage status Average Selected LastNo. Device Value Value Sample--------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Total KV: 111.3KV 120.0KV 112.1KV 2. Cathode KV: 59.9KV 60.0KV 60.7KV 3. Anode KV: 51.1KV 60.0KV 51.7KV 4. Cathode MA: 0.5mA 0.0mA 0.3mA 5. Anode MA: 0.3mA 0.0mA 0.2mA 6. Cathode inverter current: 0.175A -- 0.050A 7. Anode inverter current: 0.050A -- 0.050A 8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 6.34V) 30.5KHz 9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 0% -- 0%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 0% -- 0%11. HVDC Bus voltage: 541V 550V 541V12. Exposure duration: -- 2000mS 2046mS13. Exposure number: -- 1 114. Status register (Address = FFCFF9H): -- 89HTesting has completed.Diagnostics have completed with 0 errors reported.

[X-ray Generation][kV Loop]HV Test: [HV Manual]kV Selection: 80Number of Iterations: 1Test Duration (sec): 2HV Inverter Enable: [Anode]Rail Differential Voltage: [550 V]


High voltage status Average Selected LastNo. Device Value Value Sample--------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Total KV: 38.7KV 40.0KV 38.7KV 2. Cathode KV: 0.2KV 0.0KV 0.2KV 3. Anode KV: 39.4KV 40.0KV 40.2KV 4. Cathode MA: 0.2mA 0.0mA 0.2mA 5. Anode MA: 0.2mA 0.0mA 0.2mA 6. Cathode inverter current: 0.000A -- 0.000A 7. Anode inverter current: 0.050A -- 0.050A 8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 5.50V) 30.5KHz 9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 0% -- 0%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 0% -- 0%11. HVDC Bus voltage: 541V 550V 541V12. Exposure duration: -- 2000mS 98mS13. Exposure number: -- 1 114. Status register (Address = FFCFF9H): -- 8DH

High voltage status Average Selected LastNo. Device Value Value Sample--------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Total KV: 39.7KV 40.0KV 39.8KV 2. Cathode KV: 0.6KV 0.0KV 0.6KV 3. Anode KV: 39.1KV 40.0KV 39.3KV 4. Cathode MA: 0.2mA 0.0mA 0.2mA 5. Anode MA: 0.3mA 0.0mA 0.2mA 6. Cathode inverter current: 0.050A -- 0.050A 7. Anode inverter current: 0.125A -- 0.000A 8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 5.49V) 30.5KHz 9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 0% -- 0%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 0% -- 0%11. HVDC Bus voltage: 541V 550V 541V12. Exposure duration: -- 2000mS 2006mS13. Exposure number: -- 1 114. Status register (Address = FFCFF9H): -- 89HTesting has completed.Diagnostics have completed with 0 errors reported."~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

[X-ray Generation][kV Loop]HV Test: [HV Manual]kV Selection: 80Number of Iterations: 1Test Duration (sec): 2HV Inverter Enable: [Cathode]Rail Differential Voltage: [550 V]


High voltage status Average Selected LastNo. Device Value Value Sample--------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Total KV: 40.6KV 40.0KV 40.6KV 2. Cathode KV: 40.3KV 40.0KV 40.3KV 3. Anode KV: 0.3KV 0.0KV 0.3KV 4. Cathode MA: 0.3mA 0.0mA 0.3mA 5. Anode MA: 0.2mA 0.0mA 0.2mA 6. Cathode inverter current: 0.050A -- 0.050A 7. Anode inverter current: 0.000A -- 0.000A 8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 5.62V) 30.5KHz 9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 0% -- 0%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 0% -- 0%11. HVDC Bus voltage: 541V 550V 542V12. Exposure duration: -- 2000mS 102mS13. Exposure number: -- 1 114. Status register (Address = FFCFF9H): -- 8FH

High voltage status Average Selected LastNo. Device Value Value Sample--------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Total KV: 39.8KV 40.0KV 39.7KV 2. Cathode KV: 39.1KV 40.0KV 39.1KV 3. Anode KV: 0.7KV 0.0KV 0.7KV 4. Cathode MA: 0.3mA 0.0mA 0.2mA 5. Anode MA: 0.2mA 0.0mA 0.2mA 6. Cathode inverter current: 0.125A -- 0.050A 7. Anode inverter current: 0.000A -- 0.000A 8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 5.61V) 30.5KHz 9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 0% -- 0%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 0% -- 0%11. HVDC Bus voltage: 541V 550V 541V12. Exposure duration: -- 2000mS 2007mS13. Exposure number: -- 1 114. Status register (Address = FFCFF9H): -- 89HTesting has completed.Diagnostics have completed with 0 errors reported.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

























214052183289

214052183289

214273183100

214254183110

214277183282 214052

184154

214273183108

214253183109

214277183282

214052184154

No error

No error

KV Loop 2126211 #1

GEMS

MORE ASSOCIATED ERRORS CAN BE FOUND ON NEXT PAGE

214277183282

214253183109

214052184154

214052183289

214273183100

214273183100

214052184154

214254183110

214277183282

No error

214052183289

KV Loop 2126211

TP 32

TP 27

TP 29

214321 ma out of warning tolerence214345 imbalance183101 out of tolerence

214343214345183186183296

0.46 volts for 100 kv @50 ma0.92 volts for 100 kv @ 100 ma TP 17

0.48 volts for 100 kv @50 ma0.96 volts for 100 kv @ 100 ma TP 17

TP 18 is GNDMA Waveforms at TP 32, 27, 29

Filament select & MAloop2126212

1

214209183139

550 VDCMonitor

214187214197183151

214187214197183151

214187214197183151

Load current xfmr sense Left

Shoot thru detector left

Shoot thru detector right

Load current xfmr Sense right

Rotor control & DC BusMonitor 2126214

GEMS

MORE ERRORS ON NEXT PAGE

6

ACC RUN STOP530 507 530VAC VAC VAC

ACC RUN STOP530 507 530VAC VAC VAC

214195183143

214196183142

With this connector completely off you get error 183151 inApplications (214187,214197 diag mode), stating that the blackstator had “0” amps. However if you had a bad connection on J1you will not get an error but you can bet your rotor is notspinning at the right rpm.

With this connector offyou get the following214197214187183151

Good values = 6.8 amps ACC mode 2.4 amps Run modeBad values = 6.5 amps ACC mode with J1 pin 1 disconnected and 2.3 amps Run mode

Good values = 6.95 amps in ACC mode 2.66 amps in Run modeBad values = 6.6 amps with J2 pin 1 disconnected 2.58 amps Run mode with J2 pin 1 disconnected

Test by using the following: Diag mode / Rotor Control / Rotor Manual / Hispeed + 550 VDC + 10 seconds

Rotor Control & DC BusMonitor 2126214

Refer the page numbers to:Advanced Systems Service ManualDirection 2152922-100 Rev. 7

NOTE:This procedure requires a service key.

If you revise this chart please changethe RevDate and initial.Please e-mail all comments and updatesto: Morten Lindstad

Created by: Ken LarsenEdited by: Kevin Carpenter

CT/i Tube ChangeRev. 1 Date: 4/28/99

START

Enter Tube Failure CodePg 565 Sec. 22.1

Remove Old TubePg 566 Sec. 22.2

Install New TubePg 567 Sec. 22.3

Enter New Tube Fail Code & Serial Numbers

Pg 569 Sec. 22.5

- Service Desktop - Replacement Procedures - Tube Changes - New Tube Config

Prompted to Restart the System

KV Meter VerificationPg 547 Sec. 7.0Optional: Recommended if there

have been high voltage problems. Also, some may have been done during regular PM procedure. mA Meter Verification

Pg 549 Sec. 8.0

Go ToSHEET B

Set CalSeed ValuesPg 551 Sec. 9.0

CT/i Tube Change

NO

YES

SHEET B

Was Z-align Baseline done on

previous tube, and is the only one since?

Plane of RotationPg 114 Sec. 7.0

Beam on WindowPg 117 Sec. 8.0

Wait 15 Minutes for Tube Cooling

Create Z-Align BaselinePg 119 Sec.10.0

Z-AlignmentPg 113 Sec. 6.0

ISOPg 120 Sec. 11.0

CBFPg 122 Sec. 12.0

Signal / NoisePg 126 Sec.14.0

KV Rise & Fall TimesPg 559 Sec. 15.0

Internal Scan TimerPg 561 Sec. 18.0

Auto mA CalibrationPg 558 Sec. 14.0

Go ToSHEET C

To see date of Last Z-Algin, view the History Log.

CT/I Tube Change

NO NO

YES

YES

SHEET D

Did Image Quality Pass

?

Heat Soak - SeasoningPg 570 Sec. 22.8

Ring Artifact?

90 Minute Cool Time

Save System StatePg 85 Sec. 13.0

Check:CT# Shift

Center Smudge Uniformity Cupping

QcalPg 100 Sec. 19.0

Phantom CalPg 66 Sec. 2.4

N# AdjustPg 69 Sec. 4.0

Image QualityPg 74 Sec. 11.0

CheckChk POR - Pg 114Chk BOW - Pg 117Was Z-Align Used?

Reset Smart Trend BaselinePg 69 Sec. 4.0

CT/I Tube Change

NO

YES

NO

YES

YES

NO

SHEET C

Was KV Test Baseline done on

previous tube?Adj KV Gain Pots

Pg 553 Sec. 10.0

Create KV Test BaselinePg 557 Sec. 12.0

Run KV TESTPg 557 Sec. 12.0

Did KV Test

Pass?

Qcal Over 6 Months

Old?

QcalPg 100 Sec. 19.0

Phantom CalPg 66 Sec. 2.4

Air CalPg 65 Sec. 2.3

Image QualityPg 74 Sec. 11.0

Go ToSHEET D

g GE Medical Systems

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE 1. Introduction

2,3. High Voltage Troubleshooting Flow Diagrams

4. Procedure 1, Examine Error Logs, Install New Tube

5. Service Note T-1281

6. Procedure 2, Hi-Pot Test (KV Loop)

7. Hi-Pot Test Results

8. Procedure 3, KV Functional Test

9. KV Functional Test Results

10. Procedure 4, Disconnecting P1 & P2 on the HV Tanks

Procedure 5, HV Fiber Optics

11,12. Procedure 6, Sweep Tank

APPENDIX A. MA Board / Filament

B. Rotor Tests

C. DCRGS Troubleshooting, SN T-1333

D. Waveforms, HV Tank TP1

E. KV Feedback Pot

G. Tube Chart

REV A5/12/95CT SUPPORT TEAMCENTRAL ATLANTIC REGION


INTRODUCTION

This guide was assembled in order to assist the GE Field Service Engineer troubleshoothigh voltage problems in the Hi-Speed CT Scanner . It is not intended to be a “fix-all”guide. Refer to the CD Rom documentation and service manuals for additionaltroubleshooting information. The flow chart on pages 2-4 has references in corner blocksto the numbered procedures in this guide.

Any comments or suggestions should be addressed to one of the CT Support Engineersin the Central Atlantic Region.

Fadi ChoujaaDawten KuhnKen Ross


PAGE 1

G.E. Medical Systems

Your comments and feedback are welcome. Please contact one of the RSE's listed

Shoot-Thrus,overcurrents,spits, out ot

toleranceerrors?

NO Suspecttube ,HV

cables

YES

DisconnectPI&P2 off of

tanks.Run KV loop

test.

HVerrors sti l l

exist?

HV errors sti l l

exist?

Start

Turn machineback to

customer

A

CT HSA HIGH VOLTAGE TROUBLESHOOTING.

NOTE: THIS PROCEDURE ASSUMES THAT NORMAL 550VDC EXISTS. IF THE RAIL VOLTAGE IS SUSPECT, REFER TO THE DCRGS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE.

Hard /intermittent

View error log,perform Install

New tube1

Performscans

No

Run KV Loopand KV

FunctionalTests. Record

Anode andCathode HV

and duty cyclevalues.

2,3

Yes

Hi-Pot (KV Loop)system. Monitor

TP1 on Tankmeasurment

boards.

4

2


Don't forget to scope TP1 on the measurement board of HV tank for both KVLOOP and KVFUNCTIONAL tests. Refer to Appendix "D" for sample waveforms.

Suspect inverter.

ReconnectP1 & P2

Does anodeduty cycle

exceedcathode?

Suspectanode

inverter

YES

Run KV boardtest & light

pipeverification.

Do KV boardtests pass?

NOSuspect

KV board

YES

Swapinverters.Run KV

functionaltest.

Do duty cyclevalues swap

anode tocathode?

Replaceappropriate

inverter

NO

Run KV Functionaltest. Compare

Anode and Cathodeduty cycle.

A

HVerrors still

exist?

YES NO SuspectHV tank.Performsweeptank

procedure.

YES

NO

CALLSUPPORT

CT HSA HIGH VOLTAGE TROUBLESHOOTING (cont.)

6

3

5

3

D. Kuhn

For more support please contact one of your Region Support engineers or the OLC.


A tank that passes the sweep tank is not necessarily good. But one that fails should be considered defective.

GE Medical Systems

* PROCEDURE 1

1. Review the “MESSAGES” log at the Applications Level. Look for and note any of the following errors:

“MA or KV out of tolerance errors”“Anode / Cathode overcurrents”“Anode / Cathode shoot thrus”“Tube Spits”“Max. Spit Count Exceeded”

2. Review “Tube spits” . Utilities /CT Tools / Run Time Stats. Look for tube spits per 10 scans ratio. A ratiohigher than 10 spits per 10 scans indicates a spitting tube.

3. Verify that the Tube Rotor is spinning. Usually you can hear the Rotor, but you cannot verify the correctspeed. To do this you will have to obtain a Reed Tachometer from your test equipment pool (P/N 46-194427P408). High speed RPM’s should be approximately 10,000.

4. Inspect the oil and candle sticks at the Tube and Tanks. Look for any discoloration in the oil and thecorrect amount in the wells. Inspect the candlesticks for cracks.

5. If steps 3 and 4 are OK, run “Install New Tube” . Utilities / CT tools / Gen Cal / Install New Tube.

NOTE: If “Install New Tube” will not run you may have to run Manual MA Cal. See SN 1281 (nextpage).


PAGE 4

October 30, 1993 SERVICE NOTE----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

HSA GENCAL SLOPE PROBLEMS SN T-1281----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PROBLEM:Cannot run Install New Tube or Auto MA after a tube change or when attempting to update the gencal slope.

SYMPTOM AND ERROR LOG EXAMPLE:Fri. Aug. 27 13:42:48 1993Suite:PROV Host: OC0 Proc:tls Error: 80027File GenCalData.m 1.10 Method genCalSlope() line: 1292Invalid Argument slope

Fri. Aug. 27 13:42:48 1993Suite PROV Host: OC0 Proc:tls Error: 8004File: GenCalData.m 1.10 Method: genCalSlope() Line: 1296KV - 80 Ma - 105.0 FilamentCur 5.791KV - 80 Ma - 104.8 FilamentCur 5.809 Slope - -0.045

Fri Aug. 27 14:03:02 1993Suite:PROV Host:OBC Proc: Generator Error:183130File: Method:no Method Line:411Function:X-RAY GENERATION: Rotating Backup Timer InterlockScan: 0/0/6 Type:StaticException Level:Pri/Most Severe Time: 14:03:02:525 Log Series:46I/O Fault Detected: Backup timer expired.Scanning hardware reset successful.scan failed with scanCompleteStat 0

SOLUTION:Run Manual MA Cal to create cal seed values that do not run the slope into negative numbers.

1. Enter Manual MA.2. Select 80KV / 30MA small filament.3. Input a value between 3 and 7 and shoot the scan, adjusting the number on every scan until the MA is within 5 percent tolerance.4. Update the table when within 5 percent tolerance and repeat procedure for the 80KV / 100MA small filament and the 80KV / 300MA large filament.5. Once these values are within 5 percent and updated you can return to Auto MA and cal seed and Auto MA should update all stations successfully.

Alan J. Cuellar-Amrod, NSC


PAGE 5

GE Medical Systems

* PROCEDURE 2

HV SUBSYSTEM HI POT

The KV LOOP test is a (zero) ma test which is used to “high pot” the high voltage secondary. All testsshould be at least 2 seconds in duration for proper sampling of data. High voltage waveforms may besampled on the measurement boards ( TP1) on both cathode and anode HV tanks.

Verify the following from the results screen:

* KVs are correct - all KVs 80, 120, 140

* Inverter currents are less than .500A

* Verify HV waveform at TP1 is not distorted. Both anode and cathode

* Rail voltage

* Check message log for errors

NOTE: See Attachment for “Normal” KV Loop results screen.


PAGE 6

KVLOOP INFO

Click here for KVLOOP screen results

Click here for a blank KVLOOP screen to document your results on.

This screen may be printed.

PAGE 7

GE Medical Systems

* PROCEDURE 3

KV FUNCTIONAL TEST

KV functional test can be used to prove the HV subsystem can provide enough energy for both low andhigh technics. All exposures should be at least 2 seconds in duration to obtain good data for the firmware tosample. TP1 may also me monitored on the measurement board during this test.

Use the following technics:

80/10

120/200

140/340

Verify the following:

* KVs are correct 80, 120, 140 Don’t troubleshoot total KV - verify both Cathode and Anode KV

* Cathode and Anode MA

* Cathode and Anode inverter current

* Cathode and Anode duty cycle (new style KV bd. only) Anode duty cycle rarely exceeds 90% and should never reach 100% Anode duty cycle should never exceed cathode duty cycle

* VCNT - Lower freq. = more current Higher freq. = less current

* Rail voltage

* Message log for errors


PAGE 8

KV FUNCTIONAL

Click here for KV functional test screen results

Click here for a blank KV functionalscreen to document your results on.This screen may be printed

PAGE 9

GE Medical Systems

* PROCEDURE 4

1. Disconnect the P1 and P2 leads from the Anode and Cathode HV tanks. Use electrical tape and tape off the leads to avoid any short circuits.

2. Run KV Loop Test. Observe any errors.

* PROCEDURE 5

The following procedure will test the HV Fiber Optic circuit ( valid only on the new KVboards, 46-321198G1).

1. From plasma select Utilities / Xray generation / KV loop / HV Fiber Optics. Increase the test duration to 4 seconds and watch the LED’s toggling at the Cathode and Anode inverters. (KV inverter covers will have to be removed to see the LED’s) Be sure that 550VDC is removed before removing covers.

2. Follow the procedure on the CD ROM.

REV A5/12/95CT SUPPORT TEAMCENTRAL ATLANTIC REGION PAGE 10

GE Medical Systems

* PROCEDURE 6


Remember, the sweep tank procedure is not conclusive. If it passes the tank may still be defective. But if the test fails the tank is probably defective.

GE Medical Systems

This section provides some observations related to the MA board signals and filament problems.

Attached are sample signals and scenarios.

• • With software all the way down to the > prompt the Ma board in OBC should have no LED’s turned on.• • With software up and at application level and OBC controller is up the following is observed.

• • DS2 INVEN is ON• • DS14 INVON is ON• • if DS13 (SMSP) is off that means the system defaulted to Large spot Filament.• • No RED LED’s should be on otherwise it indicates a fault.

The following readings were obtained with the tube disconnected from the xfmr.

Tube Filament OHMS as follows.

L - C 0.7 to 0.3 ohmsS - C 0.7 to 0.3 ohmsL - S 0.7 to 0.3 ohms

Xfmr Pri OHMS as follows

XL1 - XLC 0.3 ohmsXLC - XL2 0.3 ohmsXS1 - XSC 0.3 ohmsXS2 - XSC 0.3 ohms

Xfmr SEC OHMS as follows

L - C 0.3 ohmsC - S 0.3 ohms


APPENDIX A-PAGE 1 OF 4

GE Medical Systems

MA Selection Relay K78 on OBC Backplane .

Be sure to check that the relay is working properly. To test it use this approach.UseUtilities/XrayGeneration/Diags/Ma Loop/ to toggle between Large spot and small spot filament observethat DS13 (SMSP) is turning on when small spot is selected and extinguishes when Large spot is selectedYOU DO NOT NEED THE TUBE HOOKED UP TO BE ABLE TO TOGGLE THE FILAMENTSELECTION. ( Hi voltage Cables from the tube can be disconnected while doing this test).

Note: With the tube unhooked no red LED’s on the MA board should be on at the diags level.

Gotcha’s: If the inverter circuit on the MA board fails it may give an indication of an open filamentproblem DS9 (open filament) and DS7 (inv fault) may be on, if you try to toggle between Large andsmall spot it will fail because of an already pre-existing condition do not be fooled into thinking that itis a filament selection or an open filament problem most likely it is the MA board that is bad.

Use page 33 of Direction 46-018318 for continuity checks on the Filament connections.

Attached are sample waveforms of the Filament drive signals.


APPENDIX A- PAGE 2 OF 4

TP22 MA BOARD (FILAMENT COMMAND)

TP27 MA BOARD (FILAMENT CENTER TAP)


TP 29 MA BOARD (FILAMENT 2)

TP32 MA BOARD (FILAMENT 1)

GE Medical Systems

* APPENDIX B

ROTOR TESTS

* TOOLS AVAILABLE FOR ROTOR TESTS

A. Rotor Manual Tests (Proprietary Diags)

B. Frequency Sweep Test (Proprietary Diags)

C. Manual Mode from the OBC CTVRC Control Board.

________________________________________________________________________

A. Rotor Manual Tests

This diagnostic is accessed from the plasma: Utilities / Diags / Download Diags / Gantry / Rotor / Rotor Manual.

This test allows the user to operate the rotor in a similar manner as the applications or in a special test configuration for troubleshooting. Test configurations include open loop, closed loop , rail voltage off, 50VDC (diagnostic Mode), and 550VDC.

USER SELECTIONS.

Rotor Speed: This allows a chose of one of three rotor speeds. Some tubes are limited to two rotor speeds even though the selection allows three. An invalid

choice is automatically changed to the next valid selection.

Rail Voltage: This selection allows the rotor to be operated normally ( 550VDC )or decrease the voltage ( 50VDC) when severe faults are present such as capacitorovervoltage, shorts, or shoot-thrus.

Test Duration: This selection controls the duration of the run cycle. Range is 10to 1800 seconds.


APPENDIX B-PAGE 1 OF 4

GE Medical Systems

* APPENDIX B (cont.)

Rotor Loop:This selection opens or closes the rotor control loop. Closing the loopenables the CTVRC to regulate the stator current to the expected value, however,problems can be concealed in this mode. Open loop allows subtle problems inperformance to be detected. During 0 or 50V operation, the open loop mode

should be selected to prevent the CTVRC from saturating the output control signals.

RESULTS SCREEN.

The following is an example of a good Rotor Manual Test results screen.

No. Device Expected Present__________________________________________________________________________________________________1. CTVRC operating mode: IDLE2. Green stator current:

Present current ----- 2.595A Average accel current 10.27A 9.963A Average run current 4.000A 3.883A Average brake current 8.780A 8.920A

3. Black stator current: Present current ------ 1.668A Average accel current 10.270A 10.190A Average run current 4.000A 3.845A Average brake current 8.780A 8.278A

4. White stator current: Present current ------ 2.193A

5. Stator temperature rise (190C limit): 40C6. Rail voltage: 550V 553V7. High capacitor side voltage: 275V 279V8. Low side capacitor voltage: 275V 273V9. Current command voltage: 4.390V 4.371V10. Pulse width command voltage: 1.745V 1.736V11. CTVRC reference voltage: 10.000V 10.002V12. CTVRC operating frequency: ---- 110HZ13. Status register: ---- 00H14. Fault register: 00H 00H_____________________________________________________________________________________________________



GE Medical Systems


B. Frequency Sweep Test

This diagnostic is accessed from plasma: Utilities / Diags / Download Diags l Gantry / Rotor /Freq Sweep.

Testing consists of sweeping the rotor operating frequency while reading the black and green stator currents. The rail voltage of 50VDC and a maximum pulse width setting is used for collecting data. The stator currents measured versus the operating frequency are displayed. Normal operating ranges are: Black and Green stator currents should peak between 130HZ and 170HZ, Green stator currents peak 10HZ higher than Black stator currents.

RESULTS SCREEN

The following is an example of a good results screen.

CTVRC Frequency Test Status

No. Frequency Black Stator Green Stator__________________________________________________________________________

1. 80HZ 647MA 610MA2. 90HZ 707MA 690MA3. 100HZ 830MA 770MA4. 110HZ 940MA 927MA5. 120HZ 1037MA 1020MA6. 130HZ 1177MA 1080MA7. 140HZ 1210MA 1165MA8. 150HZ 1257MA 1262MA9. 160HZ 1270MA* 1262MA10. 170HZ 1202MA 1287MA* *CURRENTS PEAK11. 180HZ 1142MA 1215MA12. 190HZ 1117MA 1160MA13. 200HZ 1037HZ 1135HZ14. 210HZ 952MA 1092MA15. 220HZ 897MA 1032HZRAIL VOLTAGE: 51V____________________________________________________________________________



GE Medical Systems


C. Manual Mode from the CTVRC Control Board

The rotor can be run manually using the CTVRC control board. On the CTVRC control board, place S3 in the MAN position. Place S2 in the FOR position. Hold S1 (BOOST) for about 13 sec. to accel the rotor. To brake, place S2 in the REV position, and hold S1.

OTHER CHECKS:

Ohm the stator windings: Green to Black = 24 ohms Green to White = 24 ohms

Black to White = 48 ohms ALL to Gnd = infinity

REV A5/12/95CT SUPPORT TEAMCENTRAL ATLANTIS REGION

APPENDIX B- PAGE 4 OF 4

SERVICE NOTE HSA/RP 550VDC DCRGS TROUBLE-SHOOTINGSN T-13331.0 SAFETY / TAG and LOCKOUT 2

2.0 SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE TOOLS 3AVAILABLE FOR TROUBLESHOOTING

3.0 ERROR 183182 (I/O relays closed, pilot relays NOT closed 4 no 550vdc.) Use toolbook, system Power Control, 550VDC control, T/S Flowchart .

4.0 ERROR 183158 (I/O relays closed, pilot relays closed, no 5550vdc.) Check CTVRC fuses, check interlocks, checkx-ray/drives on. Use manual switch to verify 550vdc operation

SPECIAL NOTE: If accompanied with error 184186 (SRU Mains Low) suspect 480vac feed fuses.

PROBLEM DETERMINATION4.1.1 SCENARIO 1) DCRGS 480VAC Backup Contactor not 6 receiving the command to close, or being commanded to open when 550vdc is needed .4.1.2 SCENARIO 2) 550vdc not up at all, or not enough 74.1.3 SCENARIO 3) 550vdc monitoring circuit not working 7

5.0 ERROR 184186 (SRU indicates mains low.) 8SPECIAL NOTE: If accompanied with error 1841158 (no 550vdc) suspect 480vac feed fuses

6.0 RESISTANCE CHART (as measured from the DCRGS "point of view" 9TS1 - TS2 227 ohm / 180 ohm (load connected) 9TS1 - GND 173K / 166K (load connected) 9TS1 - TS2 199 ohm (load disconnected) 10TS1 - GND 500K / 173K (load disconnected) 10

7.0 RESISTANCE CHART (as measured from the LOAD's "point of view" 11Gantry cable disconnected from DCRGS TS-1 and TS-2Red to Black 18K ohm 11

Red or Black to ground 255K ohm 11

8.0 CONTACTOR RESISTANCE 12Coil resistance

9.0 RING RESISTANCE 13

9.1 Ring 1 to Ring 2 RESISTANCE 14

10.0 WAVEFORMS 1510.1 TP-2 (output voltage) to TP-4 (reference) 1510.2 TP-3 (output current) to TP-4 (reference) 1510.3 TP-8 (delay angle) to TP-4 (reference) 16

11.0 TEST POINTS and LIGHTS 17

SERVICE NOTE HSA/RP 550VDC DCRGS TROUBLE-SHOOTINGSN T-1333

1.0 SAFETY / TAG and LOCKOUTThe 550vdc that the DCRGS generates is actually +275vdc and (-)275vdc. It is not referenced directly to ground. However thebuilding conduit that contains the 480vac feed will act as an ACcapacitor allowing the AC component of the 550vdc to seek anasymmetrical ground. This is a return path for current in theevent you come into contact with the 50vdc and ground. 550vdc isnot forgiving when physical contact is made.

A large majority of electrical accidents could of been preventedwith the proper use of Tag and Lockout. Tag and LockoutProcedures are company policy. It is also common sense. Use it.


2.0 SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE TOOLS AVAILABLE FOR TROUBLESHOOTING

PROPRIETY DIAGNOSTICSX-Ray Generation / X-Ray interlock / I-O statusX-Ray Generation / Back-up Contactor or X-ray Generation 550VDC

NOTE: Backup Contactor will always display "ENERGIZED" this is a bug.

TOOLBOOKTroubleshooting / X-ray Generation / 550V Backup Contactor Itlk / Backup ContactorFunctional Test / T/S FlowchartTroubleshooting / System Monitoring / Mains Undervoltage CAUTION WHEN USINGTroubleshooting / System Monitoring / 550 VDC Control CAUTION WHEN USINGTroubleshooting / System Power Control / 550 VDC Control

NOTE: Good flowchart

SCHEMATICSDirection 46-018318 (skinny yellow spiral bound notebook) 550VDC Backup Contactor Interlocks - pages 16 & 17 for rev 4.

Pages 16 &17 are the 24vdc side of Backup Contactor Control. 550VDC Control, pages 61 and 62 (rev. 4) Pages 61 & 62 are the 120vac side of the Backup Contactor control Mains Undervoltage, page 56 (rev. 4) 550V Monitor, page 57 (rev 4)

Direction 46-018303 Revision 7Zeus_PDU_Interconnect page 2-22 thru 2-25 and page 2-28 for

DCRGS_PDU_PANEL relay control bd. interconnects.PDU_Transformer_Fuse_panel page 2-25 480VAC fuses that feed the DCRGS550VDC Backup Contactor Interlocks pag es 4-13/4-14 Duplicate of what is in

Direction 46-018318Rotor Control and 550V Monitor Functional Interconnect, pages 4-23 and 4-24 Duplicate of what is in Direction 46-018318Mains Undervoltage and 550V Monitor, pages 4-59 and 4-61 Duplicate of what is in Direction 46-018318High Voltage Test Mode page 4-65550VDC Control, page 4-67 Duplicate of what is in Direction 46-018318Gantry I/O schematics, page 5-129 Use for the 24vdc control side

of 550vdc commandCTVRC Bd. schematics page 5-146 Use for 550vdc monitoringRelay Control Bd. schematics page 5-194 Use for the 24vdc pilot relay and 120vdc side of 550vdc command.


SECTION 3.0 ERROR 183182

Thu Feb. 24 06:54:24 1994 Suite: CCT2 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error:183182 File: Method: No Method Line:615 Function: SYSTEM POWER CONTROL:550VDC Control Scan: 65001/1/0 Type: Axial Exception Level: Pri/Most Severe Time: 06:54:22:395 Log Series:212I/O board fault detectedI/O board pilot relays are closed. PDU pilot not energized.BCSTAT=0,550 VDC not active.

EXPLANATION OF ERROR 183182: Refer to the Gantry I/O schematics (sheet 7, BCSTAT is an indicator of current flow ing through the input of U287(opto-isolator). Reference Direction 46-018318 550VDC Backup

Contactor Interlocks to determine current flow path. Reference Direction 46-018318 550vdc Backup Contactor Interlocks and follow "550 man" and "550vdc overdrive enable" to trouble-shoot if Contactor will not come up in manual mode.

A LITTLE MORE EXPLANATION: U287 opto-isolator checks the current in the pilot relay loop ONLY.The current in the actual DCRGS Contactor is not monitored. +24vdc comes from the Relay ControlBoard to the Gantry I/O , then back out to the Relay ControlBoard to pull in the Back-up Contactor Pilot relays.

OBJECTIVE WHILE TROUBLE-SHOOTING: Find out why U287 opto-isolator IS NOT detecting current in the pilot relay loop when the firmware has enabled K251 and K245 (Gantry I/O bd.)

TROUBLE-SHOOTING; Revision 6 of toolbook has a good flowchart for this error. Major function is:SYSTEM POWER CONTROL", minor function is "550VDC control". (Per the error log messagefunction). the path to the flow chart is : Troubleshoot (book), System Power Control, 550VDC control, T/S

flowchart.

The theory section has a very good schematic and an explanationto follow along with. The path for the schematic is: Theory MainMenu, PDU, PDU Control Diag, 550V Service Controls. The 550VService Control Function is best for the 120vac side of the control functions.

********* DIAGNOSTIC NOTE: Functional Test Results Screen for BackupContactor will always indicate energized regardless of state, CQA has been written to correct this.

********* TROUBLESHOOTING HINT: Referencing the theory diagrams intoolbook, use jumpers to jump out the suspected faulty sections.This will bypass the fault and bring power directly to therespective coil, this proving the fault.

********* TROUBLESHOOT THIS ERROR ANY TIME THE DIAGNOSTIC 550V DOESN'T WORK.


SECTION 4.0 ERROR 183158 764841050 Mon Mar 28 07:50::50 1994 183158 2GECT OBC Generator No Method 642Function:SYSTEM MONITORING: 550V MonitorScan:4055/2/1 Type: StaticException Level: Pri/Most Severe Time: 07:50:48:810 Log Series;32DC Rail not sensed in 2 seconds.Pilot relays on I/O board closed, pilot relay in PDU energized.Voltage sensed by CTVRC board=1V .0VDC SOMETIMES

EXPLANATION OF ERROR 183158: The 550vdc generated by the DCRGS wasnot detected as being greate r than SPEC within 2 seconds.

SPECIAL NOTE: If accompanied with error 184186 (no 550vdc suspect 480vac feed fuses.

OBJECTIVE WHILE TROUBLESHOOTING: These are three scenarios why the550VDC wasn't detected as being greater than SPEC within 2 seconds.Scenario 1) DCRGS 480vac Backup Contactor not commanded to

close, or being commanded to open when 550vdc is needed.Scenario 2) 550vdc not up at all, or not enough.Scenario 3) 550vdc monitoring circuit not working.

TROUBLESHOOTING: Error 183158 indicates that U287 opto-isolator (onthe Gantry I/O Bd.) has detected current going to the DCRGSBack-up Contactor pilot relays (on the Relay Control Bd. in thePDU), but no 550vdc has resulted within 2 seconds.Error 183158 can be divided into three areas, control problem,DCRGS/Load problem, or a 550vdc monitor circuitry problem.

The Back Up Contactor command control circuitry can be brokendown into two circuit. The primary side which involves the Gentry I/O and the Back-up Contactor pilot relays on the PDU RelayControl Bd. The primary side is a 24vdc control signal. Because theGentry I/O has detected current in this part of the circuitry,the problem most likely is not with this part of the controlcircuitry. The so called secondary side would be the 120vac to the DCRGSBackup Contactor coil. Refer to direction 46-018318, 550vdc control.

The monitor circuit for the 550vdc is on the CTVRC Power Amp, and OBC CTVRC Control bd.


SECTION 4.1.0 PROBLEM DETERMINATIONFor ERROR 183158

SECTION 4.1.1 Scenario 1) DCRGS 480vac Backup Contactor notreceiving the command to close, or being commanded to openwhen 550vdc is needed.

CONTACTOR COMES IN AND DROPS OUT WITH AN APPLICATIONS PLASMACOMMAND .Bring up the 550vdc through the plasma screen. (Diagnostics, or tube warm-up, etc). If the 550vdc Contactor come in anddrops out right away, the problem is most likely with the DCRGS not delivering 550vdc or the monitoring circuit notdetecting 550vdc. THE 550vdc Contactor will be commanded to drop out after 2 seconds if the firmware doesn't detectvoltage. If the Contactor does drop out after a few seconds if the firmware doesn't detect voltage. If the Contactor doesdrop out after a few seconds, the first thing to check are the fuses on the CTVRC Power Amp (550vdc input to themonitoring circuitry). If these are blown, the monitoring circuit on the CTVRC will not detect voltage, therefore producingthis error message.Try bringing up the 550vdc using diagnostics (Diags/X-Ray Generation/550vdc/Back-up Contactor) and command a longenough time to measure the 550vdc. (Diags will allow the 550vdc to stay up if not detected by the CTVRC).If the Contactor doesn't come in, proceed to "CONTACTOR DOESN'T COME IN AT ALL WITH A PLASMACOMMAND".If 550vdc can be produced proceed to "CONTACTOR COMES IN AND 550VDC IS PRESENT".If 550vdc is not produced with the Contactor in, proceed to "CONTACTOR COMES IN AND NO 550VDC".

CONTACTOR DOESN'T COME IN AT ALL WITH A PLASMA COMMAND . If the DCRGS550vdc Contactor doesn't come in at all. Since U287 has detected current in the "primary" (24vdc control), the problemmost likely is with the "secondary" (120vac) side of the control circuitry. This scenario can be verified by using the testswitch on the PDU Relay Control Bd. If the "secondary" is the problem, then using the test switch will not bring in theContactor. Items to check are:

120vac to the Relay Control BD.All interlocks: Key switch X-Ray/Drives are on 550vdc enable on Gantry Safety Switch Gantry cover interlocksRelay Control Bd.

CONTACTOR DOESN'T COME IN AT ALL WITH A PLASMA COMMAND AND WILLCOME IN WITH THE RELAY CONTROL BD. TEST SWITCH .This is an unlikely scenario because it indicates that the 24vdc primary command circuitry is not working. If this circuitryis not working, U287 would detect no current and flag error 183182 "PDU pilot relay not energized". If this condition isverified to be true refer to direction 46-018318 550VDC BACKUP CONTACTOR INTERLOCKS for the schematics, andgood luck.


CONTACTOR DOESN'T COME IN AT ALL WITH A PLASMA COMMAND AND WILL NOTCOME IN WITH THE RELAY CONTROL BD TEST SWITCH.Use the Manual 550vdc switch on the Relay Control Bd. to bring up 550vdc manually. If the DCRGS 480vac BackupContactor does not come in the problem is most likely the 120vac "secondary". Items to check are:

120vac to the Relay Control Bd.All interlocks: Key switch X-Ray/drives are on

550vdc enable on Gantry safety SW Gantry cover interlocksRelay Control Bd.

SECTION 4.1.2SCENARIO 2) 550vdc not up at all, or not enough.

CONTACTOR COMES IN AND NO 550VDC (Must be done using diags or with the test switch on the Relay Control bd.otherwise firmware will command to turn Contactor off if 550vdc is not detected.)Use the 550vdc test switch on the Relay Control bd. if the 550vdc Contactor comes in and stays in but no 550vdc isproduced at the output of the DCRGS, then the problem is most likely no power into the DCRGS or a DCRGS failure, orthe load (gantry components) is loading down the DCRGS. Items to check are:

480vac power into the DCRGS.Fuses that feed the DCRGSDisconnect the load at TS1, TS2 and retry

SECTION 4.1.3

SCENARIO 3) 550vdc monitoring circuit not working.CONTACTOR COMES IN AND 550VDC IS PRESENT (Using test switch on Relay Control Bd.) This scenario indicatesthat the monitoring circuitry is not working. The first thing to check are the 550vdc fuses on the CTVRC power amp. Thesecond thing is to check the test points on the OBC CTVRC control board. these are the test points that firmware monitorsfor 550vdc within two seconds.

SERVICE NOTEHSA/RP 550VDC DCRGS TROUBLE-SHOOTING SN T-1333

SECTION 5.0ERROR 184186 (SRU Indicates Mains Low)

764841201 Mon. Mar 28 07:53:21 1994 184186 2GECT STC Scan ControlscMainsMonitor.c 1.8 No Method 210Function: SYSTEM MONITORING: Mains UndervoltageScan: 4055/2/0 type: None/UnknownException Level: Pri/soft Time: 07:53:19:370 Log Series: 24SRU indicates mains lowHW ERROR:Power input problemEN 34

EXPLANATION OF ERROR 184186: Refer to direction 46-018318 MainsUndervoltage for the monitor part. Also refer to direction46-018303 PDU_TRANSFORMER_FUSE_PANEL (page 2-25 in rev 7). The Mains Undervoltage monitor the voltage at PDU fusesA5F10,F11,F12. If this voltage is low, or if a phase is missing(i.e. blown fuse), the system will report this error.

SPECIAL NOTE: If accompanied with error 183158 (no 550vdc) suspect 480vac feed fuses.

OBJECTIVE WHILE TROUBLESHOOTING: Find out why the STC Axial boarddetected a "Mains Undervoltage" from the DCRGS.

TROUBLESHOOTING; Refer to schematics 46-018303 (page 2-28 for rev 7), this is the schematic for thesmall 1/10 amp fuses that feed the monitoring circuit. Schematic 46-018303 (page 2-24 for rev 7this is the schematic of the 80amp fuses that feed the DCRGS.Mains Undervoltage in direction 46-018318 will give the schematic for the interconnects to the Axial bd.

SERVICE NOTE HSA/RP 550VDC DCRGS TROUBLE-SHOOTING SN T-1333SECTION 6.0 RESISTANCE CHART

DCRGS SIDE OF TS1 AND TS2(WITH SLIP RING LOAD CONNECTED)

1a) Forward bias (red meter lead on TS1) Reverse bias (black meter lead on TS1 TS1 to TS2 227 ohm TS2 to TS1 180 ohm

TS1

TS2

Lower Left DCRGS Panel

To the Slip Ring

Connected +

Red meter lead

ohms

_

227 180

Red wire connected

LOAD CONNECTEDFig 1a

SERVICE NOTE HSA/RP 550VDC DCRGS TROUBLE-SHOOTING SN T-1333

1b) Forward bias (red lead on TS2) Reverse bias (black lead on TS2) TS1 to gnd 173 kohm TS1 to gnd 166 kohm TS2 to gnd 166 kohm TS2 to gnd 173 kohm

TS1

TS2


To the Slip Ring

Connected +

Red meter lead

ohms

_

Fig 1b LOAD CONNECTED

Red wire connected

166k173k

Move red meter leadto TS2 to check TS2 to gnd.


DCRGS SIDE OF TS1 AND TS2(WITH SLIP RING LOAD DISCONNECTED)

1c) Forward bias (red meter lead on TS1) Reverse bias (black meter lead on TS1) TS1 to TS2 199 ohm TS1 to TS2 195 ohm

TS1

TS2


To the Slip Ring

+

Red meter lead

ohms

Fig 1c LOAD DISCONNECTED

Red wire disconnected

Ground connected

Black wire disconnected

_

199 ohm


1d) Forward bias (red meter lead on TS1/TS2) Reverse bias (black meter lead on TS1/TS2) TS1 to gnd 500k TS1 to gnd 170.4k TS2 to gnd 500k TS2 to gnd 170.4k

TS1

TS2


To the Slip Ring

+

Red meter lead

500k170k

ohms

Fig 1d LOAD DISCONNECTED



_


SECTION 7.0LOAD RESISTANCE FROM THE PDU (LOAD DISCONNECTED)(i.e. with the big black and red wire disconnected and measuring the resistance of the big red and black wire.)

Forward bias (with the smaller chassis ground connected) Reverse biasred 550vdc to blk 550vdc = 18k (approx. 20 sec to stabilize) 18k (4.7k after 4 minutes)

TS1

TS2


To the Slip Ring

+

Red meter lead

ohms

_

18k4.7 -18k

Fig 2a (LOAD DISCONNECTED)


2b) Forward Bias (with the smaller chassis ground connected) Reverse bias red 550vdc to ground = 255k 255k blk 550vdc to ground = 255k 255k

TS1

TS2


To the Slip Ring

+

Red meter lead

ohms

_

Fig 2b (LOAD DISCONNECTED)

255k ohm

Move meter lead to checkthe black wire

NOTE: With the ground wire (shield) disconnected, GROUND TO GROUND = 0.5 OHM


SECTION 8.0 480VAC INPUT CONTACTOR RESISTANCE READINGS

Output of Contactor (DCRGS side)

3a Forward Bias (red lead on T1) Reverse bias (black lead on T1) (2) T1 to (4) T2 = 2.4 meg 2.4 meg (2) T1 to (6) T3 = 2.4 meg 2.4 meg

3b) Forward Bias (red lead on T2) Reverse Bias (black lead on T2) (4) T2 to (6) T3 = 2.4 meg 2.4 meg

3c) Forward Bias (red lead on T1,2,3) Reverse Bias (blk lead on T1,2,3) (2) T1 to chassis ground = 1.1 meg 1.1 meg (4) T2 to chassis ground = 1.1 meg 1.1 meg (6) T3 to chassis ground = 1.1 meg 1.1 meg

Input to Contactor (Wall power side)3d) Forward Bias (red lead on L1) Reverse Bias (blk lead on L1) (1) L1 to (3)L2 = 0.5 ohm 0.5 ohm (meter lead resistance) (1) L1 to (5)L3 = 0.5 ohm 0.5 ohm (meter lead resistance)

3e) Forward Bias (red lead on L2) Reverse Bias (blk lead on L2) (3) L2 to (5)L3 = 0.5 ohm 0.5 ohm (meter lead resistance)

3f) Forward Bias (red lead on L1,2,3) Reverse Bias (blk lead on L1,2,3) (1) L1 to chassis ground = 1.7 meg 1.7 meg (3) L2 to chassis ground = 1.7 meg 1.7 meg (5) L3 to chassis ground = 1.7 meg 1.7 meg


SECTION 9.0 ON THE RING ITSELF

(LOAD DISCONNECTED FROM THE DCRGS AT THE DCRGS) (Measure on the inside of the slip ring)

4a) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 7) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 7) ring 7 to 9 = 27.8 meg ring 7 to 9 = 4.38 meg ring 7 to gantry ground = 71 ohm ring 7 to gantry ground = 71 ohm

4b) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 7) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 7) ring 7 to 10 = 71 ohm ring 7 to 10 = 71 ohm ring 7 to 11 = 71 ohm ring 7 to 11 = 71 ohm

4c) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 7) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 7) ring 7 to 13 = 254 kohm ring 7 to 13 = 254 kohm ring 7 to 14 = 254 kohm ring 7 to 14 = 254 kohm

4d) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 8) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 8) ring 8 to gantry ground = open ring 8 to gantry ground = open ring 8 is open to all other rings (11,12,13,14) ring 8 is open to all other rings

4e) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 9) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 9) ring 9 to gantry ground = 4.38 meg ohm ring 9 to gantry ground = 27 meg

4f) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 10) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 10) ring 10 to gantry ground = 0.5 ohm ring 10 to gantry ground = 0.5 ohm

4g) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 11) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 11) ring 11 to 10 = 0.5 ohm ring 11 to 10 = 0.5 ohm ring 11 to gantry ground = 0.5 ohm ring 11 to gantry ground = 0.5 ohm

4h) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 9) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 9) ring 9 to 11,12,13,14 = 4 meg ohm ring 9 to 11,12,13,14 = 28 meg ohm


SECTION 9.1

A SPECIAL NOTE ON RING 1 AND 2

THIS MESSAGE IS IN REGARDS TO DASIOP PARITY ERRORS ON THE HSA SCANNER. QUITEOFTEN THESE ERRORS ARE THE RESULT OF RESISTIVE BUILD UP ON THE SLIP RINGS(RINGS 1-6). TO DETERMINE IF THE RINGS/BRUSHES ARE AT FAULT, A RESISTANCEREADING MUST BE TAKEN ACROSS THE RING, THIS CAN BE ACCOMPLISHED BY

1. REMOVE POWER VIA A1 DISCONNECT

2. GAIN ACCESS TO THE SLIP RINGS

3. WITH AN OHM METER. ATTACH ONE LEAD TO THE STATIONARY BUFFER BOARD, RING 1. USE THE ALLEN SCREW HEAD,

ATTACH THE OTHER LEAD TO THE ROTATING BOARD ON THE INSIDE OF THE GANTRY.

4. ROTATE THE GANTRY BOARD 30-90 DEGREES WHILE OBSERVING THE METER. YOU SHOULD OBSERVE LESS THAN 1 OHM WHILE ROTATING SLOWLY.

5. REPEAT WITH RINGS 2 - 6.

WHEN THE RINGS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR GENERATING THESE ERRORS, YOU WILLNORMALLY SEE READING OF 3 OHMS OR GREATER. DO NOT RELY ON THE APPEARANCE OFTHE RINGS , QUITE OFTEN THEY LOOK TO BE DIRTY BUT THEY ARE WELL WITHIN SPEC.RELY ON YOUR OHM METER.IF THE RINGS REQUIRE CLEANING USE SOMETHING SLIGHTLY ABRASIVE WITH A GRIITGREATER THAN 400. A LARGE PEN ERASER WILL WORK WELL, REMEMBER, THE SILVERCOATING ON THE RINGS IS THIS AND CONTINUOS SCRUBBING ON THE RINGS CAN WEARTHROUGH TO THE COPPER UNDERNEATH.


SECTION 10.0 WAVEFORMS

Scope time base is 0.2 sec/dScope volts/d is 1v/d

Scope time base at 0.1 sec/d

TP3 (Output Current) to TP4 (reference)

TP2 (Output Voltage) to TP4 (reference)



TP 8 (Delay Angle) to TP4 (reference)The Delay Angle determines the desired output voltage (550vdc) for a given current load


SECTION 11 CONTROL BD LEDs

LED STATUS

DCRGS Status Power On Intl Open Cap Unbal O/C Under volt Phase LossPower first applied to ON off ON off ON ONDCRGS after havingbeen off

480vac applied and ON off off off off off550vdc on

550vdc turned off (120vac ON off off off off ONpower still applied tocontrol board)

*** CAUTION LIGHTS MAY NOT BE THE SAME EACH TIME POWER IS TURNED ON ***

Ernie WaldronOLC

ANODE HV TANK MEAS. BRD TP1, 80KV, 2 SEC

CATHODE HV TANK MEAS. BRD TP1, 80KV, 2 SEC

APPENDIX D-PAGE 1 OF 3



APPENDIX D- PAGE 2 OF 3

ANODE HV TANK MEAS. BRD TP1, 140 KV, 2 SEC


KV FEEDBACK POTKV FEEDBACK POT Rev "A" 4/18/95 Cent. Atl support team

Purpose of this information: To reinforce that the kv feedback test points DO NOT reflect actual kv across the tube. The purpose of the kv gain pot is to ensure thatthere is a gain of 1 (one) between the tube kv measurement (meas bd) and tube kv reporting (kv test points.) The reason that kv test points (on a normally operatingsystem) will never be different than commanded, is that this is the mode the closedclosed loop uses to regulate the kv. If this test point is wrong the system will change inverter current to compensate. It takes milliseconds to do this, therefore it lookslike these points never change.

Another reason for this documentation is to emphasize how far off the kv gain potscan be adjusted and the system still think that the kv across the tube is what the cooling algorithm thinks it is.DEFINITIONS: "Turns cw" The kv gain pot was turned fully ccw, then turned cw oneturn at a time

"bleeder" KV bleeder installed in system. This is actual kv across the tube.

"kvan" "kvca" anode and cathode test points on the kv control board.

NOTE that one turn cw (from fully ccw) will bring the gain closer to one, resulting in the bleeder voltage come up closer to the test point. This is true up until 15 turnswhen the gain is less than one. Now the actual kv across the tube is GREATERTHAN the test points (measurement gain less than one).SUMMARY: A properly adjusted kv gain pot should be in the neighborhood of about 15 turns.

ANODE CATHODEFULLY CCW (starting pt) FULLY CCW (starting pt)TURNS BLEEDER (KV +) TURNS BLEEDER (KV -)CW CW

2 44.854 5.9823 2 45.036 6.00043 45.751 5.9095 3 45.438 6.01924 47.008 5.9711 4 46.473 6.03065 48.266 5.9639 5 47.47 6.02326 49.543 5.9631 6 48.576 6.02747 50.614 5.9601 7 49.731 6.02448 51.613 5.9493 8 50.84 6.02359 52.615 5.9554 9 51.835 6.0238

10 53.705 5.9445 10 52.749 6.032711 54.883 5.9449 11 54.065 6.023512 56.103 5.9442 12 55.337 6.024113 57.32 5.9361 13 56.49 6.022514 58.315 5.9324 14 57.861 6.020715 59.532 5.931 15 58.917 6.030916 60.527 5.9238 16 60.06 6.019217 61.763 5.9081 17 61.354 6.026318 62.041 5.9359 18 62.695 6.032419 63.041 5.9328 19 63.68 6.021320 64.108 5.9361 20 65.114 6.025321 65.136 5.9479 21 66.429 6.021322 66.118 5.955 22 67.334 6.032723 67.122 5.9636 23 68.731 6.029324 69.134 5.9706 24 69.827 6.030325 69.164 5.986 25 70.917 6.023826 70.081 5.9981 26 71.974 6.027527 71.157 5.9385 27 73.147 6.029728 72.092 5.9854 28 74.256 6.023529 73.171 5.9838 29 74.961 6.024130 74.155 5.9801 30 75.041 6.0244


Technical Publications

CT-RTS Guide

Fadi Choujaa Rev2 08/11/98

Fadi Choujaa

Owner : Fadi Choujaa Contributors: Fred Jensen,Ken Ross,Dawten Kuhn, Kent Johnson Ernie Waldrone Rev 1 08/11/98 added yms Common problems added more DASM stuff updated session 1 to rev 3 Rev 2 11/06/98 added more errors pagees 112 and 115

Fred Jensen ZSE-West 1 08/11/98GE Medical Systems Revision 3 SESSION #1.3

SESSION #1LAPTOP & CD-ROM TRAINING

ADOBE ACROBAT, CT SERVICE INFORMATION CD-ROM

When you complete this Session you will have a laptop that contains a GE CT folder thatwill be identical to everyone that attends these sessions. You will be able to manipulate theAdobe Acrobat program and the CT Service Information CD-ROM. You will be able toidentify manuals on the CD and use the Advance Search function of Adobe to search theentire two package CD within 30 seconds.

Notes to Instructors: (R) = Single Right Click, ((R))((L)) = Double Click Right or Left.Student Requirement: Laptop w/ power source, CD-ROM drive installed,system booted to Windows Desktop(default wallpaper), CD 2152913, Rev4 Volume 1 and 2 (way2cool).

Check for proper version of ACROBAT:1. ALL other programs should be CLOSED.2. With DESKTOP SCREEN up, click START, PROGRAMS, ADOBE ACROBAT.

a) Click HELP, ABOUT ACROBAT READER.b) Top left corner of ADOBE wallpaper should say Version 3.01?

i) If version 3.0, do Uninstall. (Start/Programs/AdobeAcrobat/Uninstall 3.0). Proceed with LOAD.

ii) If version 3.01, skip to CREATE.

LOAD ADOBE ACROBAT READER w/ SEARCH Version 3.011. Place Volume 2 of 2 CD in drive.2. (R) Start, Explore

a) D drive, (pull down menu in top left corner)b) ((L)) Readers, ((L)) Windows, ((L)) English, ((L)) Win95, ((L)) Setup.exe,

YES.

CREATE GE FOLDER ON YOUR DESKTOP1. Close all programs including Explore.2. PLACE VOLUME 1 OF 2 IN DRIVE.3. (R) Desktop(anywhere on wallpaper), select NEW, FOLDER, type GE(enter).


OPEN AND ADD SHORTCUTS TO GE FOLDER1. ((L)) GE FOLDER to open.2. Point mouse anywhere in GE folder (blank) and (R)

a) NEW, SHORTCUT, BROWSE.b) D Drive, (Select pull down arrow at top of screen).c) ALL FILES in “Files of Type” window, (bottom pull down menu)d) ((L)) CD_TOC, NEXT, FINISH.

Now we will repeat the prior steps to create more helpful shortcuts.1. Point mouse anywhere in GE folder (blank) and (R)

a) NEW, SHORTCUT, BROWSE.b) D Drive, (Select pull down arrow at top of screen).c) ALL FILES in “Files of Type” window, (bottom pull down menu)d) ((L)) XTRAS, ((L)) 2145708(1ST column, bottom), NEXT, FINISH.e) RENAME FILE by (R) 2145708 icon, RENAME, type “DOMESTIC

HV.pdf”(enter).

Now repeat:1. Point mouse anywhere in GE folder (blank) and (R)

a) NEW, SHORTCUT, BROWSE.b) D Drive, (Select pull down arrow at top of screen).c) ALL FILES in “Files of Type” window, (bottom pull down menu)d) ((L)) XTRAS, scroll to right using arrowe) ((L)) YMS_hvv.pdf (2nd to last column), NEXT, FINISH.

Now for a twist on selecting the files:1. Point mouse anywhere in GE folder (blank) and (R)

a) NEW, SHORTCUT, BROWSE.b) D Drive, (Select pull down arrow at top of screen).c) ALL FILES in “Files of Type” window, (bottom pull down menu)d) ((L)) XTRAS, single click on any filee) Type “I” and you will highlight 1st file that starts with “I”.f) ((L)) ia_hsa.pdf, NEXT, FINISH.

One more file:1. Point mouse anywhere in GE folder (blank) and (R)

a) NEW, SHORTCUT, BROWSE.b) D Drive, (Select pull down arrow at top of screen).c) ALL FILES in “Files of Type” window, (bottom pull down menu)d) ((L)) XTRAS, single click on any filee) Type “98” and you will highlight 1st file that starts with “98”.f) ((L)) 9800parts.pdf, NEXT, FINISH.


You have now completed adding all the Shortcuts to your GE folder for this session.Session #2 will have you add more Shortcuts.

ADOBE ACROBAT USAGE:1. ((LL)) CD_TOC.pdf icon in GE Folder to launch ACROBAT and CD Table of

Contents.2. FILE/PREFERENCES/GENERAL. We will adjust the viewing options to make

viewing easier.a) Remove the check mark on “SMOOTH TEXT” and “OPEN CROSS-

DOCUMENT IN SAME WINDOW. Click OK.3. Note PAGE NUMBER at bottom left, (2 of 20). This tells you what page and

number of pages in document.a) Click on the page rectangle and a box opens to select a new page number.b) A quicker way to change pages when moving short distances is to press the

up(or right) or down(or left) arrow on your keyboard.c) A quicker way to move to pages further away is to drag your scroll bar box

up or down while holding down the left mouse button.4. Move your mouse around and note that it is a hand. Now move it to the blue boxes

down below and watch it turn to a FINGER. This indicates there is a link to anotherarea in the document.

5. Click on the HSA_CTi box.a) This has opened a list of documents that are specific to HSA and CTi.b) Note page number below(page 8).c) Note the top line 2152913 Rev 4 (BLACK) Volume 1d) Go down to page and select page 14.e) Note Volume 2 is GREEN.f) Return to page 8.

6. Note MAG FACTOR to the right of the page number.a) Click MAG box and release. Note you can specify magnification of page.b) Click and HOLD MAG box and you can select mag options without typing.c) Click MAG box, drag mouse up to 125% and release.

7. Move your mouse to a blank area of the screen.a) Click left mouse and note that hand turns to FIST. You now have hold of

the document and can move it left, right, up or down.8. Move mouse to document “2108300 Fast Tube Change”.

a) It becomes a finger. Click to open.b) A message box requests the password (way2cool).

9. Note icon toward top left corner of TOOL BAR This button displays only thePAGE.

10. Note the second icon. This button displays the PAGE & BOOKMARKS.a) Bookmarks are good for navigation and is similar to the Table of Contents

of the document.11. Note the third icon. This button will display the PAGE & THUMBNAILS.

a) Thumbnails are good when looking for a specific schematic.


12. Some document may not have bookmarks or thumbnails. These must be supplied byperson creating document.

13. Click PAGES & BOOKMARKS again.a) Click Proprietary Warnings.

14. Moving to the right, note the HAND icon. This allows movement as before.15. Note MAGNIFYING GLASS icon. Click on glass and move to document.

a) Click glass on document. This enlarges view to twice the size.b) Click again. Again it doubles.c) Hold down CTRL (control) key. Note the symbol in glass changes to a

minus sign.d) Hold down CTRL and click mouse. Document view is now half the size.

16. Select “ABC” icon. Move I-BAR to document.a) Click and drag mouse to highlight text.b) Move mouse to EDIT (word at top) and click. Here you have a choice to

COPY (CTRL + C).c) You can switch to a WORD DOC and PASTE (CTRL + V). This is a fast

way to capture text and pictures.17. Moving to the right, note LINE WITH LEFT ARROW. This will display the first

page in the document.a) The next button LEFT ARROW will display the PREVIOUS PAGE.b) The RIGHT ARROW will display the NEXT PAGE.c) And finally, the RIGHT ARROW WITH LINE will display the LAST PAGE

of the document.18. DOUBLE ARROWS display the PREVIOUS VIEWS and NEXT VIEWS.19. Next icon is for 100% display view.

a) Then you have the FIT FULL PAGE icon.b) And finally, the FIT WIDTH icon.

20. LARGE BINOCULLARS is the FIND icon. This will search the document you arecurrently in only.a) Click the FIND icon.b) Type COLLIMATOR and click find.c) To find more, click icon again or use the keyboard shortcuts.d) Click TOOLS on top bar for shortcut keystrokes (CTRL + F, CTRL + G).e) Click on TABLE OF CONTENTS in Bookmarks.f) Click on Document 100% ICON.g) Note Section number 3.19 Type CTRL + F (FIND) and type 3.19h) Type CTRL + G (FIND AGAIN). Note it took you to the right section. This

is very helpful on documents without hyperlinks.i) Click FIRST PAGE ICON.


j) Click on TABLE OF CONTENTS in Bookmarks again.k) Move mouse to Section 3.19 (turns to FINGER) and click. (Hyperlink use)l) Click WINDOWS and note you have multiple documents opened and can

toggle between them if you choose. Click document 2152913 to re-open.Watch this so it doesn’t grow too large. (This was made possible by thechanges made earlier).

SETTING UP SEARCH FUNCTION AND INDEXES1. You should have four more icons on the icon bar at the top.

a) The first is the SEARCH icon.b) The second is the RESULTS LIST (of search) icon.c) The Third and forth is the PREVIOUS and NEXT button to navigate

through search results.2. SEARCH function will search the INDEXES of all the documents on the CD and

give the results in the RESULTS LIST. In order for SEARCH to work, you mustfirst identify all the INDEXES. We will do this now.

3. Click the SEARCH icon (small binoculars).a) INDEXESb) ADDc) ((L)) AW, ((L)) INDEX.pdxd) ADD, ((L)) SRVNOTES, ((L)) INDEX.pdxe) ADD, “Up one level icon” TWICEf) ((L)) CT9800, ((L)) INDEX.pdxg) ADD, “Up one level icon”h) ((L)) FMI, ((L)) INDEX.pdxi) ADD, “Up one level icon”j) ((L)) HLA, ((L)) INDEX.pdxk) ADD, “Up one level icon”l) ((L)) HSA_CTI, ((L)) INDEX.pdxm) ADDn) CTI, ((L)) INDEX.pdxo) ADDp) ((L)) 2142878, ((L)) INDEX.pdxq) ADD, “Up one level icon”, TWICEr) ((L)) HSA_RP, ((L)) INDEX.pdxs) ADD, “Up one level icon”t) ((L)) HSA_Z, ((L)) INDEX.pdxu) ADDv) ((L)) 2142707, ((L)) INDEX.pdxw) ADD, “Up one level icon” THREE TIMES


x) ((L)) PM, ((L)) INDEX.pdxy) ADD, “Up one level icon”z) ((L)) SRVNOTES, ((L)) INDEX.pdxaa) ADD, “Up one level icon”bb) ((L)) XTRAS, ((L)) INDEX.pdxcc) ADD, “Up one level icon”dd) ((L)) YMS, ((L)) INDEX.pdxee) ADDff) ((L)) SRVNOTES, ((L)) INDEX.pdx

4. You are now finished attaching all the indexes. You should have 16 indexes.a) (2142707, 2142878, AW, AW SN, CT9800, CTI, FMI, HLA,

HSA_RP, HSA_Z, HSA_CTI, PM, SN, SN sub dir, XTRAS, YMS &SN).

5. Note that all INDEXES have check marks next to them. You can click on the checkmark to remove. This does not remove the index, it just eliminates it from thesearch. At this point leave all documents checked.

6. Click OK

USING SEARCH FUNCTION1. Place cursor in white box and click.

a) Type “9800”b) Click SEARCH icon.c) SEARCH RESULTS box appears.d) At the top it says found 131 of 513 documents.e) The documents with the most “HITS” are at the top and identified by the

FULL PIZZA icon. Click X in top corner of box to close.f) Click on SEARCH icon. Type COLLIMATOR in place of 9800. Hold down

the CTRL key and note that SEARCH button turns into a REFINE button.Hold down CTRL key while and press the ENTER key to refine yoursearch. The Search Results should now display “Found 46 out of 131documents”.

g) You can scroll down through the documents and ((L)) the one you want, oryou can look at them one at a time by starting at the top one first.

h) Scroll down the list until “FCOMM” is located.i) Highlight this document with a single click.j) Click INFO. This tells you what the document is without opening it.k) This is e-mail document of all past technical E-Mails. Click OK.l) ((L)) FCOMM to open document.m) Type WAY2COOL


n) Note “COLLIMATOR” is highlighted.o) Click RIGHT ARROW (far right) to view next occurrence of

COLLIMATOR. Note this E-Mail contains a list of ALL Service Notes.p) At any time you can return back to the RESULTS LIST by clicking on the

icon at the top. Do that now.q) Click on the T-1202 document to open it.r) Click the RIGHT ARROW until we get to the next document.s) Note message: THIS DOCUMENT COULD NOT BE FOUND: IT HAS

EITHER BEEN MOVED, DELETED OR YOU DON’T HAVEPERMISSION TO VIEW IT.

t) This is because it is on the other CD (2 of 2). At this point you would lookthrough all files on this CD ROM before installing the other and them re-Search the CD to get a new list.

u) Click OK, FILE, CLOSE and FILE, EXIT or click the X in top right cornerto exit.

EXPLORING GE CT FOLDER1. ((L)) GE CT FOLDER.2. ((L)) 9800Parts. Acrobat is launched with 9800part.pdf. Need password

‘way2cool’a) You should be in PAGE with BOOKMARKS.b) Note arrows in Bookmarks on the left.c) Click arrow next to COMPUTERSd) Arrow should be pointing down and specific CPU’s should be displayed in

tree form.e) Click on FIND icon (large binoculars)f) Type COLLIMATORg) CTRL + G two times. You now have the collimator part number.h) Repeat FIND for DIAL INDICATOR. You now have the parts numbers you

need.i) Click arrow next to SERVICE TOOLS in bookmarks.j) Click CT SPECIFIC TOOLSk) Click CURRENT SOFTWARE

The other ICONS in your GE CT FOLDER can be viewed on your own time. You canalways add to your folder if you find helpful or most used documents.

This concludes SESSION #1. Any questions?

Part Number FE Assist Part Comment FE AssistCode

2103702 FE ASSIST (971006) (MS06588) 2103702 = HV TankHV TANK ON GENERATOR USED ON SJ MINI CT (SYTEC SRI). IFCHANGING FROM OLD-STYLE HV TANK (2103702) TO NEW STYLE(2116229), FE WILL NEED A NEW FILAMENT CABLE: NEW FILAMENTCABLE = 2113249. THE OLD FILAMENT CABLE IS NOT COMPATIBLEWITH 2116229 TANK.

1

2112363 FE ASSIST (971206) (MS06588) 2112363-2 = gantry cntrl pnlTHIS INCLUDES RUBBER OVERLAY AND SWITCH PANEL. TO ORDERRUBBER OVERLAY ONLY, ORDER PART NUMBER 2112363-2.

1

2116229 FE ASSIST (971006) (MS6588 ) 2116229 HV TANK HV TANK ON GENERATOR USED ON SJ MINI CT (SYTEC SRI). IFCHANGING FROM OLD-STYLE HV TANK (2103702) TO NEW STYLE(2116229), FE WILL NEEDA NEW FILAMENT CABLE: NEW FILAMENTCABLE = 2113249. OLD FILAMENT CABLE (2103731)IS NOT COMPATIBLEWITH 2116229.REF. PCN CT-144.

1

2122768 FE ASSIST (972306) (MS06588) 2122768= CTVRC FOR HSA & ZJEXTREME PART SHORTAGE-TRANSFER FE TO OlC FOR PROBLEMDIAGNOSSIS ASSISTANCE 6-23-97. THE CTVRC CAN BE USED ON BOTHTHE HSA AND ZJ-YMS SYSTEMS. THE CTVRC UNIT IS SHIPPED OUTWITH THE JUMPER SETTING SET FOR HSA SYSTEMS. TO PREVENTCATASTROPHIC DAMAGE VERIFY CORRECT LIGHT-PIPE JUMPERSSETTINGS AND 8 JUMPERS REF TO CD-ROM OR FUNCTIONAL CHECKAND ADJ. MANUAL. ORIGINAL CTVRC. FOR: ZJ SYSTEMS MUST REMOVETHE LIGHT-PIPE JUMPERS AND 8 JUMPERS MUST BE MOVED TO THE ZJPOSITION.

3

46-282936p1 FE ASSIST (972407) (MS06588) 46-282936p1 = HSA TRACKBALL FORINTERMITTENT OPERATION DISASSEMBLE AND CLEAN. IF CURSORMOVEMENT IS SLOW IN X OR Y DIRECTION TRY ADJUSTING ONE OFTHE GAIN POTS INSIDE THE TRACKBALL ASSEMBLY. ALWAYS MARKPOTS BEFORE ADJUSTING.

3

46-297837G1 FE ASSIST (971206) (MS06588) 46-297837G1 = POWER BRUSHES THEBRUSH BLOCKS DO NOT NEED TO BE REPLACED IN PAIRS OR ON THEAMOUNT OF ROTATIONS, BUT SHOULD BE REPLACED ACCORDING TOLENGTH, PER SERVICE NOTE T-1365 OR HSA PM MANUAL. SEE S/N T-1365

1

46-297837G1 FE ASSIST (971206) (MS06588) 46-297837G1 = POWER BRUSHES THEBRUSH BLOCKS DO NOT NEED TO BE REPLACED IN PAIRS OR ON THENUMBER OF ROTATIONS, BUT SHOULD BE REPLACED ACCORDING TOLENGTH, PER SERVICE NOTE T-1365 OR HSA PM MANUAL. SEE S/N T-1365

1

46-297839G1 FE ASSIST (971206) (MS06588) 46-297839G1 = SIGNAL BRUSHES THEBRUSH BLOCKS DO NOT NEED TO BE REPLACED IN PAIRS OR ON THEAMOUNT OF ROTATIONS, BUT SHOULD BE REPLACED ACCORDING TOLENGTH, PER SERVICE NOTE T-1365 OR HSA PM MANUAL. SEE S/N T-1365

1

d3102T FE ASSIST (971006) (MS6588 ) D3102T = HSA X-RAY TUBE THETEMPERATURE SWITCH IS FIELD REPLACEABLE THE TEMPERATURESWITCH PART NUMBER IS 46-309051G1 THE PRESSURE SWITCH IS NOTFIELD REPLACEABLE BECAUSE IT PENETRATES THE CASING ANDREMOVAL WOULD RELEASE THE TUBE OIL.

1

D3111T FE ASSIST (971006) (MS6588 ) D3111T = PROSPEED X-RAY TUBE THETEMPERATURE SWITCH IS FIELD REPLACEABLE THE TEMPERATURESWITCH PART NUMBER IS 46-309387G2 THE PRESSURE SWITCH IS NOTFIELD REPLACEABLE BECAUSE IT PENETRATES THE CASING ANDREMOVAL WOULD RELEASE THE TUBE OIL

1

D3112T FE ASSIST (971006 (MS6588 ) D3112T = PROSPEED TUBE THETEMPERATURE SWITCH IS FIELD REPLACEABLE THE TEMPERATURESWITCH PART NUMBER IS 46-309387G2 THE PRESSURE SWITCH IS NOTFIELD REPLACEABLE BECAUSE IT PENETRATES THE CASING ANDREMOVAL WOULD RELEASE THE TUBE OIL.

1

T3041AS FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3041AS FE ASSIST (971707) (MS06588) T3041AS = ACE DISK DRIVE NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BE CHARGEDFOR USING THE PART. Before ordering: 5 volts should be checked on driveitself (not at Power supply). Voltage can be dropping at fuse block or cableconnector.

1

T3094AJ FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3094AK FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3094BE FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3094ME FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3094WD FE ASSIST (972504) (MS06588)NO RESTOCK FLAG IS SET ON THE T3094WD (PIC M BD) BECAUSE THISBD IS VERY SUSCEPTIBLE TO SHIPPING DAMAGE. THIS BOARD IS WIREWRAPPED, NO PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD IS AVAILABLE.T3094WD ISPART OF THE DATA LINK SUBSYSTEM USED ON 9800 SYSTEMS.

2 D

T3094WD FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART. THIS BD IS VERY SUSCEPTIBLE TOSHIPPING DAMAGE. THIS BOARD IS WIRE WRAPPED, NO PRINTEDCIRCUIT BOARD IS AVAILABLE. T3094WD IS PART OF THE DATA LINKSUBSYSTEM USED ON 9800 SYSTEMS.

1

T3098AE FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3098BK FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3098FS FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3200CX FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3200DF FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3200DF FE ASSIST (970508) (MS6588 ) T3200DF = DG R/W BD MAGTAPE NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BE CHARGEDFOR USING THE PART. CHECK / OHM 7 AMP PICO FUSE ON READ /WRITE BOARD, PICO FUSE HAS AN EXTREMELY HIGH FAILURE RATE.NOTE: THE PART NUMBER FOR THE 7A PICO FUSE IS 46-179935P95.Reel servo adjustment (vaccuum columns) SET TP-71 TP-72 TO A positive 7volts as a starting point. CAUTION: A NEGATIVE 7 VOLTS WILL NOT WORK -

1

IT MUST BE A POSITIVE 7 VOLTS.T3200GE FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)

NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3200GP FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3200HM FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3200JW FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3200JW FE ASSIST (971197) (MS06588) T3200JW = MAGTAPE FRNT DOOR NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BE CHARGEDFOR USING THE PART. CHECK / OHM 7 AMP PICO FUSE ON READ /WRITE BOARD, PICO FUSE HAS AN EXTREMELY HIGH FAILURE RATE.NOTE: THE PART NUMBER FOR THE 7A PICO FUSE IS 46-179935P95

1

T3200M FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3202AA FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3202AA FE ASSIST (970707) (MS6588 ) T3202AA =GENESIS BULK MEMORY NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BE CHARGEDFOR USING THE PART. TROUBLE SHOOTING TIP FOR IMAGE ARTIFACTS:REMOVE THE GBM FROM SOFTWARE USING THE FOLLOWINGCOMMANDS S GENESIS ÝLOGGIN AS GENESIS¨ ÝSD - I SHUTS DOWNAPPLICATIONS¨ S ÝCHANGES TO ROOT USER¨ RMBM 0 ÝREMOVESBULK MEMORY FROM IP IPRESET ÝRESET THE IMAGE PROCESSOR¨SDT ÝSHUTDOWN THEN REBOOTS¨ REMOVING THE GBM USING THEABOVE COMMAND CAN BE USED AS A TROUBLE SHOOTING TOOL, IFTHE ARTIFACT REMAINS AFTER ENTERING THE ABOVE COMMANDSTHEN THE GBM IS GOOD.

1

T3202AF FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3202AF FE ASSIST (973006) (MS6588 ) T3202AF = PIONEER 5101 WORM 70% OFTHE FAILURES ARE DUST RELATED. TO CLEAN THE LASER DIODE USEA DRY SWAP AND LIGHTLY BRUSH THE DUST OFF OF THE LASER HEAD.ACCESS THE LASER HEAD THROUGH THE OD FRONT DOOR. THELASER HEAD IS NOT VISIBLE THE HEAD IS LOCATED BEHIND THESPINDLE. NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL ISBROKEN YOUR ZONE WILLBE CHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3202Am FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3202BW FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3202BW FE ASSIST (970515) (MS12135) NON-RESTOCKABLE. CT HSACOLLIMATOR. METAL FILTER & BRACKETS ELIMINATED PER PCN ONUPGRADING REPAIR UNITS. SEE REPAIR OPS. SERVICE TIP SSR-B00137. IF JUST FILTER REQUIRES REPLACEMENT, CALL OLC FORASSISTANCE.

9

T3202CB FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BE

1

CHARGED FOR USING THE PART.T3202CB FE ASSIST (970612) (MS06588) T3202CB = CTVRC

THIS IS THE NON-EMC CTVRC. THE MODULE HAS 8 JUMPERS WHICHWILL ALLOW CONVERSION FROM A HSA CTVRC TO A ZJ CTVRC. THEITEM IS STOCKED WITH JUMPERS IN THE CORRECT LOCATION FORHSA. PER HARRY LEWIS 6/94. VR = CGR

1

T3202CK FE ASSIST (972205) (MS6588)CHECK FUSES IN THE AMP BEFORE REPLACING THE ENTIRE UNIT10AMP FUSE HAS BEEN UPGRADED TO 12AMP PER S/N T1325 ORDER12A FUSE 46-170021P50 3A FUSE 46-170021P94

1

T3202CM FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3202CM FE ASSIST (972306) (MS06588) T3202CM = DCRGSNON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART. The resistors R155 and R156 on theControl board account for about 80% of the failures. Check two 100 ohmresistors they can easily be replaced in the field part#46-136207p225. R155 &R156 are located on the DCRGS CONTROL BD NEAR J7. ORIGINALRESISTORS ARE QUARTER WATT, REPLACE WITH HALF WATT 100 OHMRESISTORS. Errors seen maybe KV & MA out of tolerance. Check powerbrush blocks for possible root cause of DCRGS damage.

1

T3202CR FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)Sabre Drive Problems Have been ATTRIBUTED TO LOOSE PINS ON SOMESABRE DRIVE PROBLEMS WERE ATTRIBUTED TO LOOSE PINS ON THEPOWER SUPPLY CABLE

A

T3202CR FE ASSIST (971306 (MS6588 ) T3202CR = SABRE DRIVESOME SABRE DRIVE PROBLEMS WERE ATTRIBUTED TO LOOSE PINS ONTHE POWER SUPPLY CABLE. REF. SN T-1279 PROCEDURE TORELOCATE (SLIP) BAD BLOCKS ON THE DRIVE AND PROCEDURE TOINSTALL SABRE DRIVE

A

T3202CY FE ASSIST (971707) (MS06588) T3202CY = ST1480N DRIVENON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART. Before ordering: 5 volts should bechecked on drive itself (not at Power supply). Voltage can be dropping at fuseblock or cable connector.

1

T3202DA FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

3

T3202DC FE ASSIST (YYDDMM) (MS6588 ) PER REPAIR OPERATIONS: 75% ARERETURNED WITH NO DEFECTFOUND. IT IS BELIEVED THAT THEPROBLEMS ARE WITH THE HOSTFILESYSTEMS; TYPICALLY FOR THEDASM FILE IN THE /DEV DIRECTORY GROWING TOO LARGE. IFUNSURE, CONTACT THE OLC MR /CT SUPPORT FOR ASSISTANCEBEFORE ORDERING A NEW DASM. DIFFERENT HOSTS MAY HAVEFILESYSTEMS IN OTHER LOCATIONS. DASM FAN PART Number 2136593DASM POWER SUPPLY PART NUMBER 2138242.

1

T3202DW FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3202EF FE ASSIST (970807) (MS6588 ) T3202EF = ALLEN BRADLEY AMPSERVO AMP CURRENT LIMITING RESISTORS FAIL FREQUENTLY. CHECK/ OHM RESISTORS THREE GOLD DALE 0.25 OHM 50 WATT. RESISTORSARE LOCATED ON THE SERVO PANEL ASSEMBLY. THESE RESISTORSARE ONLY USED WITH THE ALLEN BRADLEY SERVO AMP DESIGN. 0.25OHM 50 WATT RESISTOR PART NUMBER = 2113764-22

1

T3202EH FE ASSIST (970197) (MS06588)CTI JMPER SETTINGS MUST BE 1,3,8 INSTALLED PREVIOUS REPAIR

3

OPERATION SERVICE TIP SHOWS INCORRECT JUMPER SETTINGS -SERVICE TIP ISSUE DATE4/30/97 IS CORRECT

T3202EH FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3202EJ FE ASSIST (971306) (MS6588) T3202EJ = 32 MB CPUNON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3202EJ FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3202EJ FE ASSIST (971306) (MS6588 ) T3202EJ = 32 MB CPUNON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3202EX FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3202EZ FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3202FC FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3202FW FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3202FW FE ASSIST (971807) (MS06588) T3202FW = ST32550N DRIVE NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BE CHARGEDFOR USING THE PART. Before ordering: 5 volts should be checked on driveitself (not at Power supply). Voltage can be dropping at fuse block or cableconnector.

1

T3202FX FE ASSIST (971807) (MS06588) T3202FX = ST5660N DRIVENON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART. Before ordering: 5 volts should bechecked on drive itself (not at Power supply). Voltage can be dropping at fuseblock or cable connector.

1

T3202GB FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

3

T3202GH FE ASSIST (972306) (MS06588) T3202GH = CTVRC FOR HSA & ZJEXTREME PART SHORTAGE-TRANSFER FE TO OlC FOR PROBLEMDIAGNOSSIS ASSISTANCE 6-23-97. THE CTVRC CAN BE USED ON BOTHTHE HSA AND ZJ-YMS SYSTEMS. THE CTVRC UNIT IS SHIPPED OUTWITH THE JUMPER SETTING SET FOR HSA SYSTEMS. TO PREVENTCATASTROPHIC DAMAGE VERIFY CORRECT LIGHT-PIPE JUMPERSSETTINGS AND 8 JUMPERS REF TO CD-ROM OR FUNCTIONAL CHECKAND ADJ. MANUAL. REF ORIGINAL CTVRC. FOR: ZJ SYSTEMS MUSTREMOVE THE LIGHT-PIPE JUMPERS AND 8 JUMPERS MUST BE MOVEDTO THE ZJ POSITION.

3

T3202JL FE ASSIST (YYDDMM) (MS6588 ) PER REPAIR OPERATIONS: 75%ARE RETURNED WITH NO DEFECTFOUND. IT IS BELIEVED THAT THEPROBLEMS ARE WITH THE HOSTFILESYSTEMS; TYPICALLY FOR THEDASM FILE IN THE /DEV DIRECTORY GROWING TOO LARGE. IFUNSURE, CONTACT THE OLC MR /CT SUPPORT FOR ASSISTANCEBEFORE ORDERING A NEW DASM. DIFFERENT HOSTS MAY HAVEFILESYSTEMS IN OTHER LOCATIONS DBR REVIEWING ALL DEFECTIVESFOR A GREEN BELT PROJECT. DASM FAN PART Number 2136593

A

T3402AD FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1

NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

T3408AK FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588)NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3425D FE ASSIST (972306) (MS06588) T3425D = 9800 track ballDISASSEMBLE AND CLEAN TRACKBALL AND BOX WILL SOLVEINTERMITTENT TRACK BALL OPERATION.

1

T3460R FE ASSIST (971407) (MS6588 ) T3460R = HLA DetectorNON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART. DETECTOR HEATER ADHESIVE ISAVAILABLE IF DELAMINATION IS OCCURRING. DETECTOR HEATERADHESIVE PART NUMBER IS 46-221461P1.

1

T3460W FE ASSIST (971407) (MS6588 ) T3460W = HSA DetectorNON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

T3460W FE ASSIST (971407) (MS6588 ) T3460W = HSA DetectorNON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BECHARGED FOR USING THE PART.

1

HEALTHPAGE OVERVIEW - REFER TO DIR 46-018222 (CD ROM 2152913, Vol. 1)

I. General

A. The health page is available on CT\i and RP HSA systems. B. It provides quick access to logs and statistics on the system during PMS. C. It gathers up to 30 days of data (generally) and automatically mails them to up to 10 users. It will mail this report 3 days prior to the scheduled PM. D. The Healthpage is usually configured during the insite installation or it can be modified at a later date. E. The Healthpage contents can be found in Direction 46-018222, section 6-6-1.

II. Accessing Healthpage, Section 6-6-2

A. Automatically - After initial setup the healthpage is mailed to the addresses designated under the ‘healthpage -c’ command. B. Manually - At site it can be assessed by typing ‘healthpage’ after opening a command window. C. E-mail request - Contact the automated support center to get a healthpage mailed to you within 24 hrs.

III. Options - See Section 6-6-3

IV. Configure Healthpage - Section 6-6-4

V. Change PM Schedule - See Section 6-6-5

VI. Change E-mail Addresses - See Section 6-6-6

A. Remember to use the correct format: [email protected] B. DO NOT use ‘clavin’. C. To find your business alias go to the intranet at http://3.87.40.21/busalias

VII. Change Report Contents - See Section 6-6-8

page 1 of 2VIII.Service Notepad - See Section 6-7

A. The service notepad feature allows the FE, Insite Engineer, or customer to leave a message in the message log.

IX. Remote Reconfig - See Section 6-8 (FOR OC ONLY)

A. Use remote reconfig to remote access the configuration file. You can remotely modify all configuration parameters except for camera config.

NOTE: This feature is mainly used by insite. FE’s use reconfig and the plasma at site.

Page 2 of 2

FSST

MENUS

“We just keep going & going & going…”

___________________________________________________________REV 0 FEB. 98

To start the FSST tool:

1. log in as root

2. On genesis system: cd /usr/g/bin On CT/i system: cd /usr/g/insite/bin

3. On genesis system: type FSST (This is a link which is in /usr/g/bin and calls the main program which is in /usr/g/insite/bin.) On CT/i system: type FSST

*NOTE this is a cross platform tool and not all functions will be availableon all system.

How to get this tool?The tool is part of 3.6 and forward releases CT/i software. It has not yet beenrolled into the genesis platform.

The genesis install base which has insite will be sweep by the ASC and thesoftwarewill be loaded through the sweep.

In the /usr/g/insite/bin directory on Genesis system there will be a file namedSaveToTape. By running this program a copy of the tool can be saved. Theinstructions for reinstalling the software are shown at the end of theSaveToTape

Introduction:

FSST (Field Service Software Tool) is a tool designed to allowthe service engineer to run unix scripts without having toremember the command line. This tool should be available on allCT/I, HSA and HLA systems. If it is not, contact the NSC andhave them download it. You can also view the executable files atcd /usr/g/insite/bin.

Below is the top level menu and sub-menus.

FSST MENUS____________________________________________________________

Log on to the system as “root”

login: rootpassword: #bigguy

____________________________________________________________

At the prompt, type: FSST

You should see….

TOP LEVEL MENU CHOICES

1. Configuration Files and Revisions 2. Logs 3. Data Base Tools 4. Queues Clear/Restart (Not Available) 5. Resets (Not Available) 6. Communications and Networks 7. AP 8. DAT/MOD 9. Camera, Display, IP 10. Computer, Disks 11. Console 12. Tubes 13. Misc 0. Exit

PLEASE ENTER SELECTION-

(Click on the number to see the other menus)

If you typed top level choice selection 1, you would see:

Configuration Files and Revisions

1. View Host.cfg 2. View Suite.cfg 3. View INFO File 4. Check DAS Type 5. Check Firmware Revisions 6. Check Software Revisions ( whatRev or showprods) 7. Check File Revision (whatRevEx filename, non CT/I)

0. Exit PLEASE ENTER SELECTION-


Logs

1. View Scan Usage Log 2. View UPAP Log 3. View Tube Usage Log 4. Tube Display 5. Viewstats 6. Rebuild corrupted gesys_xxx.log (ermes) (Not Available) 7. Call up EZLOG



Data Base Tools

1. exterminate Exam (Not Available) 2. reset data base (idbtool)



THIS SELECTION IS NOT AVAILABLE

RETURN TO CONTINUE


THIS SELECTION IS NOT AVAILABLE IN THIS MENU PLEASE RUN RESETS ON THE SERVICE DESKTOP

RETURN TO CONTINUE


Communication and networks tools

1. setAdoption (non genesis hosts) (Not Available) 2. get all IP addresses seen by this Host 3. view Hosts file 4. view current network table (arp -a) 5. delete host from routing table (arp -d) (Not Available) 6. report network interface parameters of current Host (ifconfig ec0) 7. Display all IP addresses 8. view physically connected hosts on network (netstat -r) 9. network statistics (netstat -ain) 10. maintain network routing table (Not Available) 11. force routed to supply table 12. flush network routing table

0. Exit



AP

1. UPAP HLA HSA_Z series (Not Available) 2. deadstart HLA HSA_Z series (Not Available) 3. reset AP (Not Available) 4. Report Board Revs 5. view AP logs (Not Available) 6. Reset IG HSARP and CTi (Not Available) 7. Reset FEP HSARP and CTi (Not Available) 8. Reset and restart recon main (Not Available)

0. Exit



DAT MOD Tools

1. Dat Recover (Not Available) 2. DAT Zap (Not Available) 3. Manual prep for MaxOptics MOD for service, CTi only (mkfsMOD) 4. Dorodiag (Not Available)

0. Exit



Camera Display IP Tools

1. SEMPTE Pattern 2. SEMPTE in Image Memory only (Not Available) 3. SEMPTE in Bulk Memory Only (Not Available) 4. IP reset- Must be done in unix level only (Not Available) 5. start GSD diags (Not Available) 6. add bulk memory (Not Available) 7. remove bulk memory (Not Available) 8. restart film process (Not Available) 9. remove batch process (Not Available) 10. remove film queue (Not Available)



Computer and Disks Tools

1. start sundiag non CTi systems (Not Available) 2. check disk partitions df -k 3. check processes status ps 4. find core files 5. remove core files 6. how to run fsck 7. find a file using find command

0. Exit



Console Tools

1. Security Key check 2. reset left side of plasma non CTi (Not available) 3. reset right side of plasma non CTi (Not available)

0. Exit



Tube Tools

1. Changetube (Not Available) 2. tubeUsage 3. check for spits viewstat

0. Exit



Misc Tools

1. timezone 2. set date/time

0. Exit


SWEEPS

Annoucing the Automated Support Center's newest proactive feature:

Proactive Self Service

You've heard of "sweeps" and how much information is availablethrough them but you never knew how to get one done? Now youcan request one yourself via our easy email request system.

Simply send email to the AutoSC with the type of sweep you wantand a list of system id's you want it for. The AutoSC will dothe sweep for you and email the results back to you. Allautomatically!

To request a list what services are currently available:-------------------------------------------------------

send email To: [email protected] Subject: help

Message content is ignored. The current list of available sweeps will be mailed to you. The present list of available sweeps is as follows:

CT:healthpage CT Health Pageprotocolanalysis CT technique summary5tubesum CT Summary of Slice Counts for last 5 tubes1tubeall CT Gory details of Tube Usage for last tubeamsu Average Monthly Slice Usageconfiguration System Configuration and Board Revisions (HSA only)DOWNLOADS:8krotor Downloads the 8K Rotor Speed patch (HSA only)addfsst Downloads the FSST (Field Service Tool) and installs it (HLA & HSA)(This is a dynamic list and types of sweeps will be added periodically.)

To request a sweep:------------------ To request a sweep send an email to the following address:To: [email protected]: sweep Message Content:

type = <type of sweep requested - see help for list>system id = <1st system id>system id = <2nd system id>..system id = <last system id>

Formating Rules:1) Only one sweep type may be requested per mailing. The type needs to be listed only once per mailing.2) If more that one system is being requested, list each system id on a separate line.3) The type of sweep must match (including caps) one of the items on the list. There must be an "=" sign between either "type" or "system id" and it's designation. Otherwise caps, spaces and tabs don't matter.

What will happen after you send the request:-------------------------------------------

You will receive an acknowledgement of your request right away. Thisemail lets you know that the Automated Support Center has receivedyour request and is processing it.

Your request will be validated. If the AutoSC does not know howto handle your request or can not run it for any reason you willreceive a mail (one for each system id it has trouble with) withan error message.

The AutoSC will schedule your sweep(s) to be run right away. Ifthe first attempt fails for any reason the AutoSC will try again30 minutes later. You will receive a separate response by email(success or failure) for each system id swept.

Examples of requests:---------------------

1) A healthpage for a single system

To: [email protected]: sweep

type = healthpagesystem id = 317649CT

2) Slice counts for the last 5 tubes on 4 different systems


TYPE=5tubesumSYSTEM_ID=312878RCTSYSTEM_ID=913588KHSSYSTEM_ID=803255SFCTSYSTEM_ID=209449SACT2

3) download the 8krotor patch to a single system


type=8krotorsystemid=908527HS

Examples of Error Response from Automated Support Center:---------------------------------------------

******************************************************************************A sweep was run on 01/06/98 at 08:18:19 for system:

Modality = CTProduct line = HSAUnique System Number = 0000095660Mobile Location Number = 9999System ID = 501686RCT

--- The sweep was NOT successful ------ (system does not answer when called) ---

Please address all replies or comments to:

[email protected]

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PROPRIETARY TO GEDIRECTION 2152922-100, REVISION 5 ADVANCED SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Page 670 Section 12.0 - Slip Ring

Section 12.0Slip Ring

Table of Contents

12.1 Troubleshooti ng ........................................................................................................... 67112.1.1 Theory of Troubleshooting ................................................................................ 671

12.1.1.1 Theory of LAN ................................................................................... 67112.1.1.2 Theory of TAXI Link ........................................................................... 67112.1.1.3 Troubleshooting Flow ........................................................................ 672

LAN Watchdog Timeout..................................................................... 672TAXI Link Failures ............................................................................. 672Only as a Last Resort ........................................................................ 673

12.1.2 Gantry Model Numbers and Allowable Configurations ..................................... 67312.1.3 Effect of Having RPSCOM JP600 or RCOM JP1 in Wrong Position ................ 67312.1.4 Changes to the RCOM, RPSCOM, and Slip Ring for EMC Compliance .......... 673

12.1.3.1 RCOM/SCOM Board ChangesAllowable Configurations and EMC Systems) ................................... 674RCOM................................................................................................ 674RPSCOM........................................................................................... 674

12.1.4.2 Slip Ring Changes (For EMC Systems Only) .................................... 674Slip Ring Buffer Boards ..................................................................... 674Slip Ring Terminator Boards.............................................................. 675Slip Ring ............................................................................................ 675

12.1.5 General Precautions ......................................................................................... 67512.1.6 Error Codes....................................................................................................... 675

12.2 Serv ice Proc edure s...................................................................................................... 67512.2.1 Baseline ............................................................................................................ 675

12.2.1.1 Method A — TAXI Link Error Troubleshooting .................................. 675Procedure .......................................................................................... 676Other Use for ping -s ......................................................................... 676

12.2.1.2 Method B ........................................................................................... 67612.2.2 Visual Checks ................................................................................................... 67712.2.3 Power and Grounding Checks .......................................................................... 67712.2.4 Software and Hardware Tools Available for Troubleshooting ........................... 678

12.2.4.1 Ping ................................................................................................... 67812.2.4.2 Using nbsClient.................................................................................. 679

nbsClient to the OBC......................................................................... 679nbsClient to the STC.......................................................................... 679

12.2.4.3 Minimum System ............................................................................... 68012.2.4.4 Jumper Out Ring Using Coax ............................................................ 68012.2.4.5 Slip Ring Service Actions................................................................... 681

Why Clean with Alcohol or Sand with Cratex Crayons ...................... 681Alcohol Clean .................................................................................... 681Cratex ................................................................................................ 681Removal/Installation/Replacement .................................................... 681

12.2.5 The Handling and Removal of Slip Ring Brush Debris ..................................... 68212.3 Replacement Verification and Re-Test....................................................................... 682


Chapter 11 - Gantry Page 671

12.4 Replacement Procedures.............................................................................................68312.4.1 46-321058G1 or 46-264698G1 Rotating Buffer Board ......................................68312.4.2 46-321054G1 or 46-264702G1 Rotating Terminator Board ..............................68412.4.3 46-321056G1 or 46-264696G1 Stationary Buffer Board ...................................68412.4.4 46-321052G1 Stationary Terminator Board.......................................................68512.4.5 46-297837G1 Power Brush Block Assembly.....................................................68512.4.6 46-297839G1 Signal Brush Block......................................................................68612.4.7 46-297840G1 or 46-296001G1 Slip Ring Assembly..........................................687

12.1 Troubleshooting

12.1.1 Theory of Troubleshooting

12.1.1.1 Theory of LANPlease reference the FUNCTIONAL Interconnect (46-018318), the section on “CONTROL NETWORK”. There are two types of “CONTROL NETWORK”. The older style has a LAN Card in the SBC (connected to the Max-HIB). The newer system configurations have a HAWK CLA board and an Ethernet thick wire to Thinwire Conversion Kit.

Regardless of style of ethernet, LAN Watchdog Timeouts are caused by the following components:

• LAN card in the ETC.

• LAN card in the STC.

• LAN card in the SBC (if supplied with one) or the Hawk CLA ethernet connections in an RP.

• Ethernet cable between the SRU (or SBC), STC, and ETC.

• Ethernet cable T-connectors, terminators, or wrong impedance terminator.

• Improperly grounded terminators can cause LAN Watchdog timeouts.

Note: There is only one grounded terminator.

12.1.1.2 Theory of TAXI LinkTAXI Link failures are generated by the Receive TAXI chip (Rx) on the TAXI boards. The Rx converts the data coming across the ring into a byte containing 11 bits each. 60% of the possible bytes that can be generated are valid, the other possible combinations are not valid. A TAXI Link failure means that one of the invalid combinations has been generated.

TAXI Link failures are a function of the ring and directly associated components, i.e. Terminator and Buffer boards, TAXI boards, the ring itself, brushes, dust, power supplies or grounding.

RCOM or SCOM boards may be involved when dealing with TAXI Link failures. To get TAXI Link stats, nbsClient stc (or nbsClient obcr ) from the SBC. Once there, s sr0 will get you the data. CTRL + C will get you out of nbsClient. All nbsClients must be done from the SBC.

WARNING nbsClient is a single user function. If you are nbsClient to one of the controllers when the SBC needs it (i.e. during scanning) the system will crash applications. Ensure the customer is not scanning when using nbsClient. The single user function nbsClient will crash the system if accessed while scanning.



12.1.1.3 Troubleshooting Flow

1.) Read General Precautions section.

2.) Determine error code that is causing problem (see examples). Get error codes from:

- System message log.

- Run time stats.

- nbsClient .

3.) For LAN Watchdog Timeout go to LAN Watchdog Timeout.

4.) For other communication errors proceed to TAXI Link Failures section.

LAN Watchdog Timeout

1.) Do Visual Checks for LAN Watchdog Timeout.

- Check LAN card seating.

- Check coax connections.

- Check terminator impedance and connection.

- Check terminator grounding (grounded one side only).

2.) Determine which controller is at fault.

- OBC, STC, ETC or all 3 controllers timing out.

3.) Swap the LAN card of the problem controller and see if problem follows.

4.) If timeouts are on all three controllers the problem could be the first controller in line, i.e. the SBC. Time-outs on all three controllers indicate a problem to something that is common to all three controllers.

- Could be a problem on the first controller (SBC), or

- A problem with the LAN coax.

• Suspect coax connections.

• Suspect terminator impedance and connection.

• Terminator grounding (grounded one side only).

• Bypass existing coax by laying new coax on the hospital floor.

5.) Check power supply per Power and Grounding Checks.

6.) Replace LAN cards and/or coax.

7.) Check controller temperature. (This happens most often on the STC.)

TAXI Link Failures

1.) Determine configuration (refer to section 12.1.2 on page 673).

2.) Establish a baseline using either METHOD A (refer to section 12.2.1.1 on page 675) or METHOD B (refer to section 12.2.1.2 on page 676) (METHOD A is recommended).

3.) Do visual checks.

4.) Go to minimum system and verify with ping, METHOD A (refer to section 12.2.1.1 on page 675).

5.) Check power and grounding.

6.) Vacuum slip ring. Refer to PM procedure CTPM-1321.

- Repeat Baseline (refer to section 12.2.1 on page 675). See if error goes away.

7.) If stationary, jumper out ring using coax.

8.) Swap buffer boards.



9.) Swap brushes (left to right).

10.) Order parts.

Only as a Last ResortAlcohol clean the slip ring. Refer to Slip Ring Alcohol Cleaning in Slip Ring Service Actions.

12.1.2 Gantry Model Numbers and Allowable Configurations

12.1.3 Effect of Having RPSCOM JP600 or RCOM JP1 in Wrong PositionTAXI chips are similiar to a modem with a certain baud rate. Just as two modems connected to each other must be configured to the same baud rate in order to function, so must the TAXI chips. The RPSCOM jumper JP600 and RCOM jumper JP1 are used to change the baud rate of the TAXI chips. When the jumpers are out, the baud rate of all TAXI chips are set to 55.00 Mbaud. When the jumpers are in, the RCOM Tx and RPSCOM Rx TAXI chips (outbound link) are set to 55.068 Mbaud, while the others (inbound link) stay at 55.00 Mbaud. Experience has shown the TAXI chips will work if a Tx is set at 55.000 Mbaud and a Rx at 55.068 Mbaud or vice versa. These settings are out of the tolerance specified by the manufacturer of the TAXI chip and all TAXI Link violations may result.

12.1.4 Changes to the RCOM, RPSCOM, and Slip Ring for EMC ComplianceEMC (Electromagnetic Compliant) CT systems have notable changes in packaging. This describes changes required for the slip ring communications subsystem and the RCOM and SCOM interface boards.

Type HSA onlyNon-EMC

RP or HSA or CT/iNon-EMC

EMC CT/i

(RP)SCOM 46-321246G1 46-321300G1 46-321300G1

RPSCOM JMPR N/A JP600 out JP600 in

RCOM 46-297474G1 46-297474G1 2126034

RCOM JMPR N/A N/A JP1 in

BFR/TERM Old BFR Set Old BFR Set New BFR Set

Table 11-15 Allowable Configurations of Boards and Jumpers

“Old BFR Set” means:

Stationary Buffer 46-321056G1

Rotation Buffer 46-321058G1

Stationary Terminator 46-321052G1

Rotation Terminator 46-321054G1

“New BFR Set” means

Buffer (Rot & Sta) 2118208

Terminator (Sta & Rot) 2118208



12.1.4.1 RCOM/SCOM Board Changes (Allowable Configurations and EMC Systems)

RCOMRCOM board assembly 2126034 (which contains the RCOM board 46-288854G1-D) is required for EMC CT systems. The RCOM assembly that includes the version D RCOM board (assembly includes 2-TAXI daughter boards and RARQ board) has changed from 46-297474G1 to 2126034. The “D” version is reflected in the IN-SITE device on the board. The version D RCOM board is required for all EMC CT systems, but is also compatible with all HSAs to date. The two differences between the old and new versions are the additions of a configurable oscillator to stagger frequencies on the slip ring by 68.8 Khz to spread RF emission power, and the routing of +/- 12V power to the P2 connector for the rotating buffer board.

The RCOM board will have a single jumper. There are temporary rework instructions to modify older RCOMs to version D. The jumper JP1 (not labeled on boards reworked to version D) must be removed for operation in standard HSA systems, and in this state all RCOMs are compatible with all SCOMs and RPSCOMs. EMC CT systems require the jumper to be installed. If the jumper on the RCOM is installed, then the jumper must be installed on the RPSCOM as well (see RPSCOM below). In this state, older SCOMs or RPSCOMs are not compatible, only RPSCOMs 46-321300 can be used. However, if the jumpers are placed in the wrong positions, the scanner will probably still work. Every test we’ve run so far has shown this. But the AMD TAXI chip components on the boards would be grossly out-of-spec!

RPSCOMThe RPSCOM (46-321246G1) is not compatible with RP-EMC systems. This board is compatible with all older HSA systems. The new board is 46-321300G1. This board can output DAS data via star AP parallel format, FEP TAXI coax format, and FEP TAXI fiber-optic interface. Because of this, the board is compatible with all older HSA systems. EMC CT systems will require use of the fiber interface which will require the new RPSCOM and 46-327036G2 FEP boards. All HSAs today are shipping with the new 46-327036G2 FEP assembly that has the fiber interface option. To select the fiber channel for data input on the FEP, jumper J2 needs to be installed on the FEP.

As with the version D RCOM, there is a staggered frequency jumper on the new 46-321300 RPSCOM. With the jumper JP600 removed, the board is compatible with all older systems. The jumper must be installed for EMC CT, and then must run with a 2126034 RCOM assembly (version D RCOM board) or higher with the RCOM jumper installed as well. INSITE will read 46-321300 rev B on the new RPSCOM.

12.1.4.2 Slip Ring Changes (For EMC Systems Only)

Slip Ring Buffer BoardsFor EMC the existing buffer boards (46-321056 and 46-321058) are replaced by buffer “modules” (2118208) on EMC CT gantries. Instead of two different components, there is a single component type used in two places. One module is inverted from the other such that the “goes outa” from one goes to the “goes into” at the other end. The modules are shielded and the ground screws are an important electrical component to circuit function. These modules will work only with EMC CT systems, and are NOT backward compatible.



Slip Ring Terminator BoardsThe two terminator boards on current HSA systems (46-321052 and 46-321054) are replaced with resistor blocks (2118209). These blocks are shipped to GE from our slip ring supplier with the ring. The part is a 20 ohm, 1/8 watt, 1% resistor on FR4 circuit board material with eyelets to screw onto a ring.

The stationary resistor attaches to the stationary brush block on the power brush block side of the gantry to ring studs #4 and #5. The rotating resistor attaches to the ring inside diameter opposite the buffer board, to ring stud #2 and #3. These mounting instructions are silk-screened onto the resistor blocks. These resistors will work only with EMC CT systems.

Slip RingThe EMC slip ring incorporates an “image plane” in the slip ring approximately 1/8 inch below the six communications tracks. Running a differential buffer board set, on rings without this plane will yield unpredictable results (TAXI violations). The rings are easy to tell apart since the EMC ring has a metal shield on the inside face of the ring.

12.1.5 General Precautions• DO NOT use vacuum brush on anything else except the slip ring. Do this to avoid

contamination of the brush.

• DO NOT touch brush tips or slip ring. The contamination from body oil, etc. can damage them.

• DO NOT file or clean the brush tips, under any circumstance (per vendor warranty). The brush tips will wear at slightly different rates and may appear out of alignment. This is expected.

• DO NOT bend or deform brushes or spring material (per vendor warranty).

• DO NOT work on the ring or brushes unless the system A1 power is tagged and locked.

• DO NOT use anything else other than the GE-approved alcohol to clean the ring.

• DO NOT get cleaning solution on the brushes.

• DO NOT use any other cleaning solution than what is specified in the cleaning procedure.

• Remove brushes for vacuuming and any other type of cleaning.

• Remove brushes before cleaning the ring with alcohol.

• Vacuuming is a PM action. Refer to PM procedure CTPM-1321.

• Deviation from these procedures will result in increased material costs.

12.1.6 Error CodesTBD

12.2 Service Procedures

12.2.1 Baseline

12.2.1.1 Method A — TAXI Link Error TroubleshootingThe following procedure is used to troubleshoot TAXI Link and other data-related problems between the stationary buffer and rotating buffer board on the HSA and CT/i.

There are two purposes for this procedure.

• Establish a baseline prior to troubleshooting.

• Verify if the problem has been eliminated after a correction was applied.



Procedure

1.) Knowledge of how to use nbsClient to look for TAXI Link errors on both the STC and the OBCr is required (refer to section 12.2.4.2 on page 679).

2.) Access to two UNIX shells is required.

- L1b could be one shell and opening a shell under Utilities could be the other.

- CT/i open up two unix shells.

- Telnet in from an AW.

3.) Open Utilities and download the diagnostic firmware.

CT/i

4.) After the firmware has been successfully downloaded enter ping -s obcr into one of the UNIX shells. This will send recursive data packets across the slip ring to the OBC and back to the host for error detection.

Verify that the return message from the ping -s command is, on average, less than 20ms.

5.) Use the diagnostics to rotate the gantry for at least 10 minutes at speed of one second. To accomplish this use the axial control loop diagnostic.

- Enter 600 seconds for rotation duration and one second for gantry speed.

6.) On the unused UNIX shell check for TAXI Link errors by using nbsClient on both the OBCR and the STC (refer to section 12.2.4.2 on page 679). This should be zero because downloading the diagnostic firmware resets the error registers.

A.) Check for TAXI Link errors after five minutes and again after ten minutes of rotation.

B.) If there are no errors, repeat steps 5 and 6 one more time. If there are still no errors, it probably is not worth proceeding with component replacement or service actions.

C.) If there are errors in nbsClient, record this number as it will be used to determine if repairs are successful.

D.) Remember that the TAXI Link register is reset if the firmware is downloaded or a system hardware reset is commanded.

7.) Now that the baseline is established, troubleshooting can begin. Refrain from performing parallel steps. Replace one board or service action at a time, then repeat steps 5 and 6.

Note: If slip rings are cleaned or if data brushes were replaced, there is a burn-in period of approximately ten minutes. Therefore, use nbsClient to monitor the rate of TAXI Link error growth that should slow down to zero during the second ten minutes of testing.

Other Use for ping -sping -s used on a non-rotating gantry is useful to eliminate the slip rings as a source for problems and also for troubleshooting other components in the serial communication area. Use steps 4 and 6 to interrogate the TAXI Link error register. If errors are present, rotate the gantry 90 degrees and repeat test. If the errors are still present, there is a 99% chance that the slip rings are not causing the problem.

12.2.1.2 Method BDevelop a baseline.

1.) nbsClient to controller (refer to section 12.2.4.2 on page 679).

2.) s sr0 c will clear out stats.

3.) Do 30 scans.



4.) Check s sr0 stats to see how many if any TAXI Link errors were created.

- Do this while stationary,

- Rotating fast or slow,

- High x-ray technique and low.

Determine which method creates TAXI Link failures and work with that particular method.

5.) Repeat every time a service action is done. This way one can tell if a service action had any effect.

Note: If TAXI Link errors occur while the gantry is stationary, jumper out the slip ring with 50ohm coax cables to help troubleshoot.

Note: Black holes are transmit errors between stc cpu and obcr cpu and will accompany TAXI Link errors.

There is no absolute limit. What is important is if TAXI Link stops scanning.

12.2.2 Visual Checks• Check terminator boards (sometimes missing).

• Terminator boards mounted correctly with correct screws.

• Coax connector pins OK and connected.

• Damaged boards/ring/brushes.

12.2.3 Power and Grounding Checks• Ground screws on the buffer board.

• Ring 12 grounded.

• DC power supplies on both buffers (Spc TBD).

• OBC, STC power supplies.

• Strap to brush block.



12.2.4 Software and Hardware Tools Available for Troubleshooting

12.2.4.1 PingTo isolate rough spots in the rotation, execute an extended version of the ping command while the FE manually rotates the gantry. The output will demonstrate where the rough spots exist. Any cleaning efforts should be concentrated in those areas. This test requires two people, the FE and a person at the console end to indicate where the rough spots occur.

Perform the following command:

insite @ HSA1_SBC0 130: ping -s obcr 16 100

24 bytes from 192.9.224.2: icmp_seq=27. time=20. ms























EXPLANATION: The packet internet groper is used to determine if another user is still active. The ping command works by sending out an internet control message protocol (ICMP) echo request. If the destination user is reachable, then an ICMP echo will be returned immediately. The sending user will continue to send this ping/ICMP request until terminated or it times out. By using the -s option you get a verbose statistics printout of each ping event. Pay particular attention to the response time of the packet to determine network response. In this case, problems with the rings were discovered and marked by the FE during rotation. The 16 used in the command line sets up a 16 data byte packet (if needed, it could be larger). The 100 used in the command line sends out the ping request 100 times.

SOLUTION: Cleaned/cleared slip rings of debris in vicinity where network response rate degraded.



12.2.4.2 Using nbsClient

nbsClient to the OBC

1.) On the SBC, type nbsClient obcr .

2.) While in nbsClient type s sr0 (0 = zero).

3.) At the bottom of the response:

|sr0: timeout Error Statistics:

961003|0925|06588| INIT timeouts = 0 DATA

| | | timeouts = 0

| | |sr0: Interrupt Statistics:

| | | Level 6 interrupts = 84590 DAS/AP FIFO

| | | full = 1

| | | TAXI link failures = 157

| | |sr0: Miscellaneous Statistics:

| | | Black hole occurrences = 1 Total words thrown

| | | away = 1

| | | Most words thrown away = 1 Errored DATA

| | | frames = 0

type CTRL + C to get out of nbsClient.

nbsClient to the STC

1.) On the SBC, type nbsClient stc .

2.) While in nbsClient type s sr0 (0 = zero).

3.) At the bottom of the response:

|sr0: timeout Error Statistics:

961003|0925|06588| INIT timeouts = 0 DATA

| | | timeouts = 0

| | |sr0: Interrupt Statistics:

| | | Level 6 interrupts = 84590 DAS/AP FIFO

| | | full = 1

| | | TAXI link failures = 157

| | |sr0: Miscellaneous Statistics:

| | | Black hole occurrences = 1 Total words thrown

| | | away = 1

| | | Most words thrown away = 1 Errored DATA

| | | frames = 0

type CTRL + C to get out of nbsClient.



12.2.4.3 Minimum SystemThere is not minimum system for the STC.

Minimum system for the OBC is RCOM, CPU.

12.2.4.4 Jumper Out Ring Using Coax

Figure 11-4 Slip Ring Communications Bypassing Routines

Figure 11-5 Normal Indications



12.2.4.5 Slip Ring Service Actions

Why Clean with Alcohol or Sand with Cratex Crayons

1.) Communication failures (TAXI Link Failures) after vacuuming failed.

2.) Cratex sanding is for mechanical damage to the ring ONLY i.e. pits and arc marks.

Alcohol CleanAlcohol cleaning should be done as a corrective (repair) action only. Alcohol clean is not a PM action and should only be done if necessary and only AFTER vacuuming the Slip Ring and Gantry has not corrected the problem.

1.) Vacuum ring per PM procedure.

2.) Check baseline.

3.) Remove all of the power and signal brush blocks (the alcohol will contaminate the brushes). Refer to the General Service Manual 2152918-100 for the proper removal procedure.

4.) Use specified alcohol (46-183039p1) and allow to AIR DRY for 15 min. DO NOT use the alcohol prep pads found in hospitals. They are often not PURE alcohol, and can contaminate the slip ring and brushes.

5.) Reinstall the removed components. Reference the appropriate section in the General Service Manual 2152918-100. The proper replacement procedure is critical to the life of the slip ring components.

Note: Use the proper alcohol.

CratexThe cratex should be used to only fix pit and arc marks.

1.) Using Cratex fine abrasive stick (46-297961P2) attempt to smooth out the pitted area or areas with deposits on the slip ring. ONLY use Cratex on the ring that is in need of repair. If the area(s) are still not smooth, use Cratex medium abrasive stick (46-297961P1). After using the medium, repeat procedure with the fine.

Note: Smoothing out the track surfaces is a time consuming task and if not done properly and completely will result in either permanent damage or will cause another arc. Do it right the first time.

Note: Removing the “clogged” end of the cratex stick with a coarse file will help speed up the process of smoothing out pitted areas.

2.) When done with the Cratex sticks it is very important to remove ALL traces of abrasive with a thorough alcohol cleaning.

3.) Replace all of the removed components Reference the appropriate section in the General Service Manual 2152918-100. The proper replacement procedure is critical to the life of the slip ring components.

Removal/Installation/ReplacementReference the appropriate section in the General Service Manual 2152918-100. The proper replacement procedure is critical to the life of the slip ring components.



12.2.5 The Handling and Removal of Slip Ring Brush DebrisThe slip ring brushes, made of Polymet AG material and used on this scanner, contain silver and a trace of cadmium. Refer to the corresponding MSDS for a description of these materials.

CAUTION Take care to avoid contact, inhalation and ingestion of slip ring debris whenever you work with slip ring components. Take the following steps when you handle slip ring material:

1.) Wear Neoprene or nitrile gloves, to limit irritation and ingestion of metallic dust.

- Do NOT remove gloves near an exposed slip ring. The powder inside the gloves can contaminate the ring.

- Gloves: Large (Qty 100) 46-194427P347.

- Gloves: XL (Qty 100) 46-194427P348.

2.) Use a HEPA (High Efficiency Particulate Air) vacuum cleaner to remove residual brush debris.

- HEPA vacuum Cleaner: 46-297933P1.

- HEPA filter: 46-297948P1.

3.) Use the HEPA vacuum cleaner to remove all existing brush debris from the brush blocks, brackets and slip ring covers before you service the slip ring brush assemblies.

4.) Use the HEPA vacuum cleaner to remove all existing brush debris from the gantry base and floor after you reassemble the slip ring covers.

5.) Wash your hands thoroughly after you service any slip ring components.

Note: All exposure surveys, conducted during service procedures and system operation, reported levels of silver and cadmium well below the occupational exposure limits for these materials.

12.3 Replacement Verification and Re-Test

Communication FRUs

Task Verification Test

Slip Ring Assembly To replace faulty Slip Ring Assembly, refer to page 687

Acquire rotating scans at: 100kV/100mA. and 120kV/400mA.

Brush Blocks Replace faulty power (page 685) or signal (page 686) block and align correctly.

System Functional Test on page 84



12.4 Replacement Procedures

12.4.1 46-321058G1 or 46-264698G1 Rotating Buffer BoardNote: Two (2) types of buffer and terminator PWBs exist. Check the part numbers of the PWBs on your

system before ordering replacement parts.

CAUTION Read The Handling and Removal of Slip Ring Brush Debris on page 682 before you start this procedure.

1.) Position table to lowest elevation.

2.) Turn off facility power to PDU.

DANGER USE TAG AND LOCK OUT PROCEDURE.3.) Remove, and set aside, both gantry side covers.

4.) Turn off all three (3) switches on the status control box, on right side of Gantry.

5.) Open top cover, and engage prop rod.

6.) Remove, and set aside, Gantry scan window.

7.) Open rear cover.

NOTICE Wear a grounded wrist strap when you handle a circuit board.

8.) Locate the rotating buffer board on the inside surface of the slip ring.

The Buffer board has two coax cables connected to it.

9.) Disconnect the two (2) coax cables connected to J1 and J2 on the Buffer PWB.

Buffer, TAXI Boards, and Slip Ring Communication rings

To replace faulty FRU:

RCOM on page 633

RPSCOM on page 637

Buffer or TAXI Boards, begin your search on page 683

Manual check for TAXI errors:

Open a Unix shell and,

type: cu sbc

type: nbsClient stc,

type: s sr0Verify fewer than 2 TAXI Link failures occur in 80 slices, CTRL + C [to exit],

type: nbsClient obcr

type: s scr0Verify fewer than 2 TAXI Link failures occur in 80 slices,

CTRL + C [to exit],

~. [to exit].

1.) Hardware Reset

2.) Acquire 10 scouts: (120kv/40ma., 1000mm table movement),

3.) Acquire 100 axials: (120kv/80ma., 1 sec. scan, 1 sec. ISD),

4.) Acquire 1 helical: (120 kv/40ma., 30 sec. scan),

5.) Acquire 10 axial scans: (120kv/400ma.)

6.) Verify NO TAXI Link errors

To check Rcom/Scom Statistics enter: FSST; 12; 3

Communication FRUs

Task Verification Test

Table 11-16 Retest Matrix for Communication FRUs (Continued)

Signed Date

TAG &

LOCKOUT



10.) Remove the seven (7) 4-40 screws, and one (1) 1/4-20 ground screw, that fasten the Buffer PWB to the slip ring.

11.) Remove the Buffer PWB from Gantry.

12.) Install the new Rotating Buffer PWB.

13.) Reassemble Gantry.

12.4.2 46-321054G1 or 46-264702G1 Rotating Terminator BoardNote: The CT/i COULD HAVE EITHER ONE OF Two (2) types of buffer and terminator PWBs. Check the

part numbers of the PWBs on your system before YOU order replacement parts.










8.) Locate the rotating terminator PWB on the inside surface of the slip ring.

The Terminator PWB has no cables attached to it.

9.) Remove the seven (7) 4-40 screws, and one (1) 1/4-20 ground screw, that fasten the terminator PWB to the slip ring.

10.) Remove the terminator PWB from Gantry.

11.) Install the new rotating terminator board.


12.4.3 46-321056G1 or 46-264696G1 Stationary Buffer BoardNote: Two (2) types of buffer and terminator PWBs exist. Check the part numbers of the PWBs on your






4.) Turn off all 3 switches on the status control box, on right side of Gantry.



Signed Date

TAG &

LOCKOUT

Signed Date

TAG &

LOCKOUT




8.) Remove slip ring covers.


9.) Disconnect three cables at connectors J1, J2 and J3.

10.) Remove eight (8) 4-40 screws that fasten the Stationary Buffer PWB to the brush block assembly.

11.) Remove the Stationary Buffer PWB from the Gantry.

12.) Install the new Stationary Buffer PWB.


12.4.4 46-321052G1 Stationary Terminator BoardNote: Two (2) types of buffer and terminator PWBs exist. Check the part numbers of the PWBs on your










8.) Remove slip ring covers.


9.) Remove seven (7) 4-40 screws that fasten the terminator PWB to the brush block assembly.

10.) Remove the defective terminator PWB from Gantry.

11.) Replace terminator PWB.


12.4.5 46-297837G1 Power Brush Block Assembly








8.) Remove the slip ring covers.

Signed Date

TAG &

LOCKOUT

Signed Date

TAG &

LOCKOUT




9.) The Gantry contains three (3) brush blocks: two for signal and one for power.

A.) Remove the stationary buffer board to access and remove either of the signal brush blocks. Refer to the corresponding procedures for a detailed explanation.

B.) Remove the grounding strap from at the power brush block bracket before you remove the power brush block.

C.) If you plan to replace the power brush block, remove the grounding strap from the power brush block and the power brush block bracket.

10.) Remove Brush Block:

A.) Remove two (2) of the four (4) bolts, one on the top of the block and one on the bottom.

B.) With one hand, hold the brush block against the brackets, and remove the remaining screws with the other hand.

C.) Remove brush block from the brackets.

11.) Install Brush Block:

A.) Hold the Brush Block in position, and align the brush tips with the slip ring tracks.

B.) Compress the brush tip springs against the slip ring tracks, and hold the brush block against the brackets.

C.) Install all four (4) screws, but do not tighten.

D.) Adjust the brush blocks to center the top and bottom of the brush tips.

E.) Tighten all four (4) screws to 22 ±3in-lbs. (0.254 ±0.035 m-kg)

12.) Manually rotate Gantry while you check that the brush tips are centered between the track barriers.


12.4.6 46-297839G1 Signal Brush Block









8.) Remove the slip ring covers.

9.) The Gantry contains three (3) brush blocks: two for signal and one for power.

- Remove the stationary buffer board to access and remove either of the signal brush blocks. Refer to the corresponding procedures for a detailed explanation.

- Remove the grounding strap from at the power brush block bracket before you remove the power brush block.

Signed Date

TAG &

LOCKOUT



10.) Remove Brush Block:

A.) Remove two (2) of the four (4) bolts, one on the top of the block and one on the bottom.

B.) With one hand, hold the brush block against the brackets, and remove the remaining screws with the other hand.

C.) Remove brush block from the brackets.

11.) Install Brush Block:

A.) Hold the Brush Block in position, and align the brush tips with the slip ring tracks.

B.) Compress the brush tip springs against the slip ring tracks, and hold the brush block against the brackets.

C.) Install all four (4) screws, but do not tighten.

D.) Adjust the brush blocks to center the top and bottom of the brush tips.

E.) Tighten all four (4) screws to 22 ±3in-lbs. (0.254 ±0.035 m-kg)

12.) Manually rotate Gantry while you check that the brush tips are centered between the track barriers.


12.4.7 46-297840G1 or 46-296001G1 Slip Ring AssemblyNote: The slip ring is encased in plastic and the plastic should be removed last. The plastic is to protect

the ring from contamination.

Note: Slip ring replacement requires two people, plus a third person for approximately five hours.








7.) Open Rear cover.

A.) Locate left hinge arm inside the rear cover, and disconnect the two (2) electrical connections leading to the top and rear covers.

B.) Disconnect the two (2) wires leading to the rear cover lamp.

C.) Disconnect the harness leading to the rear cover microphone.

8.) Remove the top cover: (Requires 2 people)

A.) Engage the prop rod.

B.) Remove the retaining clip from the end of the top cover gas spring.

C.) Grasp the gas spring, and firmly pull outward.

D.) Let the gas spring swing down and hang from the rear cover support.

E.) Attach the retaining clip to the gas spring for safe keeping.

F.) Remove the rear cover portion of the middle hinge that holds the top cover in place.

G.) Move the top cover to the right, remove it from the rear cover, and set aside.

Signed Date

TAG &

LOCKOUT



9.) Remove the Rear Cover: (Requires 3 people)

A.) Grab the bottom of the cover on each side near the swing doors.

B.) Lift on the Rear Cover Assembly, while the third person guides the pivot pins out of the pivot arm on each side of the cover.

C.) Place the Rear Cover on top of a blanket to prevent scratching.

D.) Lean the Cover against the wall, or if space permits, lay the cover horizontally on a blanket on the floor.

10.) Remove the two (2) Slip Ring Covers.



11.) Remove the two BNC Connectors, J1 and J2, from Rotating Buffer Board.

12.) Remove the Rotating Buffer Board and the Rotating Terminator Board:

A.) Remove seven (7) 4-40 socket head cap screws and one (1) 1/4 -20 screw from each board.

B.) Remove the boards from the slip ring, and place them in anti-static bags.

13.) Remove two (2) Lexan terminal covers that cover the electrical junctions between the gantry and the slip ring.

A.) Remove the two (2) 1/4 -20 screws that fasten each cover in place.

B.) Remove both covers, and set aside, for reuse.

14.) Disconnect all cable connections on the inside of the Slip Ring, including the two (2) Ground Strap connections.

15.) Remove the Stationary Terminator Board:

A.) Remove the seven (7) 4-40 socket head cap screws.

B.) Remove the board and place it in an anti-static bag.

16.) Remove the Stationary Buffer Board:

A.) Disconnect (3) BNC connectors, J1,J2 and J3.

B.) Remove the eight (8) 4-40 socket head cap screws.

C.) Remove the board and place it in an anti-static bag.

17.) Remove, and set aside, the one power and two signal Brush Blocks.

A.) Disconnect the Power Brush electrical connections

B.) Disconnect the grounding strap.

C.) Four bolts fasten each Brush Block in place

Detailed Brush Block instructions begin on page 685.18.) Remove six (6) Brush Block Brackets:

A.) Remove the shoulder screw and socket head cap screw from each bracket.

B.) Remove each bracket, and set aside for reuse.

19.) Open the front cover and remove two (2) access panels.

Note: A cutout on the Slip Ring, and a pilot on the bearing flange, hold the Slip Ring in place, as long as you apply pressure against the back face of the Slip Ring.

20.) Remove six bolts from the Slip Ring: (Requires 2 people)

A.) Rotate the gantry to position one bolt in each of the two (2) access holes.



B.) Remove the bolts from the gantry access holes, and set aside for reuse.

C.) Second person: Push against the back face of the Slip Ring to hold it in place while your partner removes the bolts

D.) Rotate the Gantry, by hand, until another set of bolts appear in the access holes.

E.) Remove the bolts, set aside, and repeat the procedure to remove the a total of 8 bolts.

21.) Remove the Slip Ring assembly:

A.) Stand on either side of the Slip Ring assembly.

B.) Grasp the Slip Ring with both hands.

C.) Pull the Slip Ring off the bearing flange.

NOTICE The epoxy Slip Ring is fragile, so handle it with extreme care. DO NOT STAND THE SLIP RING ON END; LAY IT FLAT.

22.) Replace the Slip Ring:

A.) Hold the Slip Ring next to Bearing flange.

B.) Rotate the bearing, and/or Slip Ring, to align the black line on the inside of Slip Ring with the small hole on the bearing flange pilot.

23.) Fasten Slip Ring to Bearing Flange: (Requires 2 people)

A.) Second person: Press the Slip Ring flush against the Bearing Flange while your partner replaces the bolts.

B.) Apply a small amount of 242-Loctite to each of 8 Slip Ring bolts.

C.) Replace the first 2 bolts, and tighten to 5 ft.-lbs.

D.) Rotate the gantry, by hand, to reposition the access holes, and replace the next set of bolts.

E.) Repeat the procedure to replace a total of 8 bolts.

24.) Recheck the torque of all eight (8) bolts: 5 ft-lbs. (0.0048 m-kg)

Note: Use three people to replace the Rear Cover.



27.) Turn off all three switches on the status control box, on right side of Gantry.

28.) Open top cover and engage prop rod.


30.) Open front cover.

31.) Rotate Gantry until the Collimator reaches the 3 o’clock position.

32.) Engage the indexer pin lock to lock the Gantry into position.

33.) Remove the aperture Micro Stepper Drive to access to the Bow-Tie Filter.

Refer to the Micro Stepper Drive Procedure for details.

34.) Locate the cut away in the Micro Stepper Drive mounting plate:

A.) Disconnect the two (2) 6 pin electrical connectors from the front of the Stepper Motor Drive.

B.) Unfasten four 8-32 bolts, and remove the Stepper Motor Drive.

35.) Replace Stepper Motor Drive


Signed Date

TAG &

LOCKOUT

This is the menu for EZLOG

1. OC Syslog /usr/adm/syslog 2. OC System Error Log usr/g/service/log/ gesyslog ( viewlog) 3. SBC Messages / usr/adm/messages 4. SBC Syslog /usr/spool/log/ syslog 5. Run Time Stats 6. Tube Usage 7. Tube Display 8. Look for Core files on system 9. System crashdumps / usr/g/service/log/ crashdumps/ q. Quit and return to UNIX

6sigma Troubleshooting Guide for DASM

Page 1

1-1 Missing frame in the print•SymptomThe problem occurs when MR,CT,or AW is connected to Konica Laser Camera.Number of missing frame is one or more.Missing frame is Black.

Black ImageImage is skipped.

•SolutionWe are investigation with Konica engineer.Probably patch software for Konica camera will be prepared by Konica.Please contact OLC-Asia if you have the problem.

Section 1 Image Problem

Contact OLC-Asia

Missing Framebecomes Black

Fadi Choujaa

Use the left frame to select the DASM information, because there are three catagories to choose from. DASM T/S, DASM XTRAS, DASM Emails


Page 2

‡@ ‡A

‡B

‡C ‡D

‡@ ‡A

‡B ‡C

‡D ‡E

A‚v • F ‚P • D‚O‚„‚l‚q • ^‚b‚s • F ‚P • D‚O‚…

Missing Framebecomes white

Check rev. of DASM*Use Show DASM

AW : 1.0dMR/CT : 1.0e

Yes

Implement FMi

No

Contact OLC

•SymptomThe problem occurs when MR,CT,or AW is connected to Laser Camera.Number of missing frame is one or more.Missing frame is White.

1-2 Missing frame in the print

Pattern A Pattern B

•SolutionCheck the revision of DASM


Page 3

Image one dot shift

Ignore • I

Missing one line

Contact Kodak

Kodak?

Yes

Contact OLC

No

For example

1-3 Lost one view

•SymptomLost one view image is displayed when MR,CT,or AW is connected to Kodak Laser Camera.

•SolutionAsk Kodak engineer to adjust V Sync or H Sync.


Page 4

The problem may be caused by temperature intha Camera.

Shifted image

Contact Kodak engineer

Kodak?

Yes

Contact OLC

No

1-4 Shifted Image

•SymptomLost one view image or blurrede characters on the filmis displayed when MR,CT,or AW is connected to Kodak Laser Camera.

•SolutionContact Kodak


Page 5

1-5 Doubled different images on the frame (Part 1)

Contact Konica

Konica?

Yes

Contact OLC

No

•SymptomDoubled different images (Different series)on the frame is displayed when CT, MR or AW is connected to the KonicaCamera.

There are different images on the frame.

•SolutionContact Konica.In case of Konica Li-7 or Li-7A, set theNon-interlace mode.

Doubled different images


Page 6

•SolutionPerform FMi80005

1-6 Doubled different images on the frame (Part 2)

•SymptomDoubled different images (Different series)on the frame is displayed when AW (1.2.6) is connected to the Kodak.

There are different images on the frame.

Perform FMi-80005

Kodak

Yes

Contact OLC

No

Doubled different images


Page 7

1-7 Noisy image

Noisy image

Replace the DASM

•SymptomNoisy image

•SolutionCapacitors in the DASM has a problem.Replace the DASM.


Page 8

This white line ( Belt)

GR

AY

SC

AL

E A

RE

A

IMAGEAREA512 ~512

TEXT/GRAPHICS AREA 544 ~524

512Pixels 32Pixels

512P

ixel

s

12

Pix

els

12 pixels are displayed due to no masking.

White line at the bottom

Contact Serviceengineer ofCamera

1-8 White line at the bottom in the Image frame

•SymptomWhite line is displayed at the bottom in the frame when MR,CT,or AW is connected to Laser Camera.

•SolutionConsult with Service Engineer in charge of corresponding Camera.


Page 9

Contact OLC

CTi?

Yes

No

1-9 Grid like image

•SolutionCTi may have a problem.AW and DASM do not have a problem.

Grid-like image


Page 10

Gray scale displayed

Contact OLC

1-10 Gray scale is diaplayed when gray scale is OFF mode

•SymptomGray scale is displayed although gray scale is OFF Mode when AW is connected to the KODAKcamera.

•SolutionUnder investigationContact OLC.


Page 11

1-11 Can not copy

•SymptomIn case of copy mode in the Film Composer menu, copy mode does not wrok, when CT , MR orAW is connected to the Konica camera.The copied film becomes black.This problem may happen after up grading the YMS systems

•Solution

Temporary SolutionAsk customer not to use Copy mode. Use print button twice.

Paid Up-grade is available.


Page 12

Cycle the Camera power, then reboot AW

DASM may have a problemCheck the DASM.

1 Check 5VDC2 Check LEDs3 Check Fuse4 Check Airblow5 Check Jumper

Replace the DASM

Reoccur ?No

Yes

END

2-1 Stoped at the printing stage

Section 2 Filming Problem

Can not print at the printing stage


Page 13

AW: Camera is offline or not connected Camera is not respondingMR : Camera is not connected

Stop printing when queue is remaining

YesNo

Is Camera Ready ?

Is Camera Power-ON• H

Reset the Cemara or Cycle the Camerapower, then reboot it.

No

Yes

Perform Show DASM

Status menu displayed ?

Is correct Showdasm• HRefer to the how toShowDASM ?

Yes

No

Yes

No

Any error

Does LEDs on the DASMwork properly ?

No

B

Is OK result of Showdasm ?

Perform uninstall and install.( Refer to the Utility )

No

Yes

Is error message“Can not open SCSIdevice.....”

Yes

Reconnect SCSI andConnectors No

Is error message “Can not open /dev/dasm 1 ...”

Refer to theShowDASM utility

Yes

Yes

A C

Yes

No

D

2-2 Camera is Offline or not connected




Page 14

Is status correct ?

Yes

No

No

After rebooting AW and Camera,print again.

Serial communication between DASM and Camera may havea problem.If serial cable is OK, Consult with Service Engineer in charge of corresponding Camera.

A

Replace the DASM

Yes



Does camera reply whenperforming “rqs, rsp or clrsp” ?


Page 15

B

After applying proper power to the DASM,print again

Is input power for DASM correct ?

Yes

No

Replace DASM




Page 16

C

Is probe-scsi OK ?Yes

No

Replace DASM

Is SCSI cable orother connections OK ?

No

Yes

Reconnect or replace SCSIcables or connections

D




Page 17

AW : Unable to open SCSI DeviceMR : PR Server is unable to read...

Is Showdasm OK• HYes

No

Is probe-scsi OK ?

Replace DASM

Are SCSI cable orother connestions OK ?

Yes

No

Yes

No

2-3 Unable to open SCSI Device




Reconnect or replace SCSIcables or connections

After rebooting AW and Camera,print again.


Page 18

Camera is Busy

Cycle the camera power, then reboot AW.

Yes

No

( DASM does not have a problem )

After completion of printing,retry print.

2-4 Camera is Busy

Is there print command fromother systems ?


Page 1

AW: Disk is not enough to spaceMR: Not enough disk space

Delete the Core File in the /export/home/sdc and /export/home/sdc/film• @• ¦after V/R7.3 software, Rebooting the system automatically remove the Core File.

If you can not fix, refer to follows, {oc001}[1}su sdcbinpassword:adw2.0#cd /export/home/sdc/extra_tmp

In case of MR system

Case of AW

2-5 Not enough disk space

Delete the Core File , then print again.

#cat /dev/null > PRSserver


Page 2

Camera Alarm occurred

What kind of Code occurred?

Yes

Laser Camera have anything of problem.

Code 35 ?

Code 56 ?Yes

No

No

Unmatch request that the number of frame had sent to DASM fromContour/Profile.Example: in case of Konica Li-7A received “2*4format” request. Or if the Konica’sconfiguration have set as AW2.0, all of Camera’s error will be arrived as status “35”.Therefore if Film Empty has happened, the status will be ‘35’.Evade this problem, must be set the configuration as HAS.

2-6 Camera Alarm X

In case of FUJI Laser, “code 56” will occur under auto developer haven't been readied when Formatter have been already readied.


Page 3

CTi System

Can’t open Film Composer Can’t boot-up with SCSI BUS 0 Reset

replace DASM

2-7 Case of CTi system

Problem of SG system software.

searching the Core File and remove it.can boot-up withoutDASM ?

something problem with SG’s CPU


Page 4

2-8 Not Support Format

Countermeasure

Connecting Fuji Laser Camera, can’t perform “Format 8 and 16”

AW

In case of AW 1.2, it doesn't support “Format 8 and 16” at connecting Fuji Laser Camera.Such format have been supported from AW 2.0 system. AW 2.0 system, need to set the laser camera configuration by Fuji FE.

MR

N/A

• œ Trouble


Page 5

2-9 Can’t open Film Composer

• œ Countermeasure

YMSMR : Fixed after Version 7.2.1 software

CTi (HSA SG) : Delete Core File

• œ Trouble

MR,Cti system are often happened cannot open Film composer


Page 6

3-1 install.dasm

1. <prompt> cd /export/home/sdc/install [Return]

2. <prompt> ./install.dasm [Return]Is there a camera used by your A.W. (y/n): y [Return]Enter the DASM filming interface type

0 DIGITAL (LCAM)1 VIDEO (VDB) only for 3M : 0 or 1 [Return]Enter laser camera type :

0 for 3M 9521 for 3M XL or HQ2 for 3M 8313 for AGFA MIN4 for KODAK5 for DUPONT6 for FUJI7 for KONICA8 for AGFA MG 3000: 0 to 8 [Return]

Enter DASM hostname or <Return> for local host : [Return]...Filming Option is installed.

Note: if find following message, be ale to ignore itunable to install/attach driver ...

AW

InstallDASM

1)select “scantool icon”2)select “Install....”3)input password “operator”4)select “Config DASM”5)implement “Install.DASM”6)select “LCAM or VDB” for your system’s DASM7)select “camera type” for your system’s formatter8)selest “DASM Config”9)selest “cubic”10)click “Confirm”11)Quit

MR

Section3 Utility

This command shall be implemented as setting up DASM and Lasercamera


Page 7

3-2 showdasm

AW <prompt> su - root [Enter]enter root password : operator [Enter]<prompt> cd /export/home/sdc/bin [Enter]<prompt> ./showdasm [Enter](following indicated)Please Wait....Vendor : CDA Device : DASM-VDB (or LCAM for digital)Pif software rev : 1.0b Krnl rev : 2.1fDASM size : 1MB SRAM size : 32KB I/O blocks : 2048 block size 512SCSI ID : 0 CMDBLK add r: 200000 Baud : 1200 RS232 ctl reg : hex 8eEprom checksum : hex 00389dbf Internal checksum : hex 00389bf6RS232 Disabled DBUG Disabled Power on RAM tests Disabled.

happened "can't open /dev/dasm 1 ..."error, try to implement following,cd /dev [Enter]ls -l dasm1 [Enter]

and following indicatedllrxwrxwrxw 1 root other "date" dasm1 -> /dev/rdsk/cotodos2

and next step, input follows,ls -l dasm [Enter]

indicatedllrxwrxwrxw 1 root other "date" dasm

if could not find “dasm1” in “/dev”, retry “install.dasm”and if isn’t SCSI ID “0”, is the Jumper pin correct or not.

{sdc@vmxst2}[1] cd /export/home/sdc/bin{sdc@vmxst2}[2] showdasmVendor: CDA Device: DASM-VDBPif software rev: 1.0e Krnl_rev: 2.1jDRAM size: 1MB SRAM size: 32KB I/O blocks: 2048 block size: 512 SCSI ID: 0 CMDBLK addr: 200000 Baud: 1200 RS232 ctl reg: hex 8eEprom checksum: hex 0038f90f Internal checksum: hex 0038f770RS232 Disabled DBUG Disabled Power-on RAM tests Disabled{sdc@vmxst2}[3]

MR

Pif software rev: 1.0e• @• ¨ Softwear Version : 7.10 over for Signa Contour/Profile

Pif software rev: 1.0d• @• ¨ AW

• communication check between Advantage Windows(MR)and Filming interface(DASM)• showdasm is checkking commands to access DASM from AW(MR)through the SCSI


Page 8

another method for check SCSI device1) SCSI device(Harddisk,DASM,MOD,etc..) recognition through the AW boot-up process open command window and login “root”, input following

/usr/bin/dmesg | grep targetsd0 at esp0: target 0 lun 0 DASM filming interfacesd2 at esp0: target 2 lun 0 External image disksd3 at esp0: target 3 lun 0 internal system/image disksd5 at esp0: target 5 lun 0 Optical/MOD disk

if was not displayed in spite of connected and powered-on the DASM , try to re-connectand check power, and boot-up again with “-r” option.

boot -r ------- re-check the connected SCSI devices and system boot-up

3-3 probe-scsi

ok probe-scsi -------- in case of only one SCSI portTarget 3 Internal Hard Disk Unit 0 Disk CONNER...................................Target 0 DASM/VDB Unit 0 Disk Analgic .................................ok probe-scsi -all -------- in case of two or more SCSI ports

<Note> probe-scsi : show attached SCSI devices probe-scsi-all : show attached SCSI devices for all host adapters

AW

MR after system shutdown and appear “OK” pronpt

okok probe-scsiTarget 0 Unit 0 Disk CDA DASM-VDB 1.0eTarget 3 Unit 0 Disk SEAGATE ST32550N 002109070052 Copyright (c) 1995 Seagete All rights reserved ASA2Target 5 Unit 0 Removale Device type7 PIONEER DE-C7101 0500Target 6 Unit 0 Removale Read Only device TOSHIBA XM-4101TASUNSLDC049402/18/94ok

DASM is recognized on SCSI devices

reference•Fin case of Signa Contour/Profile, Target3 : Hard Disk, Target5 : MOD, Target6 : CD-Rom Drive

•Echeck command for SCSI Devices connection perform from “OK” prompt


Page 9

3-4 rqs,rsp,clrsp

su - root [Enter]cd /export/home/sdc/bin [Enter]./clrsp [Enter] (clear buffer memory)./rqs [Return] (request status to laser camera)./rsp [Return] (display the status)

[example]STA, 1 (in case of Konica is 01) and RDY displayed, that is laser camera have alreadyreadied and connected with DASM available

Byte 0: 02Byte 128: 00 a3 02 43 21 e3 00 e3 03 e3 01 e3 02 e3 63 63Index 45 buffer size: f000 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f00 69 52 51 53 0d ob 00 53 54 41 2c 20 31 2c 52 44 iRQS...STA, .1, RD10 59 2c 46 4c 4f 0a 0c 69 52 51 53 0d 0b 00 53 54 Y,20 41 2c 20 31 2c 52 44 59 2c 46 4c 4f 0a 0c 69 52 30 46 53 0d 0b 00 53 54 41 2c 20 31 2c 52 44 59 2c 40 00 4c 4f 0a 0c 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...........................50 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...................................60 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................... ...................................d0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...................................e0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...................................

AW

•Echeck command for connection between DASM and Laser camera

check the communication avairable between DASM with Laser camera via RS232 serial connection


Page 10

Camera condition is Ready

konica • F iRQS-.STA,01,RDY.other • F iRQS-.STA,1,RDY.

{sdc@vmxst2}[1] su -Password: operator{vmxst2}[1 cd /export/home/sdc/bin{vmxst2}[2] ./clrsp /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s0{vmxst2}[3] ./rqs /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s0{vmxst2}[4] ./rsp /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s0

Byte 0: 02 IDLE Byte 128: 00 index: 0014 hex buffer size: 00f0 hex

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f

10: 69 52 51 53 2d 06 53 54 41 2c 31 2c 52 44 59 0d iRQS-.STA,1,RDY. 20: 26 0a 0b 0c 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 &............... 30: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ 40: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ 50: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ 60: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ 70: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ 80: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ 90: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ a0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ b0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ c0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ d0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ e0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ f0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................{vmxst2}[5]

MR

could confirm this message on system, it meansthat there isn’t the minmum problem with camera.It is camera ready status (RDY) for request status(RQS) from system.


Page 11

{sdc@vmxst2}[1] su -Password: operator{vmxst2}[1 cd /export/home/sdc/bin{vmxst2}[2] ./clrsp /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s0{vmxst2}[3] ./rqs /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s0{vmxst2}[4] ./rsp /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s0

Byte 0: 06 IDLE ERROR Byte 128: ffffff83 index: 0007 hex buffer size: 00f0 hex

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f

10: 69 52 51 53 2d 88 83 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 iRQS-........... 20: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ 30: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ 40: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ 50: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ 60: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ 70: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ 80: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ 90: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ a0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ b0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ c0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ d0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ e0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................ f0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................{vmxst2}[5]

Camera condition is Not Ready

refer to Page• @14

‡@

‡A

No responce for Request Status (RQS), there are someting trouble on DASM, camera and (or)RS422 line. In this case, need to confirm camera side status. And diagnose the camera side with“Protocol Analyzer” by the Camera maker engineer.

The answer, “STA,XX,ALM”, returned for Request Status (RQS), there are something problem on Camera side. In this case, need to be disposed by the Camera vender service.


Page 12

3-5 Check power supply output (+5V)

• @• @• mprocedure• n

• @• @• i‚P • jTurn off DASM power.• @• @• i‚Q • jRemove DASM under cover.• @• @• i‚R • jmeasure +5VDC for DASM-MB, PM-VDB with D.V.M. on power connector in each

circuit B’D. Factory set varue was set as +5• }0.02VDC.

[countermeasure]

illegal voltage value measured, remove power supply cover and check the connector. If pinNo 10 was single contact point type, replace power cable assy which is dual contact pointone. If there will not get normal voltage value, or has been already dual contact type, or wasnot connector, need to adjust to tolerance value with ADJ. pot. on power supply.

MB

VDB

Red(+5V)

Black(GND)

5.01 v

D.V.M

Black(GND)

Red(+5V)

5.01 v

•Echeck the DC power supply output


Page 13

3-6 DASM LED

•Checking procedure of DASM LEDs

Procedure

• i‚P • jThere are 6 status LEDs on DASM/VDB front panel. check these status are normal condition.

Countermeasure illegal status appeared, refer to 3-5 : Check power supply output (+5V) . There is nothing of problem, can not fix such illegal condition on site repair, need to replace DASM/VDB.

PersonalityModuleInterface

Ready

Transfer

Power CPU SCSI

VDB Module(Personality Module)

DASM Module

Ready LED • Fblink at image data managedTransfer LED • Fblink while manage image data in DASM and transferring it to VDB frame buffer Power LED • Flit on while turn on DASM power• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @ doesn’t lit on after powered, need to check power lineCPU LED • Fblink while DASM CPU workingSCSI LED • Fblink at commands transferring, data receiving on SCSI Bus linePersonality Module Interface LED• FPersonality Module working

Power on LED status sequence

• @• @• @turn on DASM power, Power LED lit on• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• «• @• @• @SCSI LED lit on for a moment• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• «• @• @• @CPU,SCSI,Personality Module• @Interface LED lit onfor about one second• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• «• @• @• @CPU LED blinking• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• «• @• @• @Ready,Transfer LED lit on for about 10seconds• @• ¦‚P• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• «• @• @• @Ready,Transfer LED disappear• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• «• @• @• @Transfer LED lit on. Personality Module• @Interface LED lit on too• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• «• @• @• @Ready LED lit on• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• «• @• @• @return to • ¦‚P, and this sequence roping repeatedlyuntil Film Print at once, and after Ready LED leave lit on.• @• @• @

LED condition on Filming

after few seconds push “Print key”, each CPU,SCSI,Personality ModuleInterface LED blink.and Ready,Transfer LED blink alternately• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• «appered “printed” message on Film composer window• @• @ • @• @• @• @• @• @• @• «• @• @• @ReadyLED lit on, and it leave until next print

‚P

‚Q ‚SPower

Power LED is lit on, other all three LEDs (LED 1,2,4) blinksame time, and after, LED 1,2,4 (3-bit binary code) blinkmore longer than blinking before.

DASM LED Status

error status occurred, something to wrong inDASM, need to replace DASM.


Page 14

3-7 DASM firmware

•Comfirmation of matching between DASM firmware rev. and system

System• @ GE PART NUMBER SYS P.N. • @• @ SYS REV.• @ pif rev.-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------CONTOUR/PROFILE 2157110 10-36090 • †01 1.0eCTHSA SG 46-269566P2 10-36090 • †01 1.0eAdvantage Windows 46-269566P101 76266 • †17 1.0d

To know pif revision, use probe-scsi or showdasm


Page 15

3-11 Jumper settings

WW

1

ww4

ww

2

J2

ww8

ww

6w

w7

VDB-Module DASM-Module

ww1ww2

ww3ww4ww5

ww9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

DASM-VDB

Normal SettingVDB-Module ww1 : Safety GND Shunt ww2 : Video Timing 60Hz(refer to illustration) ww4 : Open

DASM-Module ww1 : prosessor type Shunt ww2 : DASM type Shunt ww3 : Clocl Enable refer to illustration ww4 : Baud Rate Shunt ww5 : External Reset Open ww6 : watchdog Open ww7 : watchdog refer to illustration ww8 : DASM clock Type refer to illustration ww9 : LED Enable Open

DASM-Module J2 : refer to illustration 0 , 1 Manufacture Dianostic Memory Size 2 Memory Test 3 , 4 Memory Size 5 , 6 , 7 SCSI ID(for Contour/Profile) ( Refer to the following page )


Page 16

DASM-LCAM

DASM-LCAM Personality Module• iDASM-DIGICAM) ww1 : Open

DASM-Module• iDASM-MB) Same as DASM-VDB jumper settings.

fuse

115V

AC

230V

AC

Input voltage selection

FAN

Set the jumpert tothe 115VAC

SCSI ID

Counter / Profile

IDSystem J2 setting (5,6,7)

HSA SG

AW

Horizon LX

0

0

1

3

Set to 5,6,7

Set to 5,6,7

Set to 6,7

Set to 7


Page 17

3-12 Recover database

1-1 From root menuOpen root menu.Select Recover database from in the service tools.

Reset : stops the current application aborts the transfer of images

Operation takes about thirty minutes to completeDo not applocation during this timePlease confirm reset of database (y/n) : yPlease , Enter root Password : operator

Starting to reset the databasePlease Wait ... Database is being reconstructed

1-2 From command lineOpen root menu.Select command window in the service menu.Login at the root.

cd /export/home/sdccd scripts./start.reinstall.imagesReset : stops the current application

aborts the transfer of imagesOperation takes about thirty minutes to completeDo not applocation during this timePlease confirm reset of database (y/n) : yPlease , Enter root Password : operator

Starting to reset the databasePlease Wait ... Database is being reconstructed

After finishing recover database, perform the following in orderto reconstruct database.

•`sdc/scripts/start.reinstall.images

When browser does not work, this command can be used.

GEMS Proprietary - DASM/Filming Troubleshooting & Information Guide - PRELIMINARY COPY ONLY 1

DASM/Filming Troubleshooting & Information Guide INTRODUCTION This guide includes important DASM troubleshooting techniques (SCSI tests, serial port tests, video test) and other information for DASM-based filming. Although viewed from a CT/i perspective, the information and techniques will apply to all GEMS products that use an external DASM (only SCSI ID, cables, and some software details may differ). Detailed DASM information is also included to help provide a handy reference, troubleshooting, and training guide.

CONTENTS Page 2…………….FILMING SUBSYSTEM OVERVIEW Operator, Software, Host Computer, SCSIbus, DASM, Interface Cables/Converters, Camera Input Port, Camera, Processor, Radiologist Page 3…………….GEMS FILMING SOFTWARE OVERVIEW Display, Film Composer, Print Server, Application Error Log, Print Filter/Manager, SCSI Device/Driver, System Error Log Page 4…………….DASM ENCLOSURE (FRONT) DASM Status LED’S, Image Transfer LED’S, Serial Control Connector, Video Output BNC, Pixel Clock Output BNC, Intake Vents Page 5…………….DASM ENCLOSURE (REAR) SCSI Input Connector, SCSI Loopthru/Terminator, AC Power Switch, AC Input Fuses, DC Cooling Fan, AC Input Modular Connector Page 6…………….DASM INTERNAL SCSI/PWA MODULE & SCSI ID JUMPERS DASM J2 Jumpers, DASM CPU PWA, Camera Interface PWA, DC Power Plugs, SCSI Ribbon Cable/Connector, Power Supply Cover Page 7…………….DASM INTERNAL DC POWER SUPPLY Connector Pinouts, DC Voltages, Power Supply AC Fuse And Input Voltage Jumper Locations, Power Supply Adjustment Page 8…………….HOST/DASM SCSI INTERFACE TESTS Host/DASM SCSIbus Interface Errors, Analysis, And Functional Tests Page 9…………….ANALOG DASM/VDB RS422 SERIAL LOOPBACK TEST Analog DASM/VDB RS422 Serial Camera Control Port And External Cable Test Procedure Page 10..………….ANALOG DASM/VDB IMAGE VIDEO OUTPUT TEST Analog DASM/VDB Composite Video Output Verification Procedure With MultiSync RGB Or Genesis Compatible Monitor Page 11………...…DIGITAL DASM/LCAM RS232/RS422 SERIAL LOOPBACK TEST Gigital DASM/LCAM RS232/RS422 Serial Camera Control Port And External Cable Test Procedure Page 12………..….APPENDIX DASM Video Specifications, Common M952 Error Codes, Common M952 Commands, Common Serial Pinouts


DASM/Filming Troubleshooting & Information Guide FILMING SUBSYSTEM OVERVIEW (CT/i Shown, All Other GEMS Products Using DASM Are Similar)

HOST COMPUTER

SCSI CABLE

DASM

CAMERA INPUT PORT/MODULE

SERIAL CONTROL

IMAGE DATA

SCSI CONTROLLER SCSI INTERFACE

TERMINATOR (or loopthru)

CAMERA

DASM/Camera Status/Alarms

DASM/Camera Commands & Image Data

Analog (Video) or Digital Image Data

Camera Status/Alarms

Camera Commands

3M VIEB/KIEB/DIEBOR OTHER CONVERTERS (IF PRESENT)SOFTWARE

OPERATOR

DASM/Camera Status/Alarms

DASM/Camera Commands & Image Data

Filming Status

FilmingRequests

FILM PROCESSOR(IF PRESENT)

PATIENT FILMS

SERIAL PORT

IMAGEOUTPUT

AC

FILM HANDLING AND PRINTING

3M KODAKDUPONTAGFAKONICAFUJI

RADIOLOGIST


DASM/Filming Troubleshooting & Information Guide

DASM

CAMERA

SCSI device level error log /var/adm/SYSLOG*

SCSI device driver

/dev/scsi/...

display image data

film composer print server /usr/lib/lcof /dev/dasm1

filming files

examRX display

imageworks viewer

GEMS FILMING SOFTWARE OVERVIEW(CT/i Shown, Other Platform Based GEMS Products Similar But With Different File/Device Paths)

filming application level error log /usr/g/ctuser/logfiles/prslog

Queued film job files/usr/g/ctuser/film/img*

autofilm composermanual film composer print page/series keys

system memory

system disk

Use the CT/i ‘reconfig’ program as ‘root’ to select camera type, DASM type, slide/zoom/greyscale options, smooth orsharp, filming formats, and default format. The film “greyscale bar” option is only available with Analog DASM/VDB.

The filming software status messages and error log (prslog) can be misleading when communications with the DASMor the camera fail. Use the techniques and information in this guide to check GEMS system filming functionality.

Always check the Irix system error log (/var/adm/SYSLOG*) for any SCSIbus or DASM SCSI device errors/resets anduse the other techniques described in this guide to verify the DASM outputs to the camera.

viewer

display

film_composer(s)

lcam_spool_status

prsserver(s)

link to SCSI devicevdasm952 or ddasm952



VIDEO OUTPUT BNC CONNECTOR (75-OHM COAXIAL SOCKET)GENESIS FORMAT COMPOSITE IMAGE VIDEO TO CAMERA (OR 3M VIEB IF PRESENT)

PIXEL CLOCK OUTPUT BNC CONNECTOR (75-OHM COAXIAL SOCKET) GENESIS FORMAT PIXEL CLOCK TO CAMERA (IF EXTERNAL SYNC INPUT IS USED)

DASM IMAGE TRANSFER STATUS LED’S

IMAGE READY……….ON WHEN DASM VIDEO IMAGE READY TO CAPTUREIMAGE TRANSFER…..ON WHEN IMAGE IS BEING ACQUIRED BY CAMERA

RS422 SERIAL CAMERA CONTROL PORT 25-PIN D-TYPE SOCKET, 1200 BAUD, 1 START BIT, 1 STOP BIT SERIAL HOST CONTROL TO CAMERA (OR 3M KIEB IF PRESENT)

PIN 1……..CGND Chassis/Sheild ground (default WW1 jumper) PIN 7……..LGND Logic/Signal ground PIN 8……..RX+ Received serial status from camera (positive) PIN 21……RX- Received serial status from camera (negative) PIN 9……..TX+ Transmitted commands to camera (positive) PIN 22……TX- Transmitted commands to camera (negative)

DASM STATUS/ACTIVITY LED’S (LEFT TO RIGHT VIEWED FROM FRONT)

POWER LED……...ON WHENEVER DASM POWER IS APPLIED (+5VDC)CPU LED………….FLASHES DASM HEARTBEAT & WHENEVER DASM IS PROCESSING IMAGES SCSI LED…….…...FLASHES WHENEVER HOST SENDS COMMANDS/IMAGE DATA TO/FROM DASM PIF LED…….…….FLASHES WHENEVER DASM SENDS COMMANDS/STATUS TO/FROM CAMERA

COOLING INTAKE VENTS

INTAKE IN FRONT (VENTS) EXHAUST OUT REAR (FAN) CHECK/CLEAN REGULARILY

DASM (FRONT VIEW) (Applies To Analog DASM/VDB And Digital DASM/LCAM Except As Noted)

ANALOG DASM/VDB ONLY





DASM AC POWER SWITCH 1=ON 0=OFF

AC INPUT FUSE HOLDERS5 X 20MM 2A SLO-BLO 115/250VAC1) PRY PLASTIC COVER OPEN2) REMOVE FUSE HOLDERS (2)3) CHECK/REPLACE BOTH FUSES 4) ALIGN ARROWS AS SHOWN ON EACH FUSE HOLDER TO INSERT5) REINSERT BOTH FUSE HOLDERS

12VDC COOLING FAN AIR INTAKE THRU FRONT EXHAUSTS OUT REARCHECK/CLEAN REGULARILY

AC INPUT MODULAR PLUG (FILTERED) SCSI CABLE OR TERMINATOR RETAINER CLIPS ( USE CLIPS TO PREVENT INTERMITTENT SCSI CONNECTIONS)

DASM (REAR VIEW) (Applies To Analog DASM/VDB And Digital DASM/LCAM Except As Noted)

SCSI INPUT50-Pin Centronics

SCSI LOOPTHRU(OR ACTIVE SLICK TYPE TERMINATOR REQUIRED)

Y-CABLE CONNECTOR (VDB Cover Plate Shown)

INTERCHANGEABLE

DIGITAL DASM/LCAM ONLY

Fadi Choujaa

the Fan part number is 2136593



HOST SCSI BUS 50-PIN RIBBON CABLE CONNECTORFOR LOOPTHRU CABLE TO BOTH REAR DASM SCSI CONNECTORS (SCSI ribbon cable from back connector is disconnected and not shown)

DASM CPU PWA

ANALOG/VDB PWA12VDC CONNECTOR YELLOW = +12VDC ORANGE = -12VDC BLACK = GROUND (Digital LCAM has another50-pin ribbon cable connectorhere for the Y-cable interface)

+5VDC POWER CONNECTORS RED = +5VDC BLACK = GROUND(Digital LCAM uses only one +5VDC connector attached to the DASM CPU PWA)

POWER SUPPLY COVER1) TURN POWER OFF2) UNPLUG AC INPUT CORD3) REMOVE 4 CORNER SCREWS4) REMOVE COVER5) SEE VIEW ON NEXT PAGE

DASM J2 JUMPER BLOCK (AS VIEWED)

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 LEFT RIGHT

7 - SCSI ID BIT 46 - SCSI ID BIT 25 - SCSI ID BIT 14 - SIMM TYPE3 - SIMM TYPE2 - MEMORY TEST1 - DO NOT REMOVE0 - DO NOT REMOVE

JUMPER ON = 0

JUMPER OFF = 1

000 - SCSI ID 0 001 - SCSI ID 1 010 - SCSI ID 2011 - SCSI ID 3 100 - SCSI ID 4101 - SCSI ID 5110 - SCSI ID 6111 - SCSI ID 7

00 - 256KB SIMM01 - 1MB SIMM10 - 4MB SIMM

0 - ENABLED1 - DISABLED

DASM INTERNAL SCSI/PWA MODULE(Applies To Analog DASM/VDB And Digital DASM/LCAM Except As Noted)

765

43

2

CAMERA INTFC PWA Analog VDB or Digital LCAM

(CT/i shown)

DASM SCSI ID’S CT/i ID=1 AWW ID=0 MR Lx ID=3



DASM/Filming Troubleshooting & Information Guide DASM INTERNAL DC POWER SUPPLY (COVER REMOVED) (Applies To Analog DASM/VDB And Digital DASM/LCAM Except As Noted)

POWER SUPPLY AC INPUT

DC POWER SUPPLY FUSE (2A, 250VAC, 5x20mm)

AC INPUT FILTER MODULE (REAR)

12VDC COOLING FAN (REAR)COMAIR FS12B3, 12VDC, 0.13A

115VAC (OR 230VAC) SELECTION JUMPER CT/i 115VAC

POWER ADJUST DO NOT CHANGE!

VDB DC POWER CONNECTOR1 - N/C (TOWARD FRONT)2 - RED +5VDC3 - RED +5VDC4 - BLACK GROUND/CHASSIS5 - BLACK GROUND/CHASSIS6 - YELLOW +12VDC (RED TO FAN)7 - BLACK GROUND/CHASSIS8 - ORANGE -12VDC9 - BLACK GROUND/CHASSIS (FAN)10 - N/C (TOWARD REAR)

LCAM DC POWER CONNECTOR1 - RED +5VDC (TOWARD FRONT)2 - RED +5VDC3 - N/C4 - BLACK GROUND/CHASSIS5 - BLACK GROUND/CHASSIS6 - YELLOW +12VDC (RED TO FAN)7 - BLACK GROUND/CHASSIS (FAN)8 - N/C9 - BLACK GROUND/CHASSIS10 - N/C (TOWARD REAR)

+5VDC VOLTAGE ADJUST+5.0VDC nominal under load

NOTE: Some DC connector pins are known to havecurrent capacity problems. Reseating this connectorcan sometimes correct intermittent DASM operationcaused by insufficient current or low voltage.

Fadi Choujaa

fan part number is 2136593


DASM/Filming Troubleshooting & Information Guide HOST/DASM SCSI INTERFACE TESTS (Applies To Analog DASM/VDB And Digital DASM/LCAM Except As Noted)

Use the ‘scsistat’ command to probe SCSIbus devices.

Use the ‘showdasm’ command to read DASM extended inquiry.

These commands confirm host-to-DASM SCSIbus communications.

The SGI irix /var/adm/SYSLOG files will contain any SCSIbus orSCSI device error messages if you are having SCSIbus or deviceproblems. If the devices probe OK and there are no errors in the/var/adm/SYSLOG files, you DO NOT have a SCSI problem.


DASM/Filming Troubleshooting & Information GuideANALOG DASM/VDB RS422 SERIAL LOOPBACK TEST

NOTE: make sure the filming queue is empty or paused or the commands below will fail to open the DASM device. Open a shell as ‘ctuser’ and then ‘su’ with password.

{ctuser@rhap1}[1] clrsp /dev/dasm1{ctuser@rhap1}[2] rsp /dev/dasm1 Byte 0: 02 IDLE Byte 128: 00 index: 0000 hex buffer size: 00f0 hex

110: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................

{ctuser@rhap1}[3] rqs /dev/dasm1{ctuser@rhap1}[4] rsp /dev/dasm1

Byte 0: 06 IDLE ERROR Byte 128: b0 index: 000f hex buffer size: 00f0 hex

110: 69 52 51 53 2d 52 51 53 0d 26 0a 0b b0 0c 06 00 iRQS-iRQS.&...…

{ctuser@rhap1}[5] scsicontrol -ari /dev/dasm1/dev/dasm1: Disk CDA DASM-VDB 1.0eANSI vers 1, ISO ver: 0, ECMA ver: 0; inquiry format is CCSDevice is not ready

VDB RS422 LOOPBACK TEST1) CONNECT loopback jumpers per above.2) CLEAR the DASM response buffer status3) DISPLAY the DASM response buffer status4) CONFIRM that status line 110 is CLEARED5) ISSUE a single RQS command out serial port6) DISPLAY the DASM response buffer status7) INSPECT for TWO RQS entries at LINE 110 A) if only ONE RQS, the loopback FAILED B) if TWO RQS entries, the loopback PASSED8) REPEAT the test sequence to verify the results If the test FAILS, make sure that the jumpers are installed correctly and making good connections!9) MOVE loopback JUMPERS to the appropriate interface CABLE connector pins or sockets (you’ll need to know which pins carry the signals above). Repeat steps 1-8. 10) RESET the DASM to a known state when done testing because the loopback may confuse the DASM firmware. Cycle DASM power if necessary.

DASM Buffer Cleared

RQS Looped BackDASM serial port works!

DASM/VDB RS422 25-pin D-Type Socket ConnectorJumper Pin 8 (RX+) To Pin 9 (TX+) For Loopback TestJumper Pin 21 (RX-) To Pin 22 (TX-) For Loopback Test

1 13

2514

8-9

21-22

DASM/VDB25-pin FEMALE Connector


DASM/Filming Troubleshooting & Information GuideANALOG DASM/VDB IMAGE VIDEO OUTPUT TEST

Any “good” 75 ohm coaxial BNC cable RGB

Right or Left CT/i CRT Monitor With RGB (Sync-On-Green) Coaxial BNC Input Connector

-or- Any Multisync CRT Monitor With RGB Coaxial BNC Input connectors (or with adapter)

-or- Any B/W Genesis Console Image Or Genesis Remote CRT Monitor (A Genesis CRT can be connected as an inline filming “loopthru”

monitor to allow “live” filming image viewing. Just connect it between the DASM video out and the camera video input using the loopthru

connectors and good quality 75 ohm coax)

DASM/VDB Genesis TypeComposite B/W Video Output

DASM powerup test pattern orlast filmed image video output

The video output of the Analog DASM/VDB can be easily checked on CT/i by connecting a length of 75 ohm coaxial BNC cable fromthe DASM video output to the Green RGB input of either CT/i RGB monitor. Also disconnect the RGB cable Red and Blue BNC’s alsoto view the DASM video output . You can view the repeating DASM/VDB power up test patterns or the last filmed image (or attempt).The software/DASM/camera filming loop will not run with DASM/VDB video disconnected (camera reports “no signal” ALARM).


DASM/Filming Troubleshooting & Information Guide DIGITAL DASM/LCAM RS232/RS422 SERIAL LOOPBACK TEST

DASM/LCAM RS232 25-pin D-Type Pin Connector(located at the end of the LCAM Y-cable assembly) JUMPER PIN 2 (TX) to PIN 3 (RX)

DASM/LCAM RS422 25-pin D-Type Pin Connector (located at the end of the LCAM Y-cable assembly) JUMPER PIN 3 (RX+) to PIN 2 (TX+) JUMPER PIN 21 (RX-) to PIN 23 (TX-)

NOTE: make sure the filming queue is empty or paused or the commands below will fail to open the DASM device. Open a shell as ‘ctuser’ and then ‘su’ with password.

{ctuser@rhap1}[1] clrsp /dev/dasm1{ctuser@rhap1}[2] rsp /dev/dasm1 Byte 0: 02 IDLE Byte 128: 00 index: 0000 hex buffer size: 00f0 hex

110: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................

{ctuser@rhap1}[3] rqs /dev/dasm1{ctuser@rhap1}[4] rsp /dev/dasm1

Byte 0: 06 IDLE ERROR Byte 128: b0 index: 000f hex buffer size: 00f0 hex

110: 69 52 51 53 2d 52 51 53 0d 26 0a 0b b0 0c 06 00 iRQS-iRQS.&...…

{ctuser@rhap1}[5] scsicontrol -ari /dev/dasm1/dev/dasm1: Disk CDA DASM-VDB 1.0eANSI vers 1, ISO ver: 0, ECMA ver: 0; inquiry format is CCSDevice is not ready{ctuser@rhap1}[6] sc /dev/dasm1 0x22 0 0xffdasm_errno = 0SCSI write error status = 1

DASM Buffer Cleared

RQS Looped BackDASM serial port works!

LCAM RS232/RS422 LOOPBACK TEST1) CONNECT loopback jumpers per above.2) CLEAR the DASM response buffer status3) DISPLAY the DASM response buffer status4) CONFIRM that status line 110 is CLEARED5) ISSUE a single RQS command out serial port6) DISPLAY the DASM response buffer status7) INSPECT for TWO RQS entries at LINE 110 A) if only ONE RQS, the loopback FAILED B) if TWO RQS entries, the loopback PASSED8) REPEAT the test sequence to verify the results If the test FAILS, make sure that the jumpers are installed correctly and making good connections!9) MOVE loopback JUMPERS to the appropriate interface CABLE connector pins or sockets (you’ll need to know which pins carry the signals above). Repeat steps 1-8. 10) RESET the DASM to a known state when done testing using both reset commands. The LCAM firmware gets confused by the loopback RQS and MUST be reset and resynchronized to the SCSIbus. Repeat both commands as necessary OR CYCLE DASM POWER until the ‘showdasm’ responds correctly.

14

13

25

1 DASM/LCAM Y-CABLE 25-pin MALE Connector

2-3

21-23


DASM/Filming Troubleshooting & Information GuideAPPENDIX

Common M952 Error Codes/Alarms

Common M952 Commands

CT/i DASM Video/Image Specifications

Common Camera Serial Pinouts

Using hinv, showdasm, scsistat, and fx to check DASM SCSI

Indigo2 bootup problem with DASM on SCSIbus0 device 1 (Irix FW boot parameters)

nextGen Comp DASMs

LCAM's(Digital) now do RS232 or RS422All of our dasm's should be RS232.DASM SCSI ID's: CT/I ID=1, AWW ID=0, MR LX ID=3Terminations for LCAM T3 dasm's have been coming from DBR wrong.To reset dasm on indigo system scsicontrol -ari /dev/dasm1

PROBLEM: CTi Film composer would not launch.

CAUSE: lcam_spool_status file was corrupt.

SOLUTION: cd /usr/g/ctuser/film rm lcam_spool_status

or Try these steps

DEFINITION: ^ = carriage return/enter1. Make sure that all of the files in the filming queues are paused or thatthe filming queues are empty. If the queues are all paused then there is apossibility that if you are able to revive the DASM, you'll be able to"resume" those queues and complete filming what is queued up.2. Select "UNIX shell" from the Image Works window 3. CD /us/g/cutter/film^.4. ls^ . This should get a listing of the files in this directory.5. If you see the files "PRS.savestate*" and "lcam_spool_status*"listed you need to remove them before running "showdasm".

rm -i PRS.savestate^. - answer "y" when asked if you want to remove thisfile.

rm -i lcam_spool_status^. - answer "y" when asked if you want to removethis file.6. showdasm^.7. You should see: a. "CDA" listed as the manufacturerb. "1" listed as the ID#c. "1MB" of d-ramd. "16 kb" of s-rame. "e" listed as the firmware rev.levelAfter running this and either getting a message of "No Response" or gettingincorrect values, cycle power to the DASM and type in"showdasm" again. See if it changes the response. "showdasm" will not workwhen the DASM is filming.

The log(s) to check for "filming problems" are:

/usr/g/ctuser/logfiles/prslog (THE FILMING PRINTSERVER LOG)/var/adm/SYSLOG (THE IRIX OS/DEVICE SYSTEM LOG)

It also helps to run 'showdasm' and possibly 'rsp /dev/dasm1' todump the last DASM trace buffer.

EQUIP: CT Synergy DASM L-CAM

SUBJECT: Possible incorrect termination on the DASM L-CAM's

PROBLEM: On some of the L-CAM's it had been found that the SCSI terminators were in place (U6 and U7). On the CT Synergy we use a external terminator.

SOLUTION: Please check your system if you are using a L-CAM and make sure they are not internally terminated.

CAUSE: L-CAM DASM's shipped with SCSI terminators in place

COMMENTS: Double termination may cause system problems.

SUBJECT: CTi, AWW: DASM Part numbers and firmware revisionlevels.

PROBLEM:

FE needed part number and firmware revision level for the dasm.

CT/i MUST USE the DASM/VDB with 1.0e Pif firmware and NOT the1.0b/1.0d as used for AW DASM's. Filming speed has beenenhanced for CT/i and the 1.0e DASM/VDB firmware is part of it.Using anything except 1.0e DASM/VDB firmware appears to workon CT/i BUT WILL RESULT IN MIXED AND/OR MISSEDIMAGES ON FILMS (RANDOMLY AND INTERMITTENTLY).

DASM/VDB w/1.0d firmware (*FOR AW ONLY*) = 46-269566P1 =T3202DC(Analogic system part #76266 on DASM rating plate)

DASM/VDB w/1.0e firmware (*FOR CT/i ONLY*) = 46-269566P2 =T3202JL(Analogic system part #10-36090 on DASM rating plate)

Use the 'showdasm' untility as 'ctuser' to see the DASM/VDB Piffirmware revision and other parameters.

SOLUTION:

CTi (SCSI ID = 1) VDB (analog) Pif firmware = 1.0e

Part number = 46-269566P2 / T3202JL (Analogic system part #10-36090 on DASM rating plate) Lcam (digital) Pif firmware = 1.2 or 1.3 Part number = 2159404-2 / T3623G (same as AWW except for SCSI ID)

AWW (SCSI ID = 0) VDB (analog) Pif firmware = 1.0b or 1.0d (2159866) Analog dasm firmware AWW ONLY part number = 46-269566P1 (Analogic system part #76266 on DASM rating plate (rev 1.0d)) Lcam (digital) pif firmware = 1.2 or 1.3 (2161941) Digital dasm firmware AWW ONLY part number = 2159404-2 / T3623G (same as CTi except for SCSI ID)

ACTIVE SCSI-2 TERMINATOR ------ 46-269601P3

CT = B7997F or MR = M1090AWFILMING OPTION FOR ADVANTAGEWINDOWS I : CONSISTS OF CDAANALOGIC DASM/VDB AND CABELING

DASM has a T3# T3202DC which contains:46-269566P101 INTERFACE BOX46-269566P102 SCSI TERMINATOR46-269566P104 SCSI CABLE46-269566P106 CABLE

SEPERATE PIECES by 46#:46-269566P10101 INTERFACE BOX REF.#76266-FRU

46-269566P10201 SCSI TERMINATOR REF.#18662

46-269566P10401 SCSI CABLE #23731

46-269566P10501 DOCUMENTATION-ANALOGIC #43431

46-269566P10601 CAMERA INTERFACE STUB CABLE

46-269566P10701 POWER CABLE 110V AC REF.#23562

CAUSE: N/A

COMMENTS: This solution has been linked 6 times in the database

DASM file problemApproximately 75% of all T3202DC and T3202JL DASMs returned to the DBRhave no defects found. We have good reason to believe a large number of thefailures reported with the DASM may in fact not be due to problems with theDASM itself, but rather workstation filesystems becoming over full.Preliminary investigation here at the DBR has revealed that the DASM filein the /DEV directory grows with use, eventually choking the system, whichmay in turn present as a DASM failure. For example, one full queue, 10 setsof 12 images each, printed to a simulated 3m laser camera caused the DASMfile to grow from 18 bytes to 2491 bytes. It is easy to see that such rapidgrowth of the DASM file would quickly clog up heavily used AdvantageWindows Workstations. However there is a simple solution to this problem,link the DASM file to the NULL. After weeks of regular usage, the DASM fileon the DBR's test system has remained a barely noticeable 9 bytes once itwas linked to the NULL. The DASM file may be linked to

the null as follows (type in only what appears BETWEEN the quotationmarks):

1. Login as "root".2. Enter "cd /dev" Return.3. Enter "rm dasm" Return.4. Enter "ln -s /dev/null dasm" Return.5. Enter "chmod 0777 dasm" Return.

Advantage Windows system DASM filming interface,

To prevent problems with the Advantage Windows system DASM filminginterface, one must properly initialize it by turning on the devices in thefollowing order:1. Laser camera plus MMU (if any).2. Filming interface, the power LED turns on and self tests begin. 3. Turnon the Workstation, boot with the command "boot -r".If either the laser camera or MMU are turned off, the power to the DASMmust also be turned off. The DASM is turned back on only after the lasercamera or MMU has completed initialization. Also bear in mind that allfactory configured DASMs are shipped with a SCSI ID of one. Therefore,factory shipped T3202JL DASMs must have shunt 5 removed from Jumper J2.Shunt 7 is closest to the 50 pin SCSI connector of the DASM-VDB carrier,shunt 0 is closest to the 4-pin power connection.

SUBJECT: Unable to Film from Synergy DASM

PROBLEM: Unclear of " RS " connection .

SOLUTION: The info to connect a synergy dasm with a Laser camera. It is a 422 cable reversed; the connections are as follows :

Laser camera side(37 pin conn.) Blk6 of scantower(25 pin) _______________________________ _________________________

1 frame ground(screen) 2 txd- ------------------------------------------21 rx- 3 rxd- ------------------------------------------22 tx- 7 gnd ------------------------------------------7 gnd 20 txd+ -----------------------------------------8 rx+ 21 rxd+ -----------------------------------------9 tx+

CAUSE: To successfully connect the Synergy to a Kodak Camera (KCAM using RS-422 interface).

EQUIP: SYNERGY ( w/ KODAK_2180 LaserCam )

SUBJECT: Installation and connection to KODAK 2180

PROBLEM: Unable to acquire and film to KODAK_2180_LC

SOLUTION: KODAK provided the wrong interface ( RS 232 ). Should of been adapter . Need Adapter Cable from KODAK ( Part# 918-699 ) .Have Kodak fe order this cable or make one up on site to interface with YMS SYNERGY.

CAUSE: The software crashed partially (unable to acquire).

COMMENTS: Trying to run installDasm, the software crashed partially (no acquistions)

EQUIP: SYNERGY

SUBJECT: Interface Parameters for DASM-LCAM to YMS Synergy.

PROBLEM: No apparent documentation

SOLUTION: Baud= 1200 , STOP BITS= 1, BITS/CHAR= 8, PARITY= EVEN EOM = ( End of Msg ) = Y . For additional info, see YMS_Synergy Camera I/F Instruction Dir. 2138719 .

CAUSE: Delayed configuration and setup.

Many problems with the DASM filming box may be corrected by setting theshunts properly on the J2 jumper of the DASM-VDB carrier. The zero shuntof J2 is closest to the 4-pin power connector, shunt 7 closest to the50-pin SCSI connector. Shunts 3 and 4 control memory configuration asfollows: 3 and 4 open for 256 kbyte of SIMMs, 3 open and 4 jumpered for1 Mbyte, 3 jumpered and 4 open for 4 Mbyte. Shunts 5, 6 and 7 controlthe SCSI ID as follows: 5, 6 and 7 jumpered for SCSI ID of zero used forT3202DC; 5 open, 6 and 7 jumpered for SCSI ID 1 used for T3202JL. Whengetting SCSI related errors check to see if the shunts are set properly.Also when ordering DASM's, keep in mind that the T3202DC is for use withAdvantage Windows workstations, while the T3202JL is for CTI and MRContour systems.

EQUIP: CT/i-DASM

SUBJECT: Correct DASM and Setup

PROBLEM: Incorrect DASM causes filiming problems

IMPORTANT DASM SCSI ID AND FIRMWARE INFO FOR CT/i~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

CT/i requires the DASM (VDB or LCAM) to be SCSI ID 1 due to the SGI.It must be connected to SCSI controller #0 at J46.The SGI SCSI controllers are SCSI ID 0 so no other device on the buscan use that ID. (SUN and most other systems use SCSI ID 7 for thecontroller.)

Only the 46-269566P2 (T3202JL) DASM/VDB-Analog or the 2143388DASM/LCAM-Digital should be used on CT/i. Remember, the SCSI IDMUST be set to 1.

Also, CT/i DASM/VDB firmware (checked with showdasm as ctuser) MUSTbe Pif Rev. 1.0e due to speed enhancements. Most AW DASM's still usePif Rev. 1.0b which will cause mixed/missed film images on CT/i.

AW DASM's come set to SCSI ID 0. The 'showdasm' and the 'hinv' outputbelow is exactly what you get when a DASM set to SCSI ID 0 isinstalled on CT/i. This will *NOT* work and may cause othersystem problems.

{ctuser@wct1}[1] showdasmVendor: CDA Device: DASM-VDBPif software rev: 1.0e Krnl_rev: 2.1jDRAM size: 1MB SRAM size: 32KB I/O blocks: 2048 block size: 512SCSI ID: 0 CMDBLK addr: 200000 Baud: 1200 RS232 ctl reg: hex 8eEprom checksum: hex 0038f90f Internal checksum: hex 0038f770RS232 Disabled DBUG Disabled Power-on RAM tests Disabled

{ctuser@wct1}[2] hinvIris Audio Processor: version A2 revision 1.1.01 200 MHZ IP22 ProcessorFPU: MIPS R4010 Floating Point Chip Revision: 0.0CPU: MIPS R4400 Processor Chip Revision: 6.0On-board serial ports: 2On-board bi-directional parallel portData cache size: 16 KbytesInstruction cache size: 16 KbytesSecondary unified instruction/data cache size: 2 MbytesMain memory size: 192 MbytesEISA bus: adapter 0Integral Ethernet: et0, IO0Integral Ethernet: ec0, version 1Integral SCSI controller 1: Version WD33C93B, revision D

CDROM: unit 6 on SCSI controller 1Optical disk: unit 5 on SCSI controller 1Optical disk: unit 3 on SCSI controller 1Disk drive: unit 1 on SCSI controller 1Integral SCSI controller 0: Version WD33C93B, revision DDisk drive: unit 7 on SCSI controller 0Disk drive: unit 6 on SCSI controller 0Disk drive: unit 5 on SCSI controller 0Disk drive: unit 4 on SCSI controller 0Disk drive: unit 3 on SCSI controller 0Disk drive: unit 2 on SCSI controller 0Disk drive: unit 1 on SCSI controller 0Graphics board: MG10 ImpactGraphics board: High Impact{ctuser@wct1}

Below is what showdasm and hinv SHOULD be:

{ctuser@ct01}[2] showdasmVendor: CDA Device: DASM-VDBPif software rev: 1.0e Krnl_rev: 2.1jDRAM size: 1MB SRAM size: 32KB I/O blocks: 2048 block size: 512SCSI ID: 1 CMDBLK addr: 200000 Baud: 1200 RS232 ctl reg: hex 8eEprom checksum: hex 0038f90f Internal checksum: hex 0038f770RS232 Disabled DBUG Disabled Power-on RAM tests Disabled

{ctuser@ct01}[3] hinvIris Audio Processor: version A2 revision 1.1.01 200 MHZ IP22 ProcessorFPU: MIPS R4010 Floating Point Chip Revision: 0.0CPU: MIPS R4400 Processor Chip Revision: 6.0On-board serial ports: 2On-board bi-directional parallel portData cache size: 16 KbytesInstruction cache size: 16 KbytesSecondary unified instruction/data cache size: 2 MbytesMain memory size: 192 MbytesEISA bus: adapter 0Integral Ethernet: et0, IO0Integral Ethernet: ec0, version 1Integral SCSI controller 1: Version WD33C93B, revision DCDROM: unit 6 on SCSI controller 1Optical disk: unit 5 on SCSI controller 1Optical disk: unit 3 on SCSI controller 1Disk drive: unit 1 on SCSI controller 1Integral SCSI controller 0: Version WD33C93B, revision DDisk drive: unit 1 on SCSI controller 0Graphics board: MG10 ImpactGraphics board: High Impact{ctuser@ct01}[4]

Thanks to Kent Johnson for the information.

AUTHOR: Mike Suchecki, Fred Jensen

DATE: 5/7/96

EQUIP: AWW

SUBJECT: Filming Problems

SUMMARY: This is a very good message about an AWW filming problem. The solution is rather simple and may save parts, troubleshooting time, and software loads.

As you may recall, the filming function (AWW) would not printfilms from the Kodak laser cam, or only erratically. The exampleI quoted you Tues was where the tech was learning to operate theirnew CTA (3D) package one Saturday when scanning was slow, andattempted to print out a 3D image he had made, and of course, itdidn't print. The next week, Tuesday or Wednesday, I booted up theAWW to start troubleshooting the problem, and the first time Iloaded some images into the composer, and tried to print, therewere the images from the prior Saturday. Other signs encounteredwere "CANNOT COMMUNICATE WITH CAMERA" followed by a box ofsuggestions of things to try Most commonly the message:"CANNOT SPOOL STUFF, RESTART FILM COMPOSER AND TRY AGAIN"appeared. I had even installed a complete filming interface fromanother site, DASM and cables with no resolution to the problem.

Your suggestion to call Mike Suchecki paid off. I called him fora more detailed session of what was going on, and here is a recapof our conversation about how the film composer works, and why itwon't: Assume a normally operating system Booted, and with theviewer loaded, tech or Dr. decide to image the display on film.

1) The operator clicks the "FILM COMPOSER" button, and the composer window appears in the lower right corner of viewer, with green " Ready" message. (At this time, if the camera is off, or DASM was turned on after the AWW, the "CANNOT COMMUNICATE WITH CAMERA" red error message occurs)2) Operator drags image, F1's (etc.) an image to the first position in the composer window. At this time, files are created in directory /usr/spool/lc which represents the actual image, it's graphics, W & L values, etc. These image files are in the format FCIcon0, and FCImage0*. The next image plugged into the composer window would be FCIcon1, & FCImage1, etc. When the composer window is full, and the tech clicks the print button, another file of the format img0a001i4* is created, also in directory /usr/spool/lc. (I copied these files down as I gathered images, bouncing back & forth between directories.) The directory /usr/spool/lc is mentioned in the AWW workstation service manual (2111831-100) and basically explains a process of finding and deleting img* files to clear the directory of ques.

2) What is not mentioned is that during the printing process, the AWW software also creates a job file in dir /var/spool/lp/requests/(hostname) in my case example, /var/spool/lp/requests/SHCT-PC0. This job/file is in the format

of n-n, again in my example, 16-0. (I assume this is the 16th print that was called for.) This file is the only file that exists in dir /var/spool/lp/requests/(hostname) and it should only exist after the print button is clicked, and should disappear after the green "PRINTING" message disappears, and the green "CAMERA READY" message reappears. When I Voice Mailed Mike, he hacked into the AWW, and found 4 open jobs pending in the mentioned /var/spool/lp/requests/SHCT-PC0 dir, and deleted them. This action on his part essentially resolved the problem.

3) MY Thoughts about Sacred Heart's AWW no print problem: If someone had attempted to print from the AWW and forgot to turn on the DASM, or camera was turned off, this would have created a job file in /var/spool/lp/requests/(hostname) that would not have gotten done, and deleted. It could also happen if the AWW was turned off without a proper "shutdown," at just the right time, or whatever.

4) On an AWW operating normally, with no print going on, doing the ls -l command in dir /var/spool/lp/requests/(hostname) should show: "total 0" as a response. Also, with no images stored to the composer, ls -l command in the /usr/spool/lc dir should show up with no FCI*, or img* files, in fact only listed one file in my hacking. I would delete anything else!

5) The next time an AWW "CANNOT SPOOL", or print, I will definitely do step # 4 before ordering a T3 AWW, or doing a Software reload.

The most pertinent information in the cc:Mail is step # 4,however I thought Mike's explanation of how the system works wasworth repeating. Hope you find this information helpful, if notentertaining!

CT PROSPEED and SRI ERRORS

ERR CODE DESCRIPTION SUSPECT PARTS ADVICE ASSOCIATED ERROR

101 44 XG response timeout (intermittent when hot??) CPU Install XG CPU 2130913-5 103/1

101 47 brushes brushes change brushes 104/00000003

101 53 continuously; S36-S37 giving 0 output Inverter Fuse Change inverter fuse 117/545

101 53 Inverter Fuse Change inverter fuse 117/483

101 53 tank + air bubble in the tank + . s35 & s36 reliable. 117/537 sometimes

101 53 intermittent small focus Tube tube 229 000 slices !!!!

101 53 , 54 intermittent in the morning slip-ring check data brush,and air conditonned quality

101 53,63,73 8okv inhibited axial, 63 stationnary, 73 scout optical fiber between OBC and anode inverter

101 56,57 In axial mode when rotor is on only slip ring see SN T22018 ER104/2

101 58 permanent scan error adjust 5v OBC ps between 5v a 5,1v

101 63 permanent inverter(SRI) change inverter

101 73 followed (same minute) by 177/ 311 tube change tube 117/ 311

102 4 servo amp alarm all breakers are on:switch off/on system works

102 4 Servo amp alarm code 2 at power on at position light servo cable broken servo cable (part no: P9153UZ) was broken inside

102 4 servo amp alarm code 7 loose fuse holder in pdu tighten it 102/6

102 4 Servo alarm code 7 main power error detect by servo, low voltage from the hospital

102 4 Servo amp alarm code 3(over heat) main power UPS was connected and Neutral was connect too DISCONNECT NEUTRAL

102 4 Servo amp alarm Fusible PDU 102/A et 112/8

102 CTVRC main power cut during anode rotation ER103

102 6 one 200vac phase was missing on the servo amp PDU FUSE PDU FUSES F9-F10-F11

102 6 to be verified CB3 CB3 alim servo /Common PDU .or fuse F9 ,10,11

102 A one phase missing big pdu fuse

103 to be verified

103 1 yellow led on OGP bilnking, filament board replace board

104 2 DAS data trigger slip ring clean the slip and check data brushes.

104 3 & 4 receive no GPLS2 or system mismatch slip ring check resistance value between 2 slip ring (RX and TX)

104 4 system mismatch hl option hl option was not revalidat after 3,02 installation;revalidate:reset:ok

104 4 cannot do any exposure check if all options soft have been loade and re_validated ; software conficte

104 4 OGP event error "syst mismatch" OGP from version V4 ,check DIP SW3 on OGP are on

104 ? OGP

106 2 error OL sur servo amp cable axial mot. replace axial drive motor cable P9153UZ

109 1 cradle positioning command from oc out of range cradle potentiometre manually move table at scan position and ok

109 3 no longitudinal mouvement possible only. fuse stepper driver 0.5A change fuse

109 3 cradle slip fuse ps 24v change fusible cradle driver (france)

109 3 cradle slip fuse stepping driver 5v

110 2 scan proc com error dirt between brushes clean them. Same error during off-line scans

110 2 scan proc com error STRS Some dust coming from data brushes were on the STRS

110 2 SCAN PROC com error OGP TEST No 5 FAILED and red led on OGP board was ON

110 2 scan comm error fusible PDU 115vac not present

112 1000VDC power supply check the 1000 VDC power supply same error 152 in warmup mode.

112 8 TGP Drive time out Rotate breaker Switch on rotate breaker and switch off:on complete system



112 8 TGP Task timeout CB3 PDU CB3/TB3 PDU (FEK 2122923)

112 8 TGP Task timeout(gantry drive time out) Fusible PDU 102/4 and 102/a

112 11 TGP Task time out clean 115v slip ring 101/59 and 112/1

115 7 TGE scan set wait timeout fuse 10 in pdu

115 19 Check slip ring and Gpulse detection on OGP board OGP

117 x02 15v safe error +5v supply adjust pot on fil. supply board to 5.00v x22 ,x24

117 x22 no filament current " " x02 ,x24

117 x24 no filament voltage " " x02 , x22

117 22;722 connector PWR supply connector on E-rack cleaning

117 72 filament cable from Cathode tank to BP of OBC

117 72 contact remove boards:put them back and reinstall bar

117 72 tube change tube

117 72 tube change tube

117 72 Auto test bad HV cable (neg) HV cable small focus open, do short circuit

117 72 (when cold) kv board

117 73,541,542 no xray tube hs change tube

117 103 no rotor CTVRC replace IGBT or CTVRC

117 122;124 very intermittent tube replace EA tube

117 122 during installation power supply obc power supply at 4;1v with ripple err 117/102

117 122 very intermittent +5v adjust +5v to 5.1v

117 123 permanent.manufacturing XJ06 replace it

117 125 every 3sec XJ06

117 125 intermittent obc ps cable moving this cable the 5v lower

117 125 power supply moving from 4.6 to 5.2v connection check and attached power supply cables err 117/102

117 148 safety loop . intermittent (twice a day) tube doa thermo switch

117 149 safety loop brush clean brushes

117 149 safety loop CB breaker XG and ROTATE breaker open

117 149 Safety loop STRS Bad contact on strs

117 152 Bubble in tube tube

117 160 Xg communication error slip ring signal and 115v Clean slip ring err 260/360

117 171 "out of range".can work with other parameters OGP setting FMI 22506 setting OGP not clear:take care of bit 4(for tube config)

117 181 30A CTVRC pb reseau freq variable .550v front raide au lieu 0.7s

117 181 slip ring (STRS) fault in common Pdu.Poussieres sur Strs

117 181 rectifier bridge Change rectifier bridge PDU

117 181 PDU ctrl board Or a bad C P U board in OBC

117 181? main fault led on PDU and led one phase off OGP

117 201/211 with big noise in gantry CTVRC Cable on ctvrc was burned

117 201 Test S17 fail (one led off) CTVRC CTVRC Received faulty

117 201 SRI mini pdu PDU ctrl board bad relay k4 which command relay k1 ERR 117/211

117 201 intermittent OPT cable E-rack CTVRC OPT cable ER117/211/218

117 201 CTVRC ,DCRGS fuse blown on DCRGS ctrl bd,replace bd,ctvrc

117 201,211,218 optical fiber MR kits were used (part no: 46-301450G1 and 46-317830G1)



117 201,211,311 bad contact connector bad contact on XJ13 E-rack

117 201,211 Slip ring slip ring very dirty + pb fonct tilt. Reajusted +5v OBC (4.93v) ER103 ??

117 211 intermiitent error large PDU FE changed PDU CTRL board and problem was solved

117 201,501,511 sometimes no scan possible(201),sometimes 2 scans(501)

117 216 one day 117/216 ,second day 117/316 tube gemove board board bypassed then changed 3 days after by one from plant 117/ 316

117 216 / 218 Change CTVRC CTVRC Change CTVRC

117 218 25ohms between white-green, &white-black tube bad stator filter box on EA tube 25+/- 5 ohms et diff 1.2

117 218 stator unbalanced CTVRC may be an optical fiber problem (Warwick)

117 224 obc problem one of 4 boards was not well plugged

117 283 OBC BAD CONTACT SUSPECT XJ1 cable bad contact between OBC and cathode tank

117 301 ctvrc fuse

117 301/311 It could be power and grounding or it could be Cathode or Anode inverters. Bad Cathode inverter 402

117 316 permanent error Tube HS stator resistor at 0.5 ohm !

117 316 permanent error Gemove on tube 25 ohms ok but short circuit with ground

117 316 intermittent, more at higher ma-stations Cathode HV-Cable Candle-stick pin was burned black, cleaning helped a bit ER117 code 516

117 316 intermittent scan stopped Tube HS replace tube

117 322 OBC power supply adjust 5v

117 324 scan set flash but rotor did not come on tube perform rotor test

117 382 exposure timeout if rotor stops during long predelay BUG soft Bug soft V3.02/V2.02 Refer to SN 22517

117 483 intermittent (when hot) 115v inverter bad contact 115v sur cathode inverter

117 483 SRI permanent hv tank replace tank

117 521 During Tube calibration Parameters SEE Service note SN013

117 521/531 Problem in small focus (falaise tube around 90000 slices) TUBE Change tube and ok: S23 and S24 ok

117 521 filament over current only up to 250ma PDU taps transformer check PDU taps tranformer selection.Check hospital main voltage

117 521 filament over current only up to 250ma filament board coil of the filament board was defective

117 521 when prep delay more than 25 ,30sec parameter Check if XG soft is rev 2.01

117 521 Alim 5v OBC Ripple important

117 521 Alim 5v OBC ajuster alim a 5v

117 521 intermittent parameter check if XG soft is rev 2.01

117 523 no filament current fil. board replace filament board

117 525 fil. control error tube replace tube

117 531/542 problem with small focus tube tube had 246000 slices;change tube ok

117 531 may give intermittent code 324 at the begining cable XJ06 -J2 check cable connector XJ6 on OBC ER117/324

117 531 Tube with console hang up,change tube ok Err 101/54

117 531 intermittent on higher ma stations Cathode HV-Cable on of the hv-connector pins was black (burned).

117 531 Tube Swtich off for one hour and sys starts again;change tube ok(doa)

117 532 15v regulator on inverter inverter 2 leds DS106 must be on

117 532.538.544 intermittent OPT cable opt cable between E-rack and inverter

117 533 Spit error, more than 30 spits in 1 sec only in 140kv tube check PROM PARAMETER No 436

117 533/541 Tube Tube Bad wiring inside tube;Change tube ;

117 535/536 During Tube calibration Parametres SEE Service note SN013

117 535 tube replace tube



117 537 when hot tank need to change both HV tank

117 537 Inspect and make sure you have KV board 2119232-2 KV board check the new rev board.

117 537 intermittent +5v/ KV bd check if new KV bd / adjust +5V to 5.1v ( TP on CPU)

117 537 SRI hv tank replace hv tank

117 538 SRI Tank leaking Replace hv tank

117 538 SRI HV TANK Replace HV tank err 541

117 541 Tube error 541 at high dose;tube doa;

117 541 tube only at 140kv

117 541 ,543 Intermittent Bug prom generator V305 CPU ROM Problem,fixed in V306

117 541 intermittent KV bd/tube check KV bd ref 2119232-2

117 542 cathode over current negative tank S36 test failed. S35 and S38 OK.

117 543 intermittent tube replace tube

117 544 constant negative inverter replace inverter

117 545 associated w/ er-101 code 545 Inverter Fuse replace tube er-101 code 53

122 xray zero detect Cam pin 5 andt 6 shorted OGP PC 2G

122 xray zero detect cam ctrl 3

122 xray zero detect cable cable between adc and cam1 pn;2131823

122 xray zero detect alim 1000v bad contact on coax cable 1000v

133 com write regist OCINTF Bad contact on the OCINTF Board. Perform IP com test. green led must blink

138 6 Com error sur Prosp SX cable Misc2-TGP

140 Anode temperature over BUG soft Bug on V5.01/V3.02/V2.02/V1.03/PERFORM PATCH SEE SN002

141 Case temperature over BUG soft Bug on V5.01/V3.02/V2.02/V1.03/PERFORM PATCH SEE SN002

152 st ratio chan from 3.02 software detector failure prediction file add detector 1sec/2sec scan file is add on warm up procedure since v3.02 check 1000vdc

152 HVPS detetctor check the 1000VDC power supply

152 HPF ch173 failed, dust on mylar Mylar clean mylar and warm up again

152 HPF All channels were saturated (5.2 E+15) Fuse no 12 on PDU 115vac was missing

155 HLT CAL data error (Qcal) Tube Alignment redo plane of rotation

155 QCAL DATA ERROR Cable connection 1bad channel 245 ,connection in flex cable on cam board(Spain)

160 ? Plasma Display Control

170 1/random DAS I/F bd U25 voltage regul.(check 5v) ref P9201ZG

170 IPU2 memory 144 MB bad installed

170 2/hard DAS I/F fuse F1 pico fuse 1A

170 STRS Dastransfer test ----Er170

201 recon time out FPA2 Some FPA2 Boards were defective from GEYMS

203 data transmit error corrected slip-ring, check and clean data brushes, DBM and DTR or CIF can be bad ER204

204 view data error not corrected DAS Interface Change board and system restart err170(das transfert)

204 looked at the DBM optical cables and lite was seen on only one STRS bd was bad replaced board.

204 view data and streaks artifacts also initialize air fails DBM changed board and fixed the problem

204 view data not corrected . one fiber optic not during installation!

204 view data error not corrected fiber optic happen during installation of plastic sheet on STRS (olc)

204 view data error not corrected (from 200 to 400 views) DTR2 ok in stationary but not in all position;not ok in axial

421 NO IMAGE INF STUDY DELETED software Sweeper task delete the study, normal error after 3D, reformation



433 Maybe bug. Try booting w/o MOD cartridge Click Here CQA 961800

DCRGS 45433754 DCRGS 8 boards going to repair with R155 or R156 open 1/4W to 1/2W

" " DMP4 off line test 7 fails " "

" " " DBM most often replace DBM

001 800000E3 when hit "paging application delete images in study 0;software bug on 1.01

001 582301013 PUTCTL LCP=03 TN=CLWT en Prosp+ version 4.00 quand on change Raw data #

001 100000E3 Data CRC error HDD do a validate and check if any new bad sector detected

001 100000E6 TIMEOUT HDD E6 MEANS DISK ERROR

001 100000C7 Fatal HD error HDD

001 100000F3 channel unrecoverable channel error HDD F3 means disk error

001 800000C2 slip ring brushes Cosnes/s/loire - dust present on data brushes (no scout view) ER-004 code FFFF0000

001 800000C2 Study error DMP4 ???

001 F8030001 mA cal fail switching focal spot E rack reseating E rack bd's and mA cal

001 82300003 system error TN=ICOT insite phone line insite phone line cable was disconnected

001 82300003 system error TN=RCNC DBM ER-004 RCNC Task termination ER-204

001 82300005 system error TN=RCNC .Finland cable bad connection one cable not properly connected on display board

004 00010000 TN= BY ICOM (insite communication) ISC board Remove ISC board err 001/08230005

no cradle(interval) does not work correctly in cluster/multi BUG soft perform patch for v3.02(qj) v1.03(zj adv) v2.02(xmj)

no Artifacts intermittent linear artifacts every 30-40 slices DBM no ER203 ,then ER204 and Das data transf test fail

no QCAL on HLT Click Here

no Rings DAS HLT soft rings flex cables new ref for DAS flex cable 2121281-2

no Boot Prosp . very intermittent :no BOOT Cable scsi cable problem HD

no Boot No Boot,Cpw stop at D7 Misc2 P1,P2 Off line test OK;REplace Misc2,sys ok

no Boot no BOOT HDD self test 1ok,stop on self test 2 at 14 (HDD R/W)

no Display scout image up side down flickering FCP2A slot 36no Shutdown System power shutting off intermittenly Thermistor T28 Temporary stap T28 on J4 1 & 2 on DC board PDU

no Table Table does not want to go down Relays on sub board

no scout incorrectly position gantry at 0 degrees on second lateral scout TGP proms bug in TGP proms

no ATINST Click Here

no Plasma Plasma hangs on prospeed old sytec 8000 fuse holder replaced fuse holder on power connect board

Prospeed Artifacts

Scenario : Scanning 10 mm scans the images looked O.K. but mean values or ROI areabout 30 counts too Hi, 3mm and 1mm or scouts are none existent, the system scanswithout errors but at that aperatures you cannot see the images , On 5mm you get allkinds of rings, Views vs channels look good all DAS data looks good.The Fix was the CPW board in the console

EQUIP: ProSpeed Series YMS CT Scanners

Subject: ATINST LOADING PROBLEMS

YMS CT SOFTWARE LOADING PROBLEMS AND RECOVERY Methods for ProSpeed Series

ATINST LOADING PROBLEMS: The most common problem while usingATINSTfor loading software for ProSpeed systems is that for a multitude ofreasons t he operator must reset the system prior to VRALCT ( VR FILEALLOCATION)and DFRSV( RAW/IMAGE DATA FILE RESERVATION) beingperformed.

NOTE: Recommended File sizes for:System RawProspeed Plus 300ProSpeed 100ProSpeed VX 100"i" Series Console V1.x V2 softwareProSpeed SX 100 300Prospeed S/SX 100 300

Note: Be aware that 1 raw data file is equal to 4 image files

RELOADING SOFTWARE the following errors occurs:1). Atinst halts and gives an error during paramenter dump. Halts software reload.2). Unable to format Hard Drive3). Unable to boot system using "boot" floppy.

Solutions:A. If you are unable to boot system using boot floppy. 1. Check for proper switch settings. 2. Ensure ALL tests switches for Power On Self Test are turned "OFF" otherwise systems buss will hang. B. If ATINST FAILS and hangs system upon software reload. 1. You must format the Hard Drive. a. Remember to initialize drive. Important!!! 2. One of the software disks might be corrupt. C. Unable to format the hard drive via ATINST. Set Switches and Boot From "BOOT " Floppy

****************************************************************************

TO Run VINIT OR VINITS Program

1. Address file on boot floppy by typing at F prompt; FN BOOT:0.&.VINIT.LO for ProSpeed VX and ProSpeed

FN BOOT:0.&.VINITS.LO for Prospeed S,SX and ProSpeed Plus(note:VINITS not VINIT)

Subject: ATINST LOADING PROBLEMS Cont…

NOTE: Use proper boot floppy for rev of software you want to load. Example: don't use V3 boot floppy if you want to load V4 software. Must use V4 boot floppy

2. Next <CR>3. You should see the computer respond: BOOT 00000 VINIT.LO >4. At the carrot TYPE "RU" for run program.5. At this time the VINIT/VINITS program will begin to run.

TO Run VINIT or VINITS

For Auxilary HDWhat Device Name ? HD00 'CR' "HD01"Do You Want To Use LOT Info. of "FD"? N 'CR' "N"Do You Want To Format Disk? Y 'CR' "Y"Do You Want To Validate Sector ? Y 'CR' "Y"Do You Want To Append Bad Sectors to LOT ? N 'CR' "N"Do You Want To Lock Out Disk ? N 'CR' "N"Do You Want To Initailize Disk ? Y 'CR" "Y"Volume Name ? SYS 'CR' "SYS1"User No. ? 0 (Always 0) 'CR' "0"Discription ? ( Anything within 20 characters) "Same"Do You Want System Dump Area ? Y 'CR' "N"What File Name ? DUMP 'CR' --How Many Sectors ? 4 'CR' --Do You Want IPLT Loading ? Y 'CR' "N"What Volume Involving IPLT ? BOOT 'CR` --Do You Want to Dump LOT to FLOT ? N 'CR' -- ** VINIT END **

EQUIP: ProSpd_HLT

SUBJECT: Can we View QCALs on a ProSpd_Hi-Lite ?

PROBLEM: No Clear procedure

SOLUTION: The following is a Summary of how to View QCAL Vector:

1. Execute q-cal ---> Cold raw and Hot raw data are stored in raw data area. (each thickness and focus) 2. Execute Offline q-cal to make a q-cal mean file. ---> Enter cold raw data number. ( check raw data file directory first) ---> Enter hot raw data number. ---> Enter proper values... ---> Enter mean file number to store. 3. Display the mean file by using support display. 4. You now should be able to see the cal vector.

CAUSE: GEYMS HiLight "does not" have a similar tool like HSAq-cal plot. But,we can see each q-cal vector by using offline q-cal under support menu,if the system still has the q-cal raw data. Maybe we can protect q-cal raw data file before doing many scans.

COMMENTS: If data is available, one can plot/view it (Mean Files etc.) As there is a way we can display the Q-Cal Vectors from the Calibration Files, so we can discover if they look "right", like what is done on HLA & HSA .

EQUIP: YMS CT Slip Ring Systems ( ProSpeed's, SRI, Synergy)

SUBJECT: Pitted 115 volt ring

PROBLEM: When the 115 volt becomes badly pitted the momentary loss of 115 volts may cause major failure of components. We have seen multiple replacements of CTVRC's, filament power supplies, and rotor boards.

SOLUTION: Please check power rings for heavy pits and or high spots during your PM's and use the abrasive stick to repair.

CAUSE: High current on the 115 volt ring around the rest positions cause deposits.

Make Sure the jumpers on the CTVRC is set forprospeed not HSA or you will blow it up.

PROBLEM: ER-433

WORKAROUND : Have the tech cycled power and when booting up, remove MOD of the drive, and keep it out until system is up. Then error goes away, and the can start autostoring again. This works MOST of the time.

SOLUTION: CQA #961800 was submitted , YMS investigating .

CAUSE: System is using auto-store feature and is apparently reset in some way during a storage operation.

COMMENTS: When the system is rebooted,it tries to store an image that already exists on the MOD. This creates the ERR-433. The real problem is that the system continues trying infinitely to store the image and loops on ER-433. No scanning is possible.

CT PACE ERRORS

ERR Code DESCRIPTION SUSPECT PARTS ADVICE

001 40280068 FCP3B

001 0823000E FCP1

001 82300004 syst hang during scan display FPU FCP3

001 980000CE Disk seek test problem HDD perform disk seek test

001 3000008E DMP,SMP,DBU check rev level:DMP rev16,SMP rev7,DBU rev7001 980000CE in multi display 001 980000C8 in multi display TN=DSPC,scnm,nmtd001 100000F3 intermittent 600mB HD ?? 10000E6 / 10000EC

001 100000F3 bad block new drive,bad block table not properly entered(pos,psn)001 81000007 heat soak bug V9 bug Perform patch 001 hang up during scan or filming FCP3004 TN=IMEN insite menu program ISC Change ISC board :ok004 recon time out intermittent error BPU reconstruction time at 18sec004 bad block reload soft(4 new bad block found)m 00000000 can not put raw FMP1 happen only in 2s/isd 2s .test ok .system slow

109 5 over scannable range error pot111/ 6 00110C00 system hang during boot if up/down are used Bug soft V9 during boot do not use up/down table switch116 1 rotor does not stqrt. Error LED in XG pressur/temp sz most likely oil-pump not running; maybe fans.117 XG response time out ERR 116 also rotor cable replace rotor cable117 kv reduced when ma increased transfo T2 no LED on117 kv reduced when ma increased Driver 120 check resistor R29-R30-R31-R32(may be open)117 kv ok but impossible to get more than 30ma diode tank +117 kv ok but half ma Tube117 kv ok but half ma tank +117 kv ok but half ma Cable HT117 kv ok but sometimes no ma Relay 52T117 ovl negatif.ma rise rapidly then go down Adjustment ma set lost after power cut.recal ok118 SCAN CONTROL TASK EVENT HD??

122 XRAY ZERO DETECT CABLE Power cable in drum151 960957 in 2 sec mode Encoder check encoder loosen screws151 960960 DBU DBU test fail151 100000EE HD cables

CT PACE ERRORS

ERR Code DESCRIPTION SUSPECT PARTS ADVICE

HANG FMP1 21 Err21 on FMP1 in ON line test Click Here FMP2 removed FMP2 (install jumpers) test ER 31

HANG sys hang,buz on,reset ok but sometimes stop on date bad contact on key board connectorno message"can not do big file"when loading soft HDD To many bad blocks,try to reduce nb of raw data.no Artifacts Fan Streaks Click Here 1

no Artifacts Fan Streaks Click Here 2

no streak artifact at low dose flat cable some flat cables too long touching das coverno iso calculation problem FCP1 bad chip U13F and U18F on FCP1no noise rotation/servo amp 2 RL8 Check RL8 on servo ampno oc reset for no reason connection verify connection on power supply bus barno no recon after a few scan,after reset (fpu busy) HDD Reformat HDD and reload softwareno Xray overrange ADC impossible to adjust ADC offsetOthers Disk Drive Replacement Click Here

XG Fail No Error code termination of Xray Click Here

warmup Errors Click Here

Kayosan Adj Problem Click Here

CTYMS general informationSubject: HD change on ct YMS

This is to inform you that when you change the HD on any YMSsystems you NEED to put power on tests disabled otherwise youcannot have access to it. Cause is during FMP2 test you have aseek on HD but when HD is not initialized the test fail .Setting the dip switch 1 to on for all cpu's you will disablethe power on test.At beginning of VINIT you get VID READ ERROR .This is normal ||Format , validate and add bad blocks from media defect list.

CT PACE:

problem : hang up on system test in progress error code on FMP1 21 The documentation suggest for this kind of error the board related are MRX and FMP1

solution : changed FMP2 ! To see that FMP2 was blocking bus we put jumpers on backplane and removed FMP2 from slot and the error code becomes 31 instead of 21 but this we did onl when we ordered FMP1 and MRX, their change was unsuccessful for problem resolution and so the customer had to wait another day to receive FMP2.

EQUIP: PACE

SUBJECT: XG Fail ( No Errors )

PROBLEM: Termination of X-Ray exposure after less than a second with no error indication on the Kyosan generator via the PWR CTRL Bd .

SOLUTION: Replacement of both +/- HV cables , resolved problem.

OTHER: It was thought that the Time Delay Relay T52, may be the problem, but was not.

COMMENTS: Using a Keithly meter or similar to monitor XRAY could display two different xray-on times.

TIP : Utilize a BLEEDER/Scope to ID the exposure time to better isolate xray termination .

EQUIP : PACE

SYMPTOM: System errors with TUBE WARMUP Errors ; but Scout/Axial=OK System however, exhibited TUBE WARMUP Errors ; Senario is : When System enters WARMUP, it starts to prepare itself for a sequence of 7-scans ( 6 Rotating 1 Stationary w/XRAY ).How- ever, THIS System runs first WarmUp scan rotating w/XRAY=OK,then WarmUps scans 2,3,4,5,6 Rotates(goes thru motions)BUT NO XRAY!!! It also, should be known that the 7th Scan (Stationary scan) does operate w/XRAY correctly, but... ratios this and produces Tube WarmUp errors .

Background: System performs "Normal" Tube WarmUp . Senario as follows : When System enters WarmUp, it starts to prepare itself for sequence of 7-scans ( 6 Rotating 1 Stationary w/XRAY )all seven scans and data collects this data ratio 6 to 1 . Essentially, checks integrity of entire DAS for proper operation of normal scanning day.

SOLUTION: Replaced "INV CONT BD." (Rotor Ctrl bd) in Pace Generator.

EQUIP : Pace ( w/ old KYOSAN generator ) can't get 6.5vdc at MAV TP.

SYMPTOM : Power Control Bd. ; Adjustmt VR5 ; "can not" get 6.5 volts at MAV test like the old procedure. The adjustment of VR5 in Rev 14 P9015AF functional checks and adjustment manual appears not to listed or used anymore.

Background : This adjustment in the past was for the offset adjustment of the A to D converter. If the VR5 adjustmt for the A to D is turned fully i.e ( fully CW or CCW ) this could be the source of the problem.

SOLUTION : Please follow below procedure to adjust the A-D converter.

1) Power off 2) Record the SW and Jumper settings on your site of the Power Cont and FIL CUR ASSY. 3) Remove the CN1,CN2 and CN5 on the power cont B'd.(P9146WA) 4) Attach a Jumper pin at the following each Jumper. J5,J10,J11,J12,J13 5) Power ON 6) Set the following swichs on the power cont B'd. SYS/MNL----> MNL XG ON/OFF---> ON KV0---------> 0 KV1---------> 1 mA0---------> 0 mA1---------> 1 mA2---------> 1

7) Set the following rotary switch on the FIL CUR B'd(P9146WE)

SW 4--------> F SW 5--------> F SW 6--------> F

8) Mesure the TP3 (power cont B'd)voltage duaring HV ON/OFF SW is ON. and adjust to 6.50 +/-0.03V by VR 5 volume. 9) Power Off 10)Return the SW and Jumper setting to Originary of the site. 11)Perform the MA adjustment.(follow the P9015AF,FC/ADJ)

EQUIP : PACE

SYMPTOM : FAN Streak Artifacts

Background : * STREAKS & Bad DATA occur when gantry rotates(Axial). * STREAKS & Data collected is CLEAN in STATIONARY Mode (SCOUT). * Performing a Pseudo-Scan w/o X-ray & rotor = Streaks & Bad Data. * Performing a Pseudo-ScanSTATIONARY @ zero w/o X-ray/Rotor = Clean Data.

NOTE: Fe performed OFF-Line scans as referenced in P9018AT Sve.Man. and performed the Das Data Xfer chks . RESULTS (#3) should = ZERO, but system read MEAN = 7000 STD.DEV. = in the 100's ! pretty sad .

Opinion, is a rotational related problem, and possible could point to the following "suspect" components :

a) Flaky or marginal Das I/O cable; Intermittant opens/shorts. b) Azmuith Motor (electrically noisy) c) Flaky Tach (dirty brushes, inducing noise,Spikes,etc..) d) Marginal Encoder (noisy encoder or EXCESSIVE "Encoder"Jitter)

There is a possiblity of "one" of these components influencing incoming data.

COMMENT : Although the above maybe an unusual case/situation, Fan Streak Artifacts can also be caused by the following OTHER components :

a) Tube Spits b) H.V. Invertor(s) ; internally breaking down c) +1000vdc Detector Supply ( Intermittantly Shorting ) d) Flaky Ribbon Cable(s) from Detector-Das

*******************************************************************

EQUIP : PACE, PACE+

SYMPTOM : STREAKS ARTIFACTS ONLY WITH OverSized PATIENTs on 2 SECOND SCAN speeds.

Background : SITE starting COMPLAINING ABOUT STREAKS ARTIFACTS ONLY WITH FAT (OverSized) PATIENTS IN 2 SECOND SCAN.I did NOTICED THAT THESE FLAT (ribbon)CABLES between DAS and Detector were A LITTLE BIT TOO LONG. This could MEAN THAT WHEN THE SYSTEM IS ROTATING IN FAST SPEED the ribbons WERE PERHAPS TOUCHING THE METALLIC PLATE OF CAM AND CAM CONTROLLER which was causing the artifacts.

SOLUTION : PLACE INSULATING TAPE ON THESE FIVE PLATES TO ENSURE THAT THE CABLES WILL NOT HAVE ANYMORE CONTACT WITH METAL...AND THE ARTIFACT HAVE DISSAPEARED...

Try attaching electrical tape to the inside of the DAS cover that covers over the DAS to Detector ribbon cables. It seems that if these cables are able to touch this cover during scanning, that they can induce streaks/rings in certain images (in other words, they can touch the cover during data collection, causing the noise level to increase). This increased noise level is particularly noticeable on large body, fast, lower mA, or smaller slice thickness scans.

CT SYTEC ERRORS

ERR Code DESCRIPTION SUSPECT PARTS ADVICE ASSOCIATED ERROR

001 081D0010 System hangs after the 1st slice with Sytec + prom auto voice pb with auto voice,+2.7s,+multi auto> BUG in Prom

001 08100007 Heat soak bug sytec 3000 only bug v5 will be fixed in v6

001 F80C0601 Autofilming problem Click Here Reset exam Number see S/N T8043

001 4400B0068 DPDRV time out image display Bug soft on investig when magnify cursor used repeteadly

001 18000017 TN=LCDC. software 3.01 RELEASE SOFTWARE UPGRADE SOLVED THE PROBLEM

001 10000000 Sytec3000 sys hang when MOD AUTO STORE HD Reformat LUT/LFC (ok in manual mode) 100000E3

100 00000007 Gantry not in system RL8 sub board ER-102/ 5

102 6 (in ccw) Only when changing 2.7s to 1.8 s(every 25slices) TGP can be also :Servo A, loose coupler, encoder

111/ 6 002378F0 System hang during boot if up/down are used Bug soft V5 during boot do not use up/down table switch115 008 Click Here patch

115 LED OLN tank + 2 bad resistances feedback on Tank +

117 XG response time out rotor cable replace rotor cable, or shorted diodes in rotorbraking circuit D1 or D2 ER 116

117 XG response timeout RMT bad contact on E OFF connector ER116

151 Scan time out;(no view) CIF (Das data transfert failed) Replace CIF OK443 Click Here

Can not do vralct allocation Software sytec 1800i bad floppiesPower on test 2 fails at cpw14 hd read test HDD Change hard diskCan not do big file HDD too many bad blocksAutomatic reset of console Capacitors Faulty capacitors on back plane installed for hd seek counterplanOL/N HV problem ClickHere

Tilt Problem Click Here

CT SYNERGY ERRORS


Many messages ,including "disk full"HANG ON SCANCTRL Tube usage file at 0 get new tube usage file and remove images or log.old

scan UIF : got failed scan_status or pause scan software 2.0 there was no calibration loaded in the software

2002 FILE IO-C, error opening file :users/ctmini/recon/rcm_data software v1.0 there are no calibration files loaded in the software

2034 ENABLE TO INITIALISE DATA COLLECT Bad contact between RECON MOTHER PCB AND EISA PCB 610175004 DAS 0 DETECT

5008 DATA COLLECTION NOT READY

5014 file TYP input c.v line 466 file Rev 2.7 Scan ctrl Trace back hv inverter press confirm, rotor start and stop before tp press confirm 50136017 DATA COLLECTION ALLCRON BOARD ENABLE TO OPEN Bad contact between RECON MOTHER PCB AND EISA PCB 20346025 DATA COLLECTION:detect no data flow from gantry optical fiber no data receive,error simulate when optical fiber disconnected

6090 DATA COLLECTION ERROR - DC BUFFER FULL

6092 BAD VIEW DATA-recon board:bad view marker(OxFFF) DTRE Board

6092 BAD VIEW DATA-recon board:bad view markerview nb 98 optical fiber bad contact on optical fiber during acquisition

6120 HOST CTMINI PROCESS DATA COLLECT FILE ALCRON Bd 2.1 SOFTWARE 10419 FILE REV 1.2.6.- recon board DT config file(DT_fifo.size)

15003 Error setting aperture to 1 mm position cable collimator cable collimator disconnected 28034 safety loop15005 Error setting aperture to 5 mm position cable collimator cable collimator disconnected 28034 safety loop15006 Error setting aperture to 10 mm position cable collimator cable collimator disconnected 28034 safety loop15007 Error setting aperture to 3 mm position cable collimator cable collimator disconnected 28034 safety loop17040 Scan error detected by OGP Fuse ogp

18005 Gantry servo amp alarm F2 on servo amp Change fuse LED 7 on servo18005 Gantry servo amp alarm rotate switch rotate switch off :on

18007 No response from gantry rotation service switch on 18010 Gantry safety switch open right cover switch 23002 Gantry rotation switch not in system mode switch 28001 Tgp error/xg error code 153 Fuse ctvrc

28047 XG on time out error Jump KV board jumper set to test:set back to normal

LCAM/dasm Click Here

LCAM/dasm Click Here

InterCom Click Here

filming issue Click Here

filming issue Click Here 2

fsck Click Here

boot Click Here

filter/collima Click Here

scan Lite Click Here

TubeUsage Click Here

EGEE/OLCE Page 1 8/10/98

CT SYNERGY ERRORS


160ma Click Here

MOD Diff Click Here

MOD Stuff Click Here

HDD Format Click Here

Autovoice Click Here Autovoice problemInsite connect Click Here Insite connection problem

LFC Click Here

GrayScale Click Here

EGEE/OLCE Page 2 8/10/98

Subject: YMS_Sytec_3K AutoFilming Problem

EQUIP: Sytec 3000 prior to V/R 5.0 L.F.C. software

SUBJECT: Autofilming problems

PROBLEM: ER-001 System Error Code = F80C0601

SOLUTION: Reset the Exam/Study# to one (1) and resolved . See S/N# T8043 which illustrates a Patch to correct, or Load V/R 5.0 Software.

CAUSE: There seems to be problem with autofilming, after a certain Exam/Study# ( unknown of what # at this time ), the Autofilming Option disables.

COMMENTS: You may utilize Service Note 22509 as a reference similarity, but be aware this S/N is for SRi .

intermittent Error 115 with a code 8

I wanted to let you know about a problem that Fadi Choujaa ran into on a Sytec 4000 old style system running version 5 software.

The error that the system had was intermittent Error 115 with a code 8 when you do a dynamic series with an ISD of 3 sec.

Fadi found out that there was a patch that was sent to one of his sites in Toledo Ohio, for Error 115 code 8 by Service Engineering about a year ago or so. He tried the same patch at the site having problems and it seems to have taken care of the problem.

Since this time he has learned that other sites have had this problem and have been fixed by this floppy patch.

I am sorry to hear that this problem was wider spread than orignially suspected by Serv Eng at the time we got the patch. I had totally forgotten that we had the patch and what it fixed, unitl I confronted Joe Getchel, who enlightened me and cured my amnesia.

I am glad to say that I have made copies of the VTG8 software patch & instructions, and given it to the OLC group. If you could ask your local teams if they have seen this intermittent error on Sytec 4000 old style systems running Version 5, you can then instruct them to contact the OLC, for the VTG8 software floppy patch & install instructions.

I am sorry that we didn't communicate this to you earlier, and regret any extra troubleshooting efforts that this caused. A permanent fix will come in Version 6 software, that is due out third or fourth quarter of 1996.

EQUIP : Sytec 4000

SYMPTOM : ER-443 OPTICAL DISK- OD STUDY INFO. NOTHING DELETED STUDY IMAGE FILE EXISTS BUT NOT ON THE OD, SO FILE DELETED

Background : Error same as above

SOLUTION : MOD platter is additionally stuck in MOD drive . Fe needs to manually eject, and then "attempt" a re-attach (retry) .

T/S TIP : Locate small Port-Hole , just above the Pwr. Switch and three MOD Status lights . Look for micro-screw recessed beyond the Port-Hole. Utilize a jewelers screw driver and place into MOD Port-Hole. The screw is Spring-Loaded. Insert jeweler's screw driver , push-in and start to screw in a (CW) clockwise direction until you've mannually ejected MOD platter/cartridge from the MOD Drive. See pictorial illustration below :

____________ | | | o <<<<< Port Hole : Allows manual Eject | | | [] <<<<< #1 Status Lite | | | [] <<<<< #1 Status Lite | | | [] <<<<< #1 Status Lite | | | [] <<<<< MOD PWR Switch |____________|

^ |____________ MOD Drive Vertically Mounted in Console

EQUIP : Sytec 3000

SYMPTOM : OL/N H.V. Tank ; System "ma" fluxuates on negative tank when being loaded w/tube.

PLAN : Perform Hi-Pot w/ Pwr. Ctrl Bd via toggle Sw's * ma @ zero w/ switches/Loaded kv @ 120; Watch for O/L's * Perform 3K HV Cross-Drive Isolation via S/N 8011.

SOLUTION : Isolated and discovered problem switched to P-tank;Fe ordered P-Tank and resolved .

COMMENTS : further isolation revealed the following : measured

Good HV Tank= 20 meg ohms

Bad HV Tank= 2 ohms (shorted)

It just goes to show you that a NEG.HV Tank looked to be the culprit ; but the Positive HV Tank is "REALLY" your problem

EQUIP : Sytec 2000

Symptom : Gantry Tilts Only 23.5 degrees; should be 25 degrees !

Plan : a) Make sure that S-14 on TGP board is TOGGLED before you perform adjustment. Otherwise, you will be unable to adjust.

b) Each of the adjmts (Tilt,Table Height,& Cradle adj.pot) on the TGP bd. interreact & interrelate. To avoid drift through "mis-adjustment" perform the adjustments in the following order:

*1) Adjust TILT adjust first. *2) Adjust TABLE HEIGHT second. *3) Adjust CRADLE POT Adj third. 4) All should respectively fall into place, and you should get your full RANGE of TILT to FWD/BWD 25 Degrees.

5) If all else fails, then start over by adjusting your pots for the TILT, TABLE HEIGHT, & CRADLE all the way Fully CW. This will allow enough gain to achieve adjustments. Of coarse, once fully CW, don't forget to ADJUST Tilt, Table Height, and Cradle in that order !!! *( #1,#2,#3 ) .

c) Contingency Plan is to check mechanical of "PORK CHOP" rod & bearing on each side of the gantry. check for "binding". The side with the binding is usually the one with the problem. Adjust (loosen) offending side, to allow mechanics to settle back into place.This should allow correct ALIGNMENT to take place.

P.S. It should be known that there are 2 pots total for each adjustment. i.e. TILT= 2 pots ; Table Height= 2 pots Cradle= 2 pots TOTAL POTS= 6 ( 1-Coarse ; 1- Fine for each adjmt. )

If any of the adjustments are OUT of Spec. The TILT motor CLUTCH will STOP the Tilt Motor from tilting gantry or prevent it to tilt to its maximum angle. The TGP contains a Summing circuit that processes its inputs and if the offset is greater than expected, than this Summation circuit output is Out of Spec & is sensed to stop tilt .

EQUIP: CT Synergy DASM L-CAM

SUBJECT: Possible incorrect termination on the DASM L-CAM's

PROBLEM: On some of the L-CAM's it had been found that the SCSI terminators were in place (U6 and U7). On the CT Synergy we use a external terminator.

SOLUTION: Please check your system if you are using a L-CAM and make sure they are not internally terminated.

CAUSE: L-CAM DASM's shipped with SCSI terminators in place

COMMENTS: Double termination may cause system problems

EQUIP: Synergy ( w/ V/R 2.1 )

SUBJECT: Autovoice / Intercom Problems

PROBLEM: Auto Voice and intercom could be heard at scan box but not at gantry.

SOLUTION: Cable# 35 was incorrectly installed ( cable reversed ).

COMMENTS: Cable #35 which goes from gantry to scan tower, intercom board J14 was installed backwards

Extra Info: This connection is not keyed. READ ME FIRST document REV E explains the proper installation of this cable. Yellow wire should be located up when cable connected to J14.

EQUIP: SYNERGY

SUBJECT: Unable to Film from Synergy DASM

PROBLEM: Unclear of " RS " connection .

SOLUTION: The info to connect a synergy dasm with a Laser camera. It is a 422 cable reversed; the connections are as follows :

Laser camera side(37 pin conn.) Blk6 of scantower(25 pin) _______________________________ _________________________

1 frame ground(screen) 2 txd- ------------------------------------------21 rx- 3 rxd- ------------------------------------------22 tx- 7 gnd ------------------------------------------7 gnd 20 txd+ -----------------------------------------8 rx+ 21 rxd+ -----------------------------------------9 tx+

CAUSE: To successfully connect the Synergy to a Kodak Camera (KCAM using RS-422 interface).

COMMENTS: none

EQUIP: SYNERGY ( w/ KODAK_2180 LaserCam )

SUBJECT: Installation and connection to KODAK 2180

PROBLEM: Unable to acquire and film to KODAK_2180_LC

SOLUTION: KODAK provided the wrong interface ( RS 232 ). Should of been adapter . Need Adapter Cable from KODAK ( Part# 918-699 ) .Have Kodak fe order this cable or make one up on site to interface with YMS SYNERGY.

CAUSE: The software crashed partially (unable to acquire).

COMMENTS: Trying to run installDasm, the software crashed partially (no acquistions)

EQUIP: CT Synergy

SUBJECT: Procedure for running fsck on Synergy

PROBLEM: Errors may occur when using fsck improperly which may not be a indication of a problem with the system.

SOLUTION: Here is the correct procedure to use if you want to run fsck manually. Remember the product will run fsck automatically if it sense's a problem.

1) You must become Single User first: Shutdown the system and hit ESC (Patient List) to stop the auto boot. The Patient list key must be pressed within 10 sec to get to the BOOT_ADMIN screen on the reboot (after system screen goes black).

Press <ESC> to abort autoboot.BOOT_ADMIN> # You will get this prompt.BOOT_ADMIN> boot scsi.6.0 ISL # Boot Interactive loader # from disk id 6. # Synergy disk is at 6.ISL> # You will get this prompt.ISL> hpux -is boot # Boot single user.

(the following question will occur)If your Console one of the following, a 2392A,2393A, 2397A or700/92 ? [Y/N] answer Y# # You will get this prompt. # You are 'root'. Be careful.# fsck

You should see the following:

fsck: /dev/rdsk/c201d4s0: mounted file systemcontinue (y/n)? y** /dev/rdsk/c201d4s0** Last Mounted on /bldmini** Phase 1 - Check Blocks and Sizes** Phase 2 - Check Pathnames** Phase 3 - Check Connectivity** Phase 4 - Check Reference Counts** Phase 5 - Check Cyl groups14002 files, 0 icont, 619283 used, 1429890 free (2274 frags,178452 blocks)

The numbers after Phase 5 may be slightly different from systemto system.Should pass with out errors now since the file systemis not mounted.Run fsck until it runs clean if it does not youmay need to replace the drive possibly.Also should always answer Y to any response when running fsck.

2) To return the system to applications:

# reboot

(and than log in as normal.)

CAUSE: The program will fail with any mounted file systems.

COMMENTS: One should always be careful when log in as a Super User (#).

EQUIP: SYNERGY

SUBJECT: System will not "boot"

PROBLEM: Assignment of SCSI ID Jumpers questionable.

SOLUTION: The SCSI ID has to be set to 0 for the LCAM, and has to be set to 2 for the MOD Drive.

TIP : Isolate to see if it is a problem with only one device, or if it is a problem with a conflict between the two. Fe should log in a ROOT and view the dmesg (bootup) log . (at the "#" prompt, type /etc/dmesg <ENTER>).

CAUSE : Only when removing SCSI conecctions of MOD and LCAM ,the system was then able to initialize and boot.The system might be assigned to the same SCSI ID for both and therefore never initialized properly.

COMMENTS: none

Part number for synergy collimator filter, just filtercollimator 2123106apt assmebly ymsp9184LDFilter assembly ymsp9184MWFilter ymsp9144NF

EQUIP: SYNERGY ( V/R 2.0 )

SUBJECT: Scan Start light does not extinguish on scan box

PROBLEM: Scan start light does not extinguish on scan box after rotor timeout giving customer false indincation that they are able to scan.

BACKGND: 1. Customer sets up scout 2. Customer starts injector 3. Hit's resume 4. Waits 45 sec or more 5. On occasion Rotor times out due to no exposure command 6. Scan light is still lit. 7. Customer pushes scan enable - auto voice says breath in even though rotor is down.

SOLUTION: Comments from: JOHN A. KRAMER 171106 Revision 2.1 software does not fix this problem. YMS will have to fix this bug on next scheduled customer release. It is hope to be V/R 3.0 .

COMMENTS: Console software does not get status from gantry that rotor is about to timeout. This is a bug that is being addressed .

EQUIP: CT Synergy

SUBJECT: System Tube Usage File

PROBLEM: During the system install the current X-Ray tube in the system is not the one listed under the "System Tube Usage File".

SOLUTION: During the install update your system software with the current Tube that is on your system. Procedure: With system up at applications 1) "Service" Button 2) "Service Adjustments" Button 3) "Change Tube" Button 4) Enter the new data per the window prompts

CAUSE: The Table and Gantry meet with the Synergy Work Station for the first time at the customer site.

COMMENTS: Make note of the exposure count prior to the above procedure.Otherwise the current exposure count may be lost.

EQUIP: YMS_SYNERGY

SUBJECT: MOD Differences

PROBLEM: Synergy MOD is NOT the same used on other YMS products!

SOLUTION: Synergy MOD is B7950JB ( Complete KIT: MAXOPTIX Drive MOD Drive Only T3202HS = $1,283.00

Synergy MOD Media E8001NB: MAXOPTIX 5.25 MOD "Platter" Part# 2142726 = $ 269.00

CAUSE: The media is NOT compatible with YMS Pioneer Drives.

COMMENTS: none

EQUIP: YMS_SYNERGY

SUBJECT: MOD on SYNERGY has some peculiar Protocols

PROBLEM: UnConventional interface criteria

SOLUTION: The following is a list of items that must be performed before a SYNERGY MOD cartridge will recognize itself.

1) Can not read a write protected cartridge ( Must be UnProtected )2) Must reboot the system to LABEL a new cartridge3) System does not mark images as being archived4) To reuse a cartridge: One can not just re-label it, you must remove all the images first. Then Re-Label.

CAUSE: Not able to perform a proper attach or communicate to a YMS_SYNERGY_MOD.

COMMENTS: none

EQUIP: SYNERGY

SUBJECT: Interface Parameters for DASM-LCAM to YMS Synergy.

PROBLEM: No apparent documentation

SOLUTION: Baud= 1200 , STOP BITS= 1, BITS/CHAR= 8, PARITY= EVEN EOM = ( End of Msg ) = Y . For additional info, see YMS_Synergy Camera I/F Instruction Dir. 2138719 .

CAUSE: Delayed configuration and setup.

COMMENTS: none

EQUIP: CT Synergy

SUBJECT: HDD Format Procedure

PROBLEM: No Documented Procedure

SOLUTION: This procedure

CAUSE: Documentation

COMMENTS: This procedure should only be performed if necessary

To format a hard drive on a Synergy:At step 20 in the Load from Cold procedure (Functional Checks, System Tab,Page 3-7) the following menu will appear:

1. Continue Installation Process2. Change ROOT Destination Device3. Change ROOT File System Type4. Change ROOT File System Parameters5. Add a non-root Disk / File system6. Modify / Display non-root Disks ? File systems7. EXIT the InstallationEnter Selection [ ]

Choose option 4 to format the hard disk, and the following menu will appear:

Swap Space 98986Block Size 8192Fragment Size 1024Rotation Delay DynamicFree Space Thr 10Density 2048Cylinders 161024 Byte 38Tracks 13RPMs 5400Interleave 0Run Media Init n

Use the Window/Level down arrow key to move the cursor over the "n" afterRun Media Init. Change this to a "y".

Type Cntl-x (Done)

A warning message will appear. Press enter to continue the format.

Select 1 to continue the installation process.

Continue the Load from Cold Procedure in the manual.

The format takes approximately 10 minutes.

EQUIP: CT Synergy

SUBJECT: The Load From Cold Process

PROBLEM: The procedure is not followed thus creating numerous system problems- to name a few a) Autovoice does not work b) Insite unable to connect

SOLUTION: Follow the Load from Cold procedure. Do not change passwords or system names.

CAUSE: Autovoice needs the localhost to be 127.0.0.1 or it will not function. The passwords must be per the procedure or insite will not connect.

COMMENTS: A great deal of time is wasted troubleshooting non problems. The procedure is correct in the Functional Check manual 2121808 rev 5 please follow. If your system is not hooked into a Network the questions for connectivity must still be answered. You must enter the default IP address if you are not hooked to a Network do not just hit "Enter". The transceiver must also be connected and terminated.

EQUIP: SYNERGY ( with V/R 2.00 )

SUBJECT: Synergy hooked via LCAM DASM

PROBLEM: Fe unable to get the gray scale from image and printed on film when connected to a DASM-LCAM

SOLUTION: DASM-LCAM does not provide a gray scale with the image.

CAUSE: If Fe desires a gray scale, he must use the DASM-VDB.

COMMENTS: The DASM-LCAM is popular in Europe where they do not desire a gray scale.

EQUIP: YMS_SYNERGY

SUBJECT: SYNERGY or SYNERGY-S

PROBLEM: Lost of 160MA station

SOLUTION: Make sure you have your OPTION KEY Installed # 2113636 . If you need the CD-ROM READER order Part# 2117734 .

TIP : OPTIONS can be selected/loaded by using the "MORE UTILITIES" key, under UTILITIES.

CAUSE: If a LFC is done on a SYNERGY system (even one w/o options), and no Option Key is installed, the system defaults to a SYNERGY-S. This means that a customer loses the 160mA capability (it is believed there are other software differences related to defeaturing, but not yet documented).

COMMENTS: It is especially important for any customer that has Options (Helical, 3-D,MOD), but is EQUALLY important for "plain" SYNERGY customers as well.

gGE Medical Systems

Advanced Service Documentation -- Property of GEAdvanced Service Documentation -- Property of GE“For GE Service Personnel Only”“For GE Service Personnel Only”No Rights Licensed — Do Not Use or Copy -- Disclosure to Third Parties ProhibitedNo Rights Licensed — Do Not Use or Copy -- Disclosure to Third Parties Prohibited

CT TechnicalPublication

DirectionRev 0

High Voltage Best Practices

Copyright 1995 by GE Medical Systems

GE Medical Systems

This Document For Reference OnlyNot under Revision Control

GE Exclusive Use OnlyRestricted to General Electric Medical Systems (GEMS) personnel only.

Permission to use this Restricted Service Software and related documentation (hereinafter

called the ”Material”) by persons other than GE Medical Systems employees is prohibited.

This Material is the property of GEMS and contains information which is restricted to use by

GEMS Manufacturing, Engineering and Service personnel. Any reproduction in whole or in

part is strictly prohibited. Neither this material nor any information contained herein shall be

disclosed to anyone outside of GEMS Manufacturing, Engineering and Service personnel.

If you are not a GE Medical Systems employee, you must exit this material now.

gDIRECTION xxxxxxx, Rev 0 GE Medical Systems

i

REVISION HISTORY

REV DATE REASON FOR CHANGE

0 March, 23, 1996 Initial release.


2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 1 CT ProSpeed High Voltage Home Page

SECTION 2 CT SYTEC and PACE HV T/S Home Page


3

Table Of Contents Sytec and Pace

5 Introduction

49 Sytec Home Page

50 Hi Pot Test

51 KV mA Table

52 HV INVERTER Crossing

53 XG Fail Response Timeout

54 XG Fail with LED Indication

54 XG Fail w/o LED Indication

55 RAW DATA Analysis


4

TABLE OF CONTENTS Prospeed

5 Introduction

6-20 XG Error Codes Tables

21 Heat Soak Procedure.

22 S/N 22014 or 26506 XG ERROR 521

23 Parameter Modify Procedure

23 Entering Exiting Service Test Mode

24-25 Rotor Tests

26 Filament Test

27-30 KV Tests

31 PDU Test

32-46 XG ERRORS Flowcharts

33 DCRGS Manual Check

47 Generator Command Glossary.


6

click at X for procedure00000013 Rotor Feedback Test XRotor Board Reseat. Replace if necessary00000014 Rotor Fault Detect Test XRotor Board Reseat. Replace if necessary00000021 FeedBack Test XFilament Board Reseat. Replace if necessary00000022 Fault Detection Test XFilament Cable(E-rack XJ06~ Cathode HV tank J2)orFilament Board

Reseat Cable.

Reseat. Replace if necessary00000023 Small Focus Test XE-rack connector XJ06 Reseat connection00000024 Large Focal Test XSlip Ring Gap Clean power brush slip ring (AC115V

rings)00000031 Feedback Test XKV Board Reseat. Replace if necessary00000032 Fault Detection Test XKV Board Reseat. Replace if necessary00000052 EEPROM Write Failure XL.V.Power Supply in E-rack Replace P.S.00000053 EEPROM Sum Error XNo Problem This error will occur when ROM is replaced

on CPU b’d00000072 Modification of parameter is not allowed XFilament Cable(E-rack XJ06~ Cathode HV tank J2)orRotor boardorFilament BoardorL.V. P. S. in E-rack

Reseat Cable.

Reseat or replace

Reseat b’d

Replace L.V.P.S.

00000073 Phase Change is not allowed XFilament Cable(E-rack XJ06~ Cathode HV tank J2)orRotor boardorL.V. P. S. in E-rack

Reseat Cable.

Reseat or replace

Replace L.V.P.S.


7

000001xx click at X for procedure

00000102 15V Safe Error XFilament B’d Reseat or Replace00000103 Over Voltage Capacitor XCTVRC(Fuse failure on the b’d) Replace CTVRC if fuse keeps blowing00000121 Filament Overcurrent XFilament Cable(E-rack XJ06~ Cathode HV tank J2)orFilament Boardor Xray tube Filamentor Cathode HV Tank Connector ofTube

Reseat Cable.

Reseat. Replace if necessarycheck tube filamentcheck if 3 pins of connector are setproperly to the tank

00000122 No Filament Current XFilament Cable(E-rack XJ06~ Cathode HV tank J2)or Slip Ring (Gap)Filament Board

Reseat Cable.

Clean Pwr Brush Slip Ring (AC115VRings)Reseat. Replace if necessary

00000123 Bad Relay Return XFilament B’d Reseat or Replace00000124 No Filament Voltage XFilament B’dPDU (Tap Setting)

Reseat or Replacecheck hospital supplied voltage and Tapsetting in PDU. Then measure 115VAC atTB37-15 and TB35-16 in PDU

00000125 Filament Control Error XXray Tube Filament Check tube Filament00000173 Phase Change is Not Allowed XFilament Cable(E-rack XJ06~ Cathode HV tank J2)orRotor boardorL.V. P. S. in E-rack

Reseat Cable.

Reseat or replace

Replace L.V.P.S.

00000181 550VDC Timeout Error XCTVRC (30A Fuse or IGBT)CTVRC (J11)PDU (50/60hz Jumper setting)PDU (fuses)DCRGS (Fuses)DCRGS (J4)DCRGS (K1 Relay)DCRGS (second control B’d)DCRGS (fuses)550VDC Cable to invertorsoptical Cables(E-Rack ~ CTVRC)

Replace 30 A fuse or CTVRCreseat J11Verify that J10 for freq. is set correctlycheck F1, F2, F3 fusescheck F1, F2, F3 fusesReseat J4Replace K1 RelayReplace DCRGScheck F4 F5 F6 fusescheck cablesreseat and inspect Optical Cables.


8


00000201 No 550VDC XOpticals Cables (E-Rack to CTVRC)Xray Tube (Stator Coil)CTVRC (30A fuse or IGBT)DCRGS

reseat and check cablescheck stator windings in tubereplace fuse or CTVRCRun Lo rotor speed bring 550 up X

00000203 Over Voltage Capacitor XDCRGS verify LED DA171(DC550V)is OFF or

Replace00000211 Rotor Controller Error XOpticals Cables (E-Rack to CTVRC)Rotor B’dCTVRC (J6 connector)

reseat and check cablesReseat or ReplaceReseat Connector

00000212 Rotor Acceleration Error XRotor B’dFilament B’dCTVRC (30A fuse or IGBT)

Reseat or ReplaceReseat or Replacereplace fuse or CTVRC

00000216 Low Current Error XCTVRC (IGBT)Rotor CableXray Tube Stator Coil

Replace CTVRCcheck rotor cableCheck or replace tube

00000218 Unbalance Error XOpticals Cables (E-Rack to CTVRC)Xray Tube Stator CoilRotor cableCTVRC (IGBT)

reseat and check cablesCheck or replace tubeReseat or ReplaceCheck or Replace CTVRCCheck or Replace CTVRC

0000021E Low Current Error/Unbalance XCTVRC (IGBT)Xray Tube Stator Coil

Check or Replace CTVRCCheck or replace tube

00000221 Filament Overcurrent XFilament Cable(E-rack XJ06~ Cathode HV tank J2)orFilament Boardor Xray tube Filamentor Cathode HV Tank Connector ofTube

Reseat Cable.



Reseat Cable.


00000223 Bad Relay Return XFilament Board Reseat or Replace


9


00000224 No Filament Voltage XFilament B’dPDU (Tap Setting)

PDU (loose XFMR Connector)

Reseat or Replacecheck hospital supplied voltage and Tapsetting in PDU. Then measure 115VAC atTB37-15 and TB35-16 in PDUCheck xfmr connector

00000225 Filament Control Error XXray Tube (Filament) check or Replace Tube00000226 XXray tube (Stator Coil) Check Or Replace Tube00000248 Generator Safety Loop Open XL.V. P.S. in E-RackXray Tube(tube pressure switch)Xray Tube (Stator coil connector)HV tank Pressure switchIncorrect Cable Connection among E-rack, invertor, and HV tank

Replace L.V.P.S.Check Replace TubeReseat connectorcheck replace tankcorrect connections.

00000249 System Safety Loop Open XSignal BrushXray TubeGantry Safety SwitchCPU B’dRotor B’dXG(Safety Loop) SW at Gantry Base

perform signal brush check, Swap themCheck Replace tubeCheck gantry side cover switchreseat/replacereseat/replaceverify switch is on

00000272 Modification of parameter is not allowed XFilament Cable(E-rack XJ06~ Cathode HV tank J2)orRotor boardorL.V. P. S. in E-rack

Reseat Cable.

Reseat or replace

Replace L.V.P.S.


Reseat Cable.

Reseat or replace

Replace L.V.P.S.


10

000003xx click at X for procedure00000301 No 550 VDC XOpticals Cables (E-Rack to CTVRC)Xray Tube (Stator Coil)CTVRC (30A fuse or IGBT)DCRGS


00000302 15V Safe Error XL.V. P. S. in E-Rack check or replace P.S.00000311 Rotor Controller Error XL.V. P. S. in E-Rack check or replace P.S.00000312 Rotor Accelaration Error XRotor B’dFilament B’dCTVRC (30A fuse or IGBT)


00000316 Low Current Error XCTVRC (IGBT)Rotor CableXray Tube Stator Coil

Replace CTVRCcheck rotor cableCheck or replace tube

00000318 Unbalance Error XOpticals Cables (E-Rack to CTVRC)Xray Tube Stator Coil

reseat and check cablesCheck or replace tube


Reseat Cable.



Reseat Cable.


00000323 Bad Relay Return XFilament Board Reseat. Replace if necessary00000324 No Filament Voltage XFilament B’dPDU (Tap Setting)



00000325 Filament Control Error XXray Tube Filament Check tube or replace


11

000003xx click at X for procedure00000348 Generator Safety Loop Open XL.V. P.S. in E-RackXray Tube(tube pressure switch)Xray Tube (Stator coil connector)HV tank Pressure switchIncorrect Cable Connection among E-rack, invertor, and HV tank




00000373 Phase Change is not Allowed XFilament Cable(E-rack XJ06~ Cathode HV tank J2)orRotor boardorL.V. P. S. in E-rack

Reseat Cable.

Reseat or replace

Replace L.V.P.S.

00000382 EXPCMD Timeout Error XNo problem This error will occur when performing off-

linescans with Rotor On


12



00000411 Rotor Controller Error XL.V. P. S. in E-RackRotor BoardCTVRC (J6 connector)

check or replace P.S.Reseat/ReplaceReseat

00000412 Rotor Accelaration Error XRotor B’dFilament B’dCTVRC (30A fuse or IGBT)



Reseat Cable.



Reseat Cable.





00000425 Filament Control Error XXray Tube Filament Check tube or replace00000448 Generator Safety Loop Open XL.V. P.S. in E-RackXray Tube(tube pressure switch)Xray Tube (Stator coil connector)HV tank Pressure switchIncorrect Cable Connection among E-rack, invertor, and HV tank



13

000004xx click at X for procedure00000449 System Safety Loop Open XSignal BrushXray TubeGantry Safety SwitchCPU B’dRotor B’dXG(Safety Loop) SW at Gantry Base


00000472 Modification of Parameter is not allowed XFilament Cable(E-rack XJ06~ Cathode HV tank J2)orRotor boardorL.V. P. S. in E-rack

Reseat Cable.

Reseat or replace

Replace L.V.P.S.


Reseat Cable.

Reseat or replace

Replace L.V.P.S.

00000483 HV on Timeout Error XKV/MA feedback Cable(E-Rack toHVTanks)HV Invertors(F1-3A Fuses)HV Invertors( Capacitor)HV Invertor J1 Connector

Reseat cables

Check/replce fuse on invertorReplace Invertor or swap to verifyreseat it.


14

000005xx click at X for procedure00000501 No 550 VDC XCTVRC (Transformer) Replace CTVRC00000511 Rotor Controller Error XCTVRC (Transformer) Replace CTVRC00000512 Rotor Accelaration Error XRotor B’dFilament B’dCTVRC (30A fuse or IGBT)


00000521 Filament Overcurrent XFilament Cable(E-rack XJ06~ Cathode HV tank J2)orFilament Boardor Xray tube Filament

Reseat Cable.

Reseat. Replace if necessarycheck tube filament

00000522 No Filament Current XFilament Cable(E-rack XJ06~ Cathode HV tank J2)

Reseat Cable.




00000525 Filament Control Error XXray Tube Filament Check tube or replace00000531 MA Accuracy Error XFilament Cable(E-rack XJ06~ Cathode HV tank J2)orCPU B’d (ADC FAILURE)orHV Cables (Anode or Cathode)orFilament Boardor Xray tube

Reseat Cable.

Reseat/replace cpu b’d

Check if cables were swapped by mistake

Reseat. Replace if necessarycheck/replace tube

00000532 KV Accuracy Error XOptical Cables(E-Rack to HV INV)L.V.P.S. in E-RackXray TubeHV Tank

Reseat /Check CablesCheck/Replace P.S.Check/Replce TubeCheck/Replce Tank

00000533 Spits Error XXray Tube Spits Perform Heat Soak Procedure X00000535 Anode Over Current Xma Feedback parts(Anode HV Tank,Filament B’d CPU b’d or Xray Tube)

Replace faulty Part


15

000005xx click at X for procedure00000536 Cathode Over mA XmA Feedback parts(Cathode HV tank,Filament B’d, CPU b’d, Or XrayTube)

Check and replace faulty part.

00000537 Anode Over KV XXray Tube(Spits)KV b’dOptical Cables(E-rack to HV INV)HV Tank/HV Inv(anode or Cathode)

Perform Soak procedureReseat or replaceCheck and reseat or replaceReseat connection or replace Tank/Inv

00000538 Cathode Over KV XXray Tube(Spits)KV b’dOptical Cables(E-rack to HV INV)HV Tank/HV Inv(anode or Cathode)


00000539 Anode Shoot-Thru XXray Tube(Spits)KV b’dOptical Cables(E-rack to HV INV)HV Tank/HV Inv(anode or Cathode)


00000540 Cathode Shoot-Thru XXray Tube(Spits)KV b’dOptical Cables(E-rack to HV INV)HV Tank/HV Inv(anode or Cathode)


00000541 Anode Over Current XXray Tube(Spits)KV b’dFilament B’dCPU B’dOptical Cables(E-rack to HV INV)HV Tank/HV Inv(anode or Cathode)

Perform Soak procedureReseat or replaceReseat or replaceReseat or replaceCheck and reseat or replaceReseat connection or replace Tank/Inv

00000542 Cathode Over Current XXray Tube(Spits)KV b’dFilament B’dCPU B’dOptical Cables(E-rack to HV INV)HV Tank/HV Inv(anode or Cathode)

Perform Soak procedureReseat or replaceReseat or replaceReseat or replaceCheck and reseat or replaceReseat connection or replace Tank/Inv

00000544 KV Unbalance Error XXray Tube(Spits)KV b’dOptical Cables(E-rack to HV INV)HV Tank/HV Inv(anode or Cathode)HV Tank Connector of Tube

Perform Soak procedureReseat or replaceCheck and reseat or replaceReseat connection or replace Tank/InvCheck if 3 pins of connector are setproperly to the tank


16



00000549 System Safety Loop Open XXray Tube(tube pressure switch) Check Replace Tube00000572 Modification of Parameter is not allowed XFilament Cable(E-rack XJ06~ Cathode HV tank J2)orRotor boardorL.V. P. S. in E-rack

Reseat Cable.

Reseat or replace

Replace L.V.P.S.00000573 Phase Change is not allowed XFilament Cable(E-rack XJ06~ Cathode HV tank J2)orRotor boardorL.V. P. S. in E-rack

Reseat Cable.

Reseat or replace

Replace L.V.P.S.00000583 HV on Timeout Error XKV/MA feedback Cable(E-Rack toHVTanks)HV Invertors(F1-3A Fuses)HV Invertors( Capacitor)HV Invertor J1 Connector

Reseat cables


00000584 HV OFF Timeout Error XKV/MA feedback Cable(E-Rack toHVTanks)HV Invertors(F1-3A Fuses)HV Invertors( Capacitor)HV Invertor J1 Connector

Reseat cables



17


reseat and check cablescheck stator windings in tubereplace fuse or CTVRCRun Lo rotor speed bring 550 up






Reseat Cable.



Reseat Cable.





00000625 Filament Control Error XXray Tube Filament Check tube or replace00000648 Generator Safety Loop Open XL.V. P.S. in E-RackXray Tube(tube pressure switch)Xray Tube (Stator coil connector)HV tank Pressure switchIncorrect Cable Connection among E-rack, invertor, and HV tank



18

000006xx click at X for procedure00000649 System Safety Loop Open XSignal BrushXray TubeGantry Safety SwitchCPU B’dRotor B’dXG(Safety Loop) SW at Gantry Base


00000672 Modification of Parameter is not allowed XFilament Cable(E-rack XJ06~ Cathode HV tank J2)orRotor boardorL.V. P. S. in E-rack

Reseat Cable.

Reseat or replace

Replace L.V.P.S.00000673 Phase Change is not allowed XFilament Cable(E-rack XJ06~ Cathode HV tank J2)orRotor boardorL.V. P. S. in E-rack

Reseat Cable.

Reseat or replace

Replace L.V.P.S.00000684 HV OFF Timeout Error XKV/MA feedback Cable(E-Rack toHVTanks)HV Invertors(F1-3A Fuses)HV Invertors( Capacitor)HV Invertor J1 Connector

Reseat cables



19


reseat and check cablescheck stator windings in tubereplace fuse or CTVRCRun Lo rotor speed bring 550 up





00000716 Low Current Error XCTVRC(IGBT)Rotor CableXray Tube(Stator Coil)

Check Replace CTVRCCheck Rotor CableCheck/Replace Tube

00000718 Unbalance Error XOpticals Cables (E-Rack to CTVRC)Xray Tube(Stator Coil)Rotor CableCTVRC(IGBT)

reseat and check cablesCheck/Replace TubeCheck Rotor CableCheck Replace CTVRC


Reseat Cable.


00000722 No Filament Current XFilament Cable(E-rack XJ06~ Cathode HV tank J2)or Slip Ring (Gap)

Filament Board

Reseat Cable.





00000725 Filament Control Error XXray Tube Filament Check tube or replace


20






Reseat Cable.

Reseat or replace

Replace L.V.P.S.


21

HEAT SOAK PROCEDURE

Aq Location Tilt Time Kv mA Thick Delay

1-2 0.0 0 3.0 80 80 5.0 3.03-4 1605-5 250

7-16 30017-23 350 6.0

24 350 18025-28 13029-30 16031-36 120 10037-40 140 80

Perform The Scans above.

[Preset Prmtr] [1.Scan Prmtr] [14.I-EXTR] [Multi/Dynamic, Menu 20].or[Infant] [AuxB] [Multi Scan] [Menu No.] [No. 9]or Build your own protocol with the Above Scan Table.


22

XG Error 521Service Note 22014 or 26506

Problem: EA TUBE when scanning with High mA XG error 521 may occur due to Old FirmwareRev(2.00) of the EPROM (2100823, Location B3) on the CPU bd(2100821 or 2100830) in theOBC rack.

Solution: Perform Revision Up procedure of the EPROM.

Checking Firmware Version by the following steps.1. Turn Rotate Switch at Rear of gantry to off. (Keep 115Vac on and gantry in sys mode).2. Enter Generator Test Mode(Maint--Support--Generator/Tube--Generator Test).3. Take Gantry side covers off.4. Reset The XG By either pushing reset SW on CPU bd in OBC or by cycling the XG breaker on

the rotating Frame.5. Press <enter> Key at the console after aprox. 30 seconds when resetting the XG. This will

display the EPROM Firmware Version on the CRT.6. If V200 is displayed then you need to change the parameters otherwise End.

Changing.Parameters.1. Enter SS0 in response to ‘TO:’ for entering Parameter Change Mode. TO:SS0 ‘CR’2. Modify Parameter as follows: TO:d137 ‘CR’ ( To display data at address 137) FROM:DARAM137=5800 (5800:OLD DATA of Add 137) TO:m137=6050 ‘CR’ ( to modify data at address 137) TO:d137 ‘CR’ (to check overwriting) FROM:DARAM137=6050(6050 is the new data at addr 137)NOTE FOR m and d MUST BE LOWER CASE LETTERS..3. Repeat step 2 Until all parameters shown in the table below have been changed.

addr newData addr newData addr new data addr new data126 5750 133 5900 140 5950 276 980127 6200 134 6200 141 5000 277 975128 6650 135 5050 142 5350 278 970129 5670 136 5500 143 5850 285 980130 6100 137 6050 267 980 286 975131 6400 138 5050 268 975 487 055132 5650 139 5450 269 970

4. Register the modified parameters to the EPROM as follows: verify that WRITE EEP OK is displayed in response to FROM: TO:SSW ‘CR’ FROM:WRITE EEP OK

Press End to terminate the procedure then reset the operator console by rebooting or the resetswitch.Turn the Rotate switch back on at the rear of gantry.perform mA Calibration using (Maint-Support-Generator Test-Tube Calibration-Change Parameter.)


23

Entering/Exiting Parameter Display/Modify Mode

Maintenance $$SupportGenerator/TubeGenerator TestSS0 (SSzero at the To: Prompt will put the generator at the Display/Modify mode)TO:dNNN (to display Contents of addr NNN in the range of 0-586) ( Lower case d and addr 1 will be entered as 001)TO:mNNN=XXXX ( to modify an addr contents leading zero’s must be entered)SSW ( to write to the EEPROM)SSC (Default values loaded from EPROM to EEPROM If you do this you need to recalibrate the generator i.e mA cals.)N ( enter N at the TO: prompt to exit the Display/Modify parameter).

Entering/Exiting Service Test ModeMaintenance $$SupportGenerator/TubeGenerator TestS (enter S at TO: prompt the generator responds with the P0 message meaning that the Gen is now in Phase 0 at the FROM: prompt. The Gen is now in the Service Test Mode.

S11 to S52. (All Service tests can be run here ).

N ( enter N at the TO:prompt to exit the service Test Mode)

Gen Test(Phase 1)

Service Test Mode(Phase 0)

Service test selectionand execution

Service Test End

N

S

SXX(XX:11,12...)

SEO

Entry point of

Diags


24

Rotor Test

How to Get into Diagnostics.

S11 (Status of Autotest report)-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------TO: S <RTN> FROM: P0TO: S11 <RTN>TO: <RTN> FROM: P0 (...test results...) ...................................TO: N <RTN> ( to exit service mode) FROM: P1TO:

This Test will return some status codes you need the book to decode it there are twodifferent types of firmware versions that represent different outputs.

if the system is working you should not experience any error codes when running this test.------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

S14 (Hi Speed Rotor Test Manual Mode)------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------TO: S <RTN> FROM: P0TO: S14 <RTN> FROM: P1TO: ( <RTN> (to close safety loop)TO: P <RTN> (to start the rotor) Upper case PTO: <RTN> (after the 550 or 750 VDC is turned off) FROM: P2 FROM: P3 FROM: P7 FROM: P1 (....TEST RESULTS) .................................................TO: ) <RTN> ( to open the safety loop)TO: SE0 <RTN> (to exit test S14, if this command is input before brake is applied to the rotor, brake will not be applied to it. In this case wait until the rotor stops before performing another test.)TO: N <RTN> (to exit service mode) FROM: P1TO:

Compare the Test results in the book No errors should Occur.

This test will bring the rotor up to 10000 RPM No errors should be encountered the sametest is available for Lo speed rotor Test S13 but it is normal to report a failure sometimeson the Lo speed test i.e. e716.-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

More Rotor Tests.


25

More Rotor Tests.

How to Get into Diagnostics.

S16 This is High Speed rotor test Automatic [ S , S16, (, <RTN>, ), SE0, N ]

S17 This is a rotor controller board/invertor test. This is made without 550/750VDC This is a good test of the logic and MOSFET drive signals. You can start this test and look at the LED’s on the CTVRC controller board. These should be flickering which indicates (qualitatively) that the rotor subsystem is operating. [ S, S17, verify LEDS DS122, 177, 51, 88 are cycling on , SE0, N ]

S18 This test is a Rotor Cycle Test it takes the rotor thru the entire cycle of Run and Braking. [ S, S18, (, <RTN>, ) , SE0, N ] *** Make sure rotor is stopped before you Open the Safety Loop with the ) bracket command otherwise the rotor will not be Braked.

Consult The Diagnostic Manual for error decodes and more information.


26

Filament Test

How to Get into Diagnostics.What Firmware Version Do I have?Version 3.05 Firmware Only.

S21 This Test Displays the results of the Autotest for filament board that is executedupon entering the diagnostics, or the results of Test S23 or Xray generator powerreset

[ S, S21, <RTN>, N ]

S22 Same As S21 but it displays the latter part of the results. [ S, S22, <RTN>, N ]

S23 Executes Autotest for the Filament Board and displays the former part of the results. [ S, S23, <RTN>, N ]

S24 Displays the latter part of test S23 [ S, S24, <RTN>, N ]

S25 This Flows a current of 3 Amps in the small Filament. [ S, S25, SE0, N ]

S26 This Flows a current of 3 Amps in theLarge Filament. [ S, S26, SE0, N ]

Consult The Diagnostic Manual for error decodes and more information.---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------What Firmware Version Do I have?Version 1.10 or 2.00 or 2.01 Firmware Only.

S21 This Test Displays the results of the Autotest for filament board that is executedupon entering the diagnostics, or the results of Test S23 or Xray generator powerreset

[ S, S21, <RTN>, N ]

S22 Executes Autotest for the Filament Board and displays the results. [ S, S22, <RTN>, N ]

S23 This Flows a current of 3 Amps in the small Filament. [ S, S23, SE0, N ]

S24 This Flows a current of 3 Amps in theLarge Filament. [ S, S24, SE0, N ]

Consult The Diagnostic Manual for error decodes and more information.


27

KV Tests


S31 This Displays the results of the Autotest for the KV board which was last executed or upon a reset of the generator power. [ S, S31, <RTN>, N ]

S32 This executes the Autotest and displays the results. [ S, S32, <RTN>, N ]

S33 KV Control Test. It tests the KV Control Board, (Large Focus Fil is tested also) No 550 VDC is used No HV generated. It nerifies the HV on/off sequencing, this test is done with the ST1 Jumper on KV board in OBC in normal position (1-2) [ S, S33, <, >, SE0, N ]

S34 Displays the latter part of test results by S33 [ S, S34, <RTN>, N ]

S35 This is KV Loop Test , No 550VDC, No HV generated, This test operates the Drive Signal ( for KV inverter) generator circuit on the KV board. This Test rquires that Jumper ST1 of KV board to be in TANTCA or (7-8) or HV+HV- position depending on the way your KV board is labeled. Also this verifies the ability of the OBC CPU board safety loop relay to stop exposures. [ ST1 jumper in TANTCA, S, S35, <, >, SE0, N ] Put Jumper back in NOR position when done.

S36 Anode Hi Pot Test. HV +40KV is generated but NO mA is output from the Tank In this test KV control circuits are disabled, the feedback circuits from the HV tank to the control circuits of the KV board are excluded fro test. This test requires ST1 Jumper to be in TAN or (3-4) or HV+ position depending on labeling of your board. CAUTION: IN THIS TEST THE ANODE IS ACTIVE AND PRODUCING KV. Number of spits are reported in the form of sXXX. [ ST1 to TAN, S, S36, (, <, ?, >, ), SE0, N ] Put Jumper back in NOR position when done.

S37 Cathode Hi Pot Test. HV -40KV is generated but NO mA is output from the Tank In this test KV control circuits are disabled, the feedback circuits from the HV tank to the control circuits of the KV board are excluded fro test. This test requires ST1 Jumper to be in TCA or (5-6) or HV- position depending on labeling of your board. CAUTION: IN THIS TEST THE CATH IS ACTIVE AND PRODUCING KV. Number of spits are reported in the form of sXXX. [ ST1 to TCA, S, S37, (, <, ?, >, ), SE0, N ] Put Jumper back in NOR position when done.


28

KV Tests (CONT.)


S38 Anode and Cathode HV Test *)KV is generated NO mA . In this test KV control circuits are disabled, the feedback circuits from the HV tank to the control circuits of the KV board are excluded from test. This test requires ST1 Jumper to be in TANTCA or (7-8) position depending on labeling of your board. CAUTION: IN THIS TEST THE HV IS ACTIVE AND PRODUCING KV. Number of spits are reported in the form of sXXX. [ ST1 to TANTCA, S, S38, (, <, ?, >, ), SE0, N ] Put Jumper back in NOR position when done.

S39 Inverter Test. Operates the KV inverter with its outputs Shorted. Therfore HV is not generated. Inverter output currents are measured. The use of ? in the test sequence will cause the KV and the Current to be reported to the screen. ST1 Jumper in TANTCA , also jumper the P1 and P2 leads of both Xfmrs. on some systems you may have to do this for each side separately. [ S, S39, (, <, ?, ?, >, ), SE0, N ] Put Jumper back in NOR position when done. Remove Jumpers from P1 P2.


29

KV Tests

How to Get into Diagnostics.What Firmware Version Do I have?Version 1.10 or 2.00 or 2.01 Firmware Only.

S31 This Displays the results of the Autotest for the KV board which was last executed or upon a reset of the generator power. [ S, S31, <RTN>, N ]

S32 This executes the Autotest and displays the results. [ S, S32, <RTN>, N ]

S33 KV Control Test. It tests the KV Control Board, (Large Focus Fil is tested also) No 550 VDC is used No HV generated. It nerifies the HV on/off sequencing, this test is done with the ST1 Jumper on KV board in OBC in normal position (1-2) [ S, S33, <, >, SE0, N ]

S34 This is KV Loop Test , No 550VDC, No HV generated, This test operates the Drive Signal ( for KV inverter) generator circuit on the KV board. This Test rquires that Jumper ST1 of KV board to be in TANTCA or (7-8) or HV+HV- position depending on the way your KV board is labeled. Also this verifies the ability of the OBC CPU board safety loop relay to stop exposures. [ ST1 jumper in TANTCA, S, S34, <, >, SE0, N ] Put Jumper back in NOR position when done.

S35 Anode Hi Pot Test. HV +40KV is generated but NO mA is output from the Tank In this test KV control circuits are disabled, the feedback circuits from the HV tank to the control circuits of the KV board are excluded fro test. This test requires ST1 Jumper to be in TAN or (3-4) or HV+ position depending on labeling of your board. CAUTION: IN THIS TEST THE ANODE IS ACTIVE AND PRODUCING KV. Number of spits are reported in the form of sXXX. [ ST1 to TAN, S, S35, (, <, ?, >, ), SE0, N ] Put Jumper back in NOR position when done.

S36 Cathode Hi Pot Test. HV -40KV is generated but NO mA is output from the Tank In this test KV control circuits are disabled, the feedback circuits from the HV tank to the control circuits of the KV board are excluded fro test. This test requires ST1 Jumper to be in TCA or (5-6) or HV- position depending on labeling of your board. CAUTION: IN THIS TEST THE CATH IS ACTIVE AND PRODUCING KV. Number of spits are reported in the form of sXXX. [ ST1 to TCA, S, S36, (, <, ?, >, ), SE0, N ] Put Jumper back in NOR position when done.


30

KV Tests (CONT.)


S37 Anode and Cathode HV Test *)KV is generated NO mA . In this test KV control circuits are disabled, the feedback circuits from the HV tank to the control circuits of the KV board are excluded from test. This test requires ST1 Jumper to be in TANTCA or (7-8) position depending on labeling of your board. CAUTION: IN THIS TEST THE HV IS ACTIVE AND PRODUCING KV. Number of spits are reported in the form of sXXX. [ ST1 to TANTCA, S, S37, (, <, ?, >, ), SE0, N ] Put Jumper back in NOR position when done.

S38 Inverter Test. Operates the KV inverter with its outputs Shorted. Therfore HV is not generated. Inverter output currents are measured. The use of ? in the test sequence will cause the KV and the Current to be reported to the screen. ST1 Jumper in TANTCA , also jumper the P1 and P2 leads of both Xfmrs. on some systems you may have to do this for each side separately. [ S, S38, (, <, ?, ?, >, ), SE0, N ] Put Jumper back in NOR position when done. Remove Jumpers from P1 P2.


31

PDU Test of the 550 VDC


S51 The PDU outputs 550 or 750 VDC the generator CPU checks the safety loop signals. [ S, S51, (, you’ll have 550/750 at the DCRGS for 95 seconds, <RTN>, ), SE0, N ]

S52 The PDU outputs 550 or 750, This test is same as S51 except the test requires keyinput of P.

[S, S52, (, P, have 550/750 at the DCRGS for 95 seconds, <RTN>, ), SE0, N ]


S51 The PDU outputs 550, This test is same as S52 except the test requires key input of P. [S, S51, (, P, have 550 at the DCRGS for 95 seconds, <RTN>, ), SE0, N ]

S52 The PDU outputs 550 VDC the generator CPU checks the safety loop signals. [ S, S52, (, you’ll have 550 at the DCRGS for 95 seconds, <RTN>, ), SE0, N ]


32

XG-Error #181 550V timeout error

Start

550v

Timeout

Blown

fuse

Fuses

CTVRC

No

Replace fuseck 50/60 HZ jmpr

in DCRGSReplace CTVRC

if needed

Ck DCRGS ManuallyClick here for procedure

550VDCOK?

CK F4,F5,F6 inPDUCK F1,F2,F3 in DCRGS

Replace DCRGS if needed

Ck 550V Fault detect CKT1. Change JP1 on Rotor Control B'd to 550V check skip

mode

550 VTimeout?

Replace Rotor Control B'd

Replace CPU B'd

Y

N

N

Y

N

Y

N

Y


33

DCRGS Manual Check

1. Connect a DVM to TB3-2 and TB3-3 on the PDU (use 1000VDC scale)

2. Connect a jumper between TP34 and Cathode side of CR38 on PDU control Board.

3. Monitor DVM, Should have 550 VDC

4. Disconnect a jumper cable

Note You may need to disconnect LOAD cables on TB3-2 and 3 incase something isLoading it down.


34

XG-Error #49 Safety Loop

Start

#49Safety Loop

is it O.K?

CK SignalBrush Dust

NoReplace Brush

or Clean as necessary

CK Generator Safety Loop1. Tube Thermal/pressure sw

2. HV tank pressure sw3. Invertor interlock.

OK?Replace Tube, tank etc

if necessary

CK CPU DS6 LED(Safety Loop Open)

Replace CPU B'd or Rotor B'd.

Ck Connectors and Cables.

N

Y

N

Y

N

Y


35

XG-Error #524 No Filament Supply

Start

#524No Fil Sup.

>= 31V

Ck Fil Supply 35V1. connect DVM to XJ15-1 and 5

on the E-Rack2. monitor DVM should = 35VDC

No

Ck for 115Vac input

Ck Fil B'd LED

Is DE1 LEDLit

Ck Connector & Cable

Replace Fil B'd

N

Y

N

Y

N

Y


36

XG-Error #544 KV Unbalanced

Start

#524No Fil Sup.

>= 31V

Ck Fil Supply 35V1. connect DVM to XJ15-1 and 5

on the E-Rack2. monitor DVM should = 35VDC

No

Ck for 115Vac input

Ck Fil B'd LED

Is DE1 LEDLit

Ck Connector & Cable

Replace Fil B'd

N

Y

N

Y

N

Y


37

XG-Error #532 KV Accuracy

Start

532KV accuracy

Is it OK?

Ck Inverter Optical cable Connection

NoFix

Connection

Ck INV Freq or Replace.

N

N

Y

Y


38

XG-Error #537 Anode Over KV

CK Inv Optical Cables, HV Cables and FDBKCables for loose connections

Ck KV FDBK 1. Connect DVM to TP32(ca_kv) and GND on KV Loop B'd2. monitor DVM with Stat. Xray on should = 1v/10kv 3. connect a DVM to TP9(an_kv) and GND 4. Monitor a DVM should read 1v/10kv

Unbalance? Go to beginning

Swap Cathode INV with Anode INV.

Does ProblemMove

Replace Anode INV

Suspect Tube or Tank

Start

N

Y

N

Y


39

XG-Error #538 Cathode Over KV

CK Inv Optical Cables, HV Cables and FDBKCables for loose connections

Ck KV FDBK 1. Connect DVM to TP32(ca_kv) and GND on KV Loop B'd2. monitor DVM with Stat. Xray on should = 1v/10kv 3. connect a DVM to TP9(an_kv) and GND 4. Monitor a DVM should read 1v/10kv

Unbalance? Go to beginning

Swap Cathode INV with Anode INV.

Does ProblemMove

Replace Cath. INV

Suspect Tube or Tank

Start

N

Y

N

Y


40

XG-Error #541 Anode Overcurrent

Perform Heat Soak

Is It OK? Suspect Tube

Go to Start

Start

N


41

XG-Error #542 Cathode Overcurrent

Perform Heat Soak

Is It OK? Suspect Tube

Go to Start

Start

N


42

XG-Error #22 No Filament Current

LED Problem?

Ck Fil B'd LED's(DE6 Filament Open)(DE7 Filament Over)

Replace Fil B'd

CK Fil Cable XJ06 on E-rackXJ 02 on Cathode HV tank

Are theyOK?

Replace Fil Cable.

CK Cathode HV Cable Connector pin.

Start

Y

N

Y

N


43

XG-Error #072 EXP Para Mod Error

LED Problem?


Replace Fil B'd


Are theyOK?

Replace Fil Cable.


Start

Y

N

Y

N


44

XG-Error #521 Fil OverCurrent

LED Problem?


Replace Fil B'd


Are theyOK?

Replace Fil Cable.


Start

Y

N

Y

N


45

XG-Error #531 mA Accuracy


Are theyOK?

Replace Fil Cable.


Start

N

Y


46

XG-Error #201 550V errorXG-Error #211 Rotor Controller Error

XG-Error #21E

OK?

Ck Tube Stator Resistance1-10 23+/-2 Ohms3-10 23+/-2 Ohms

Suspect Tube.

Ck Rotor Control B'd1. P-on Test

2. Auto Test (S12)

OK? Replace Rotor Cont B'd

Replace CTVRC

Start

Y

N

N

Y


47

Generator Command Definitions.

N - This command brings you back to the operating level after running Diags or Debugger

S - This command puts you in the service Level (this is where diags are run)

Kxxx - Sets the KV for tests S40 and S41. Note xxx must be 3 digits.

Mxxx - Sets the mA value for tests S40 and S41. Note xxx must be 3 digits.

Txxx - This command sets the value of the backup timer for S40 and S41.

sH or sL - Sets the rotor speed for tests S40 S41.

fL or fS - Sets the focal spot for S40 and S41

P - This command preps the generator (similar to the start scan)

p - This unpreps the generator, i.e brakes the rotor etc... Lower case p.

X - This command is the software exposure enable command S40 And S41

R - This turns Xray on.

r - Terminates exposure for test S40 S41

( - Closes the safety Loop. this lites the SET SCAN Button to indicate 550VDC

) - opens the safety loop. Scan SET LIGHT is extinguished.

< - asserts the Expcmd signal to the generator. It lites the SCAN button.

> - Deasserts the Expcmd signal.

SS0(ss Zero) - Once in the service level this commands puts you into the parameter debugger Here you can display or modify the parameters.

Sxy - where xy is the test you wish to execute.

SE0(SE zero) - type this command at the end of a test to terminate the test and return to the service level.

dxxx - diplays contents of address xxx d is lower case.

mxxx =yyyy - This command modifies the contents of address xxx with values of yyyy.

SSW - this copies the RAM contents into the EEPROM.

SSC - This resets the EEPROM with default values. Run tube cal after you initiated this.


48

XG Errors 0XX

XG Errors 1XX

XG Errors 2XX

XG Errors 3XX

XG Errors 4XX

XG Errors 5XX

XG Errors 6XX

XG Errors 7XX

HEAT SOAK

ROTOR TEST

FILAMENT TEST

KV TEST

PDU TEST

DCRGS MANUAL

XG #181

FLOWCHARTSPROCEDURESTABLES

XG #49

XG #524

XG #544

XG #532

XG #537

XG #538

XG #541

XG #542

XG #22

XG #72

XG #521

XG #201 211 21E


49

CT PACE AND SYTEC 2K 3K 4K

HI POT TUBE

Check HV INVERTER

XG FAILResponse Timeout

XG Not Ready

XG FAILDuring Scan

w/ LED Indication

XG FAILIntermittent

No LED Indication

Raw Data Analysis


50

HV Test with NO mA

1. Remove the HV Cables from the Xfmrs Anode and Cathode sides.2. Add oil to the wells of the xfmrs.

Anode Side Test (Positive Side).

3. Set the jumpers J7, J8, J9 and switch SW10 on the POWER CONT b’d as follows: o o o o o o o o o FB MNL NML TEST NML TEST J7 J8 J9On SW 10 set Bit 1 to off only. 2-8 should be left on.

4. Turn Pots RV1 and RV2 to CCW limit.

5. Disconnect CN1, connect the test cable from CN1 to CN15 to enable the off-line exposures.

6. Set 120 KV and 0 mA on SW5~SW9 Click here to see the KV and mA Table.

7. Disconnect the Cable from CN7(negative side MOSFET drive signals).

8. Push SW1 (TEST SW). The LED’s PWR0~PWR11 will blink.

9. Switch on SW4(XG ON) and then SW3(HV ON). Confirm that the KV meter indicate zero.

10. Turn Pot RV1 slowly in the CW direction & confirm that KV will not rise beyond approx. 6 KV.

11. Turn RV1 slowly in the CCW direction until KV is about to fall from 6 KV.

12. Turn RV2 slowly in the CW direction until KV stops to increase. Turn RV1 a little in the CW direction until the KV stops to increase.

13. Repeat step 12 until 60 KV is reached. Then turn RV1 in the CCW direction until KV is about to fall from 60 KV.

14. Switch off HV ON and XG ON.

To Test the HV on the Negative side Do the Followings.

15. Disconnect the cable From CN4(positive side MOSFET drive signal) and connect the cable which was disconnected before to CN7.

16. Repeat steps 4, 8-14.

17. Replace the jumpers and SW10 to normal.

18. Turn RV2 to the CW limit and RV1 to the CCW limit.


51

KV & MA Table

Switches LED’s SWITCHES LED’sKV SW5 SW

6D17 D18 mA SW7 SW8 SW

9D19 D20 D21

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

80 0 1 0 1 40 0 0 1 0 0 1

120 1 0 1 0 60 0 1 0 0 1 0

140 1 1 1 1 80 0 1 1 0 1 1

1:UP 1:on 100 1 0 0 1 0 0

0:DN 0:off

130 1 0 1 1 0 1

160 1 1 0 1 1 0


52

HV Inverter Crossing

PowerControlBoard

Positive-------------Negative HV -

Tank

HV +Tank

PowerControlBoard

Positive-------------Negative HV -

Tank

HV +Tank

CN4

CN7

(A) Normal Drive

CN7

CN4

CN4

CN7

CN7

CN4

(B) Cross Drive

1. Connect the Cross Drive connections.2. Set J9 on POWER CONT b’d to the Test Position this disables the under KV voltage indication.3. Set 120KV 40mA . Click here to see KV and mA Table.4. Perform exposures and see if the problem moves.5. Reconnect everything back up to normal and set J9 back to NML.Info is in S/N 8011.


53

XG Fail Response Timeout XG not ready

1. Fuse F1 on Fil Cont Board.

2. FET's on Fil Cont B'd w/o F1 Fuse

3. Fuse F3 of Rotor Inverter.

4. FET's of Rotor Invert.

Power Fail Over Heat

1. Thermal SW of Tube 2. Pressure SW of Tube 3. OH Line (Rotor Cable)

No Rotor Prep

1. Run, OC LED? Rotor Cont B'd may be bad.

2. Stator Current Green Line TP G2/U48 Pin 4

3. Stator Current White Line TP W2/U48 Pin 5

4. Tube Stator Coil? 5. Rotor Cable??

Fil OverCurrent

1.VREF on Fil Cont?? 2.Output Voltage??

(TP 4 on FIL Cont) 3.Output Current ??

(TP 3 on FIL Cont) 4.Check TP3 and TP4

w/o tube Filamnet. 5.Check Tube Filament


54

XG Fail with LED Indication

DOWN VOLTAGE INDICATION.1. “P” or “N” ??2. Check fuses on INVERTER Ass’y.3. Hi Pot The system Run One side at a time.4. Most Likely failure. INVERTER, TANK , Tube.

OVER VOLTAGE INDICATION.1. “P” or “N” ??2. Hi Pot The system Run One side at a time.3. If accompanied with Over Load most likely it is a Tube.4. Check INVERTER Ass’y.

OVER LOAD INDICATION.1. “P” or “N” ??2. Hi Pot The system Run One side at a time.3. Check INVERTER Ass’y.

XG Fail Without LED Indication.1. Check Tube Pressure SW2. Check Gantry Eergency Switches bang on gantry cover during scan.3. Check Emergency switches connections at the Generator.4. Check Rotor Cable OH Line.


55

RAW DATA ANALYSIS OF BAD SLICE

1. Get RAW DATA of bad slice.2. Support Program.3. Statistics. (w/ Offset Correction)4. Store Original Data into support File.5. Support Display (range 0~50000)6. Set Window/Level Check image.7. Find out last View (View (x) )8. Set Cursor to ch 702, View X9. Mangnify (x 5).10. Set W/L11. Set Cursor to CH #702 View X.12. Profile (H) range 0 ~ 500013. Check Transition of Profile.

NO TUBE SPIT TUBE SPIT

Notice the sharp drop off of theWaveform.

gGE Medical Systems

Advanced Service Documentation -- Property of GE“For GE Service Personnel Only”No Rights Licensed — Do Not Use or Copy -- Disclosure to Third Parties Prohibited

CT TechnicalPublication

Direction 2145708Rev 0

High Voltage Best Practices

Copyright 1995 by GE Medical Systems

GE Medical Systems


GE Exclusive Use OnlyRestricted to General Electric Medical Systems (GEMS) personnel only.

Permission to use this Restricted Service Software and related documentation (hereinafter

called the ”Material”) by persons other than GE Medical Systems employees is prohibited.

This Material is the property of GEMS and contains information which is restricted to use by

GEMS Manufacturing, Engineering and Service personnel. Any reproduction in whole or in

part is strictly prohibited. Neither this material nor any information contained herein shall be

disclosed to anyone outside of GEMS Manufacturing, Engineering and Service personnel.

If you are not a GE Medical Systems employee, you must exit this material now.

GE Medical Systems


• If a customer's service provider requires a language other thanEnglish, it is the customer's responsibility to provide translationservices.

• Do not attempt to service the equipment unless this service manualhas been consulted and is understood.

• Failure to heed this Warning may result in injury to the serviceprovider, operator or patient from electric shock, mechanical orother hazards.

• Ce Manuel de maintenance n'est disponible qu'en anglais.

• Si le technicien du client a besoin de ce manuel dans une autrelangue que l'anglais, c'est au client qu'il incombe de le fairetraduire.

• Ne pas tenter d'intervention sur les équipements tant que lemanuel Service n'a pas été consulté et compris.

• Le non_respect de cet avertissement peut entraîner chez letechnicien, l'opérateur ou le patient des blessures dues à desdangers électriques, mécaniques ou autres.

• Dieses Kundendienst-Handbuch existiert nur in englischerSprache.

• Falls ein fremder Kundendienst eine andere Sprache benötigt, istes Aufgabe des Kunden für eine entsprechende Übersetzung zusorgen.

• Versuchen Sie nicht, das Gerät zu reparieren, bevor diesesKundendienst-Handbuch nicht zu Rate gezogen und verstandenwurde.

• Wird diese Warnung nicht beachtet, so kann es zu Verletzungendes Kundendiensttechnikers, des Bedieners oder des Patientendurch elektrische Schläge, mechanische oder sonstige Gefahrenkommen.

• Este Manual de Servicio sólo existe en inglés.

• Si algún proveedor de servicios ajeno a GEMS solicita un idiomaque no sea el inglés, es responsabilidad del cliente ofrecer unservicio de traducción.

• No se deberá dar servicio técnico al equipo, sin haber consultado ycomprendido este manual de servicio.

• La no observancia del presente aviso puede dar lugar a que elproveedor de servicios, el operador o el paciente sufran lesionesprovocadas por causas eléctricas, mecánicas o de otra naturaleza.

WARNING

AVERTISSEMENT

WARUNG

AVISO

GE Medical Systems


• Este Manual de Assistência Técnica só se encontra disponível emInglês.

• Se qualquer outro serviço de assistência técnica, quE não aGEMS, solicitar estes manuais noutro idioma, é daresponsabilidade do cliente fornecer os serviços de tradução.

• Não tente reparar o equipamento sem ter consultado ecompreendido este Manual de Assistência Técnica.

• O não cumprimento deste aviso pode por em perigo a segurançado técnico, operador ou paciente devido a` choques elétricos,mecânicos ou outros.

• Il presente manuale di manutenzione è disponibile soltanto ininglese.

• Se un addetto alla manutenzione esterno alla GEMS richiede ilmanuale in una lingua diversa, il cliente è tenuto a provvederedirettamente alla traduzione.

• Si proceda alla manutenzione dell'apparecchiatura solo dopo averconsultato il presente manuale ed averne compreso il contenuto.

• Non tenere conto della presente avvertenza potrebbe far compiereoperazioni da cui derivino lesioni all'addetto alla manutenzione,all'utilizzatore ed al paziente per folgorazione elettrica, per urtimeccanici od altri rischi.

ATENÇÃO

AVVERTENZA

GE Medical Systems


X-RAY PROTECTION -- IMPORTANT!

X–ray equipment if not properly used may cause injury. Accordingly, the instructionsherein contained should be thoroughly read and understood by everyone who will use theequipment before you attempt to place this equipment in operation. The General ElectricCompany, Medical Systems Group, will be glad to assist and cooperate in placing thisequipment in use.

Although this apparatus incorporates a high degree of protection against x–radiation other thanthe useful beam, no practical design of equipment can provide complete protection. Nor can anypractical design compel the operator to take adequate precautions to prevent the possibility of anypersons carelessly exposing themselves or others to radiation.

It is important that everyone having anything to do with x–radiation be properly trained and fullyacquainted with the recommendations of the National Council on Radiation Protection andMeasurements as published in NCRP Reports available from NCRP Publications, 7910 WoodmontAvenue, Room 1016, Bethesda, Maryland 20814, and of the International Commission on RadiationProtection, and take adequate steps to protect against injury.

The equipment is sold with the understanding that the General Electric Company, MedicalSystems Group, its agents, and representatives have no responsibility for injury or damage whichmay result from improper use of the equipment.Various protective material and devices are available.It is urged that such materials or devices be used.

CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT

All electrical installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site preparedfor the equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. In addition, electrical feedsinto the Power Distribution Unit shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Otherconnections between pieces of electrical equipment, calibrations, and testing shall be performed byqualified GE Medical personnel. The products involved (and the accompanying electricalinstallations) are highly sophisticated, and special engineering competence is required. In performingall electrical work on these products, GE will use its own specially trained field engineers. All ofGE’s electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the applicable electricalcodes.

The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel (i.e., GE’s field engineers,personnel of third–party service companies with equivalent training, or licensed electricians) toperform electrical servicing on the equipment.

DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION

All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery. If damage is apparent, have notation“damage in shipment ” written on all copies of the freight or express bill before delivery is acceptedor “signed for” by a General Electric representative or a hospital receiving agent. Whether noted orconcealed, damage MUST be reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery, or in any event,within 14 days after receipt, and the contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier. Atransportation company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested within this14 day period.

Call Traffic and Transportation, Milwaukee, WI (414) 827-3449/ 8*285-3449 immediately afterdamage is found. At this time be ready to supply name of carrier, delivery date, consignee name,freight or express bill number, item damaged and extent of damage. Complete instructions regardingclaim procedure are found in Section “S” of the Policy & Procedure Bulletins. -- 6/17/94


TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 1 CT Hi-Speed High Voltage Troubleshooting Guide

SECTION 2 CT 9800 / HLA High Voltage Best Practices


gDIRECTION 2145708, Rev 0 GE Medical Systems

CT HI-SPEED

HIGH VOLTAGE

TROUBLESHOOTING

GUIDE


Please observe all lockout and safety precautions when working around High Voltage systems.


TABLE OF CONTENTS


2,3. High Voltage Troubleshooting Flow Diagrams

4. Procedure 1, Examine Error Logs, Install New Tube

5. Service Note T-1281

6. Procedure 2, Hi-Pot Test (KV Loop)

7. Hi-Pot Test Results

8. Procedure 3, KV Functional Test

9. KV Functional Test Results

10. Procedure 4, Disconnecting P1 & P2 on the HV Tanks

Procedure 5, HV Fiber Optics

11,12. Procedure 6, Sweep Tank

APPENDIX A. MA Board / Filament

B. Rotor Tests

C. DCRGS Troubleshooting, SN T-1333

D. Waveforms, HV Tank TP1

E. KV Feedback Pot

G. Tube Chart



INTRODUCTION

This guide was assembled in order to assist the GE Field Service Engineer troubleshoothigh voltage problems in the Hi-Speed CT Scanner . It is not intended to be a “fix-all”guide. Refer to the CD Rom documentation and service manuals for additionaltroubleshooting information. The flow chart on pages 2-4 has references in corner blocksto the numbered procedures in this guide.

Any comments or suggestions should be addressed to one of the CT Support Engineersin the Central Atlantic Region.



PAGE 1


Your comments and feedback are welcome. Please contact one of the RSE's listed

Shoot-Thrus,overcurrents,spits, out ot

toleranceerrors?

NO Suspecttube ,HV

cables

YES

DisconnectPI&P2 off of

tanks.Run KV loop

test.

HVerrors sti l l

exist?

HV errors sti l l

exist?

Start

Turn machineback to

customer

A

CT HSA HIGH VOLTAGE TROUBLESHOOTING.

NOTE: THIS PROCEDURE ASSUMES THAT NORMAL 550VDC EXISTS. IF THE RAIL VOLTAGE IS SUSPECT, REFER TO THE DCRGS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE.

Hard /intermittent

View error log,perform Install

New tube1

Performscans

No

Run KV Loopand KV

FunctionalTests. Record

Anode andCathode HV

and duty cyclevalues.

2,3

Yes

Hi-Pot (KV Loop)system. Monitor

TP1 on Tankmeasurment

boards.

4

2


Don't forget to scope TP1 on the measurement board of HV tank for both KVLOOP and KVFUNCTIONAL tests. Refer to Appendix "D" for sample waveforms.

Suspect inverter.

ReconnectP1 & P2

Does anodeduty cycle

exceedcathode?

Suspectanode

inverter

YES

Run KV boardtest & light

pipeverification.

Do KV boardtests pass?

NOSuspect

KV board

YES

Swapinverters.Run KV

functionaltest.

Do duty cyclevalues swap

anode tocathode?

Replaceappropriate

inverter

NO

Run KV Functionaltest. Compare

Anode and Cathodeduty cycle.

A

HVerrors still

exist?

YES NO SuspectHV tank.Performsweeptank

procedure.

YES

NO

CALLSUPPORT

CT HSA HIGH VOLTAGE TROUBLESHOOTING (cont.)

6

3

5

3

D. Kuhn

For more support please contact one of your Region Support engineers or the OLC.


A tank that passes the sweep tank is not necessarily good. But one that fails should be considered defective.

GE Medical Systems

* PROCEDURE 1

1. Review the “MESSAGES” log at the Applications Level. Look for and note any of the following errors:

“MA or KV out of tolerance errors”“Anode / Cathode overcurrents”“Anode / Cathode shoot thrus”“Tube Spits”“Max. Spit Count Exceeded”

2. Review “Tube spits” . Utilities /CT Tools / Run Time Stats. Look for tube spits per 10 scans ratio. A ratiohigher than 10 spits per 10 scans indicates a spitting tube.

3. Verify that the Tube Rotor is spinning. Usually you can hear the Rotor, but you cannot verify the correctspeed. To do this you will have to obtain a Reed Tachometer from your test equipment pool (P/N 46-194427P408). High speed RPM’s should be approximately 10,000.

4. Inspect the oil and candle sticks at the Tube and Tanks. Look for any discoloration in the oil and thecorrect amount in the wells. Inspect the candlesticks for cracks.

5. If steps 3 and 4 are OK, run “Install New Tube” . Utilities / CT tools / Gen Cal / Install New Tube.

NOTE: If “Install New Tube” will not run you may have to run Manual MA Cal. See SN 1281 (nextpage).


PAGE 4

October 30, 1993 SERVICE NOTE----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

HSA GENCAL SLOPE PROBLEMS SN T-1281----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PROBLEM:Cannot run Install New Tube or Auto MA after a tube change or when attempting to update the gencal slope.

SYMPTOM AND ERROR LOG EXAMPLE:Fri. Aug. 27 13:42:48 1993Suite:PROV Host: OC0 Proc:tls Error: 80027File GenCalData.m 1.10 Method genCalSlope() line: 1292Invalid Argument slope

Fri. Aug. 27 13:42:48 1993Suite PROV Host: OC0 Proc:tls Error: 8004File: GenCalData.m 1.10 Method: genCalSlope() Line: 1296KV - 80 Ma - 105.0 FilamentCur 5.791KV - 80 Ma - 104.8 FilamentCur 5.809 Slope - -0.045

Fri Aug. 27 14:03:02 1993Suite:PROV Host:OBC Proc: Generator Error:183130File: Method:no Method Line:411Function:X-RAY GENERATION: Rotating Backup Timer InterlockScan: 0/0/6 Type:StaticException Level:Pri/Most Severe Time: 14:03:02:525 Log Series:46I/O Fault Detected: Backup timer expired.Scanning hardware reset successful.scan failed with scanCompleteStat 0

SOLUTION:Run Manual MA Cal to create cal seed values that do not run the slope into negative numbers.

1. Enter Manual MA.2. Select 80KV / 30MA small filament.3. Input a value between 3 and 7 and shoot the scan, adjusting the number on every scan until the MA is within 5 percent tolerance.4. Update the table when within 5 percent tolerance and repeat procedure for the 80KV / 100MA small filament and the 80KV / 300MA large filament.5. Once these values are within 5 percent and updated you can return to Auto MA and cal seed and Auto MA should update all stations successfully.

Alan J. Cuellar-Amrod, NSC


PAGE 5

GE Medical Systems

* PROCEDURE 2

HV SUBSYSTEM HI POT

The KV LOOP test is a (zero) ma test which is used to “high pot” the high voltage secondary. All testsshould be at least 2 seconds in duration for proper sampling of data. High voltage waveforms may besampled on the measurement boards ( TP1) on both cathode and anode HV tanks.

Verify the following from the results screen:

* KVs are correct - all KVs 80, 120, 140

* Inverter currents are less than .500A

* Verify HV waveform at TP1 is not distorted. Both anode and cathode

* Rail voltage

* Check message log for errors

NOTE: See Attachment for “Normal” KV Loop results screen.


PAGE 6

KVLOOP INFO

Click here for KVLOOP screen results

Click here for a blank KVLOOP screen to document your results on.

This screen may be printed.

PAGE 7

GE Medical Systems

* PROCEDURE 3

KV FUNCTIONAL TEST

KV functional test can be used to prove the HV subsystem can provide enough energy for both low andhigh technics. All exposures should be at least 2 seconds in duration to obtain good data for the firmware tosample. TP1 may also me monitored on the measurement board during this test.

Use the following technics:

80/10

120/200

140/340

Verify the following:

* KVs are correct 80, 120, 140 Don’t troubleshoot total KV - verify both Cathode and Anode KV

* Cathode and Anode MA

* Cathode and Anode inverter current

* Cathode and Anode duty cycle (new style KV bd. only) Anode duty cycle rarely exceeds 90% and should never reach 100% Anode duty cycle should never exceed cathode duty cycle

* VCNT - Lower freq. = more current Higher freq. = less current

* Rail voltage

* Message log for errors


PAGE 8

KV FUNCTIONAL

Click here for KV functional test screen results

Click here for a blank KV functionalscreen to document your results on.This screen may be printed

PAGE 9

GE Medical Systems

* PROCEDURE 4

1. Disconnect the P1 and P2 leads from the Anode and Cathode HV tanks. Use electrical tape and tape off the leads to avoid any short circuits.

2. Run KV Loop Test. Observe any errors.

* PROCEDURE 5

The following procedure will test the HV Fiber Optic circuit ( valid only on the new KVboards, 46-321198G1).

1. From plasma select Utilities / Xray generation / KV loop / HV Fiber Optics. Increase the test duration to 4 seconds and watch the LED’s toggling at the Cathode and Anode inverters. (KV inverter covers will have to be removed to see the LED’s) Be sure that 550VDC is removed before removing covers.

2. Follow the procedure on the CD ROM.

REV A5/12/95CT SUPPORT TEAMCENTRAL ATLANTIC REGION PAGE 10

GE Medical Systems

* PROCEDURE 6


Remember, the sweep tank procedure is not conclusive. If it passes the tank may still be defective. But if the test fails the tank is probably defective.

GE Medical Systems

This section provides some observations related to the MA board signals and filament problems.

Attached are sample signals and scenarios.

• • With software all the way down to the > prompt the Ma board in OBC should have no LED’s turned on.• • With software up and at application level and OBC controller is up the following is observed.

• • DS2 INVEN is ON• • DS14 INVON is ON• • if DS13 (SMSP) is off that means the system defaulted to Large spot Filament.• • No RED LED’s should be on otherwise it indicates a fault.

The following readings were obtained with the tube disconnected from the xfmr.

Tube Filament OHMS as follows.

L - C 0.7 to 0.3 ohmsS - C 0.7 to 0.3 ohmsL - S 0.7 to 0.3 ohms

Xfmr Pri OHMS as follows

XL1 - XLC 0.3 ohmsXLC - XL2 0.3 ohmsXS1 - XSC 0.3 ohmsXS2 - XSC 0.3 ohms

Xfmr SEC OHMS as follows

L - C 0.3 ohmsC - S 0.3 ohms



GE Medical Systems

MA Selection Relay K78 on OBC Backplane .

Be sure to check that the relay is working properly. To test it use this approach.UseUtilities/XrayGeneration/Diags/Ma Loop/ to toggle between Large spot and small spot filament observethat DS13 (SMSP) is turning on when small spot is selected and extinguishes when Large spot is selectedYOU DO NOT NEED THE TUBE HOOKED UP TO BE ABLE TO TOGGLE THE FILAMENTSELECTION. ( Hi voltage Cables from the tube can be disconnected while doing this test).

Note: With the tube unhooked no red LED’s on the MA board should be on at the diags level.

Gotcha’s: If the inverter circuit on the MA board fails it may give an indication of an open filamentproblem DS9 (open filament) and DS7 (inv fault) may be on, if you try to toggle between Large andsmall spot it will fail because of an already pre-existing condition do not be fooled into thinking that itis a filament selection or an open filament problem most likely it is the MA board that is bad.

Use page 33 of Direction 46-018318 for continuity checks on the Filament connections.

Attached are sample waveforms of the Filament drive signals.


APPENDIX A- PAGE 2 OF 4

TP22 MA BOARD (FILAMENT COMMAND)

TP27 MA BOARD (FILAMENT CENTER TAP)


TP 29 MA BOARD (FILAMENT 2)

TP32 MA BOARD (FILAMENT 1)

GE Medical Systems

* APPENDIX B

ROTOR TESTS

* TOOLS AVAILABLE FOR ROTOR TESTS

A. Rotor Manual Tests (Proprietary Diags)

B. Frequency Sweep Test (Proprietary Diags)

C. Manual Mode from the OBC CTVRC Control Board.

________________________________________________________________________

A. Rotor Manual Tests

This diagnostic is accessed from the plasma: Utilities / Diags / Download Diags / Gantry / Rotor / Rotor Manual.

This test allows the user to operate the rotor in a similar manner as the applications or in a special test configuration for troubleshooting. Test configurations include open loop, closed loop , rail voltage off, 50VDC (diagnostic Mode), and 550VDC.

USER SELECTIONS.

Rotor Speed: This allows a chose of one of three rotor speeds. Some tubes are limited to two rotor speeds even though the selection allows three. An invalid

choice is automatically changed to the next valid selection.

Rail Voltage: This selection allows the rotor to be operated normally ( 550VDC )or decrease the voltage ( 50VDC) when severe faults are present such as capacitorovervoltage, shorts, or shoot-thrus.

Test Duration: This selection controls the duration of the run cycle. Range is 10to 1800 seconds.



GE Medical Systems


Rotor Loop:This selection opens or closes the rotor control loop. Closing the loopenables the CTVRC to regulate the stator current to the expected value, however,problems can be concealed in this mode. Open loop allows subtle problems inperformance to be detected. During 0 or 50V operation, the open loop mode

should be selected to prevent the CTVRC from saturating the output control signals.

RESULTS SCREEN.

The following is an example of a good Rotor Manual Test results screen.

No. Device Expected Present__________________________________________________________________________________________________1. CTVRC operating mode: IDLE2. Green stator current:

Present current ----- 2.595A Average accel current 10.27A 9.963A Average run current 4.000A 3.883A Average brake current 8.780A 8.920A

3. Black stator current: Present current ------ 1.668A Average accel current 10.270A 10.190A Average run current 4.000A 3.845A Average brake current 8.780A 8.278A

4. White stator current: Present current ------ 2.193A

5. Stator temperature rise (190C limit): 40C6. Rail voltage: 550V 553V7. High capacitor side voltage: 275V 279V8. Low side capacitor voltage: 275V 273V9. Current command voltage: 4.390V 4.371V10. Pulse width command voltage: 1.745V 1.736V11. CTVRC reference voltage: 10.000V 10.002V12. CTVRC operating frequency: ---- 110HZ13. Status register: ---- 00H14. Fault register: 00H 00H_____________________________________________________________________________________________________



GE Medical Systems


B. Frequency Sweep Test

This diagnostic is accessed from plasma: Utilities / Diags / Download Diags l Gantry / Rotor /Freq Sweep.

Testing consists of sweeping the rotor operating frequency while reading the black and green stator currents. The rail voltage of 50VDC and a maximum pulse width setting is used for collecting data. The stator currents measured versus the operating frequency are displayed. Normal operating ranges are: Black and Green stator currents should peak between 130HZ and 170HZ, Green stator currents peak 10HZ higher than Black stator currents.

RESULTS SCREEN

The following is an example of a good results screen.

CTVRC Frequency Test Status

No. Frequency Black Stator Green Stator__________________________________________________________________________

1. 80HZ 647MA 610MA2. 90HZ 707MA 690MA3. 100HZ 830MA 770MA4. 110HZ 940MA 927MA5. 120HZ 1037MA 1020MA6. 130HZ 1177MA 1080MA7. 140HZ 1210MA 1165MA8. 150HZ 1257MA 1262MA9. 160HZ 1270MA* 1262MA10. 170HZ 1202MA 1287MA* *CURRENTS PEAK11. 180HZ 1142MA 1215MA12. 190HZ 1117MA 1160MA13. 200HZ 1037HZ 1135HZ14. 210HZ 952MA 1092MA15. 220HZ 897MA 1032HZRAIL VOLTAGE: 51V____________________________________________________________________________



GE Medical Systems


C. Manual Mode from the CTVRC Control Board

The rotor can be run manually using the CTVRC control board. On the CTVRC control board, place S3 in the MAN position. Place S2 in the FOR position. Hold S1 (BOOST) for about 13 sec. to accel the rotor. To brake, place S2 in the REV position, and hold S1.

OTHER CHECKS:

Ohm the stator windings: Green to Black = 24 ohms Green to White = 24 ohms

Black to White = 48 ohms ALL to Gnd = infinity

REV A5/12/95CT SUPPORT TEAMCENTRAL ATLANTIS REGION

APPENDIX B- PAGE 4 OF 4

SERVICE NOTE HSA/RP 550VDC DCRGS TROUBLE-SHOOTINGSN T-13331.0 SAFETY / TAG and LOCKOUT 2

2.0 SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE TOOLS 3AVAILABLE FOR TROUBLESHOOTING

3.0 ERROR 183182 (I/O relays closed, pilot relays NOT closed 4 no 550vdc.) Use toolbook, system Power Control, 550VDC control, T/S Flowchart .

4.0 ERROR 183158 (I/O relays closed, pilot relays closed, no 5550vdc.) Check CTVRC fuses, check interlocks, checkx-ray/drives on. Use manual switch to verify 550vdc operation

SPECIAL NOTE: If accompanied with error 184186 (SRU Mains Low) suspect 480vac feed fuses.

PROBLEM DETERMINATION4.1.1 SCENARIO 1) DCRGS 480VAC Backup Contactor not 6 receiving the command to close, or being commanded to open when 550vdc is needed .4.1.2 SCENARIO 2) 550vdc not up at all, or not enough 74.1.3 SCENARIO 3) 550vdc monitoring circuit not working 7

5.0 ERROR 184186 (SRU indicates mains low.) 8SPECIAL NOTE: If accompanied with error 1841158 (no 550vdc) suspect 480vac feed fuses

6.0 RESISTANCE CHART (as measured from the DCRGS "point of view" 9TS1 - TS2 227 ohm / 180 ohm (load connected) 9TS1 - GND 173K / 166K (load connected) 9TS1 - TS2 199 ohm (load disconnected) 10TS1 - GND 500K / 173K (load disconnected) 10

7.0 RESISTANCE CHART (as measured from the LOAD's "point of view" 11Gantry cable disconnected from DCRGS TS-1 and TS-2Red to Black 18K ohm 11

Red or Black to ground 255K ohm 11

8.0 CONTACTOR RESISTANCE 12Coil resistance

9.0 RING RESISTANCE 13

9.1 Ring 1 to Ring 2 RESISTANCE 14

10.0 WAVEFORMS 1510.1 TP-2 (output voltage) to TP-4 (reference) 1510.2 TP-3 (output current) to TP-4 (reference) 1510.3 TP-8 (delay angle) to TP-4 (reference) 16

11.0 TEST POINTS and LIGHTS 17


1.0 SAFETY / TAG and LOCKOUTThe 550vdc that the DCRGS generates is actually +275vdc and (-)275vdc. It is not referenced directly to ground. However thebuilding conduit that contains the 480vac feed will act as an ACcapacitor allowing the AC component of the 550vdc to seek anasymmetrical ground. This is a return path for current in theevent you come into contact with the 50vdc and ground. 550vdc isnot forgiving when physical contact is made.

A large majority of electrical accidents could of been preventedwith the proper use of Tag and Lockout. Tag and LockoutProcedures are company policy. It is also common sense. Use it.


2.0 SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE TOOLS AVAILABLE FOR TROUBLESHOOTING

PROPRIETY DIAGNOSTICSX-Ray Generation / X-Ray interlock / I-O statusX-Ray Generation / Back-up Contactor or X-ray Generation 550VDC

NOTE: Backup Contactor will always display "ENERGIZED" this is a bug.

TOOLBOOKTroubleshooting / X-ray Generation / 550V Backup Contactor Itlk / Backup ContactorFunctional Test / T/S FlowchartTroubleshooting / System Monitoring / Mains Undervoltage CAUTION WHEN USINGTroubleshooting / System Monitoring / 550 VDC Control CAUTION WHEN USINGTroubleshooting / System Power Control / 550 VDC Control

NOTE: Good flowchart

SCHEMATICSDirection 46-018318 (skinny yellow spiral bound notebook) 550VDC Backup Contactor Interlocks - pages 16 & 17 for rev 4.

Pages 16 &17 are the 24vdc side of Backup Contactor Control. 550VDC Control, pages 61 and 62 (rev. 4) Pages 61 & 62 are the 120vac side of the Backup Contactor control Mains Undervoltage, page 56 (rev. 4) 550V Monitor, page 57 (rev 4)

Direction 46-018303 Revision 7Zeus_PDU_Interconnect page 2-22 thru 2-25 and page 2-28 for

DCRGS_PDU_PANEL relay control bd. interconnects.PDU_Transformer_Fuse_panel page 2-25 480VAC fuses that feed the DCRGS550VDC Backup Contactor Interlocks pag es 4-13/4-14 Duplicate of what is in

Direction 46-018318Rotor Control and 550V Monitor Functional Interconnect, pages 4-23 and 4-24 Duplicate of what is in Direction 46-018318Mains Undervoltage and 550V Monitor, pages 4-59 and 4-61 Duplicate of what is in Direction 46-018318High Voltage Test Mode page 4-65550VDC Control, page 4-67 Duplicate of what is in Direction 46-018318Gantry I/O schematics, page 5-129 Use for the 24vdc control side

of 550vdc commandCTVRC Bd. schematics page 5-146 Use for 550vdc monitoringRelay Control Bd. schematics page 5-194 Use for the 24vdc pilot relay and 120vdc side of 550vdc command.


SECTION 3.0 ERROR 183182

Thu Feb. 24 06:54:24 1994 Suite: CCT2 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error:183182 File: Method: No Method Line:615 Function: SYSTEM POWER CONTROL:550VDC Control Scan: 65001/1/0 Type: Axial Exception Level: Pri/Most Severe Time: 06:54:22:395 Log Series:212I/O board fault detectedI/O board pilot relays are closed. PDU pilot not energized.BCSTAT=0,550 VDC not active.

EXPLANATION OF ERROR 183182: Refer to the Gantry I/O schematics (sheet 7, BCSTAT is an indicator of current flow ing through the input of U287(opto-isolator). Reference Direction 46-018318 550VDC Backup

Contactor Interlocks to determine current flow path. Reference Direction 46-018318 550vdc Backup Contactor Interlocks and follow "550 man" and "550vdc overdrive enable" to trouble-shoot if Contactor will not come up in manual mode.

A LITTLE MORE EXPLANATION: U287 opto-isolator checks the current in the pilot relay loop ONLY.The current in the actual DCRGS Contactor is not monitored. +24vdc comes from the Relay ControlBoard to the Gantry I/O , then back out to the Relay ControlBoard to pull in the Back-up Contactor Pilot relays.

OBJECTIVE WHILE TROUBLE-SHOOTING: Find out why U287 opto-isolator IS NOT detecting current in the pilot relay loop when the firmware has enabled K251 and K245 (Gantry I/O bd.)

TROUBLE-SHOOTING; Revision 6 of toolbook has a good flowchart for this error. Major function is:SYSTEM POWER CONTROL", minor function is "550VDC control". (Per the error log messagefunction). the path to the flow chart is : Troubleshoot (book), System Power Control, 550VDC control, T/S

flowchart.

The theory section has a very good schematic and an explanationto follow along with. The path for the schematic is: Theory MainMenu, PDU, PDU Control Diag, 550V Service Controls. The 550VService Control Function is best for the 120vac side of the control functions.

********* DIAGNOSTIC NOTE: Functional Test Results Screen for BackupContactor will always indicate energized regardless of state, CQA has been written to correct this.

********* TROUBLESHOOTING HINT: Referencing the theory diagrams intoolbook, use jumpers to jump out the suspected faulty sections.This will bypass the fault and bring power directly to therespective coil, this proving the fault.

********* TROUBLESHOOT THIS ERROR ANY TIME THE DIAGNOSTIC 550V DOESN'T WORK.


SECTION 4.0 ERROR 183158 764841050 Mon Mar 28 07:50::50 1994 183158 2GECT OBC Generator No Method 642Function:SYSTEM MONITORING: 550V MonitorScan:4055/2/1 Type: StaticException Level: Pri/Most Severe Time: 07:50:48:810 Log Series;32DC Rail not sensed in 2 seconds.Pilot relays on I/O board closed, pilot relay in PDU energized.Voltage sensed by CTVRC board=1V .0VDC SOMETIMES

EXPLANATION OF ERROR 183158: The 550vdc generated by the DCRGS wasnot detected as being greate r than SPEC within 2 seconds.

SPECIAL NOTE: If accompanied with error 184186 (no 550vdc suspect 480vac feed fuses.

OBJECTIVE WHILE TROUBLESHOOTING: These are three scenarios why the550VDC wasn't detected as being greater than SPEC within 2 seconds.Scenario 1) DCRGS 480vac Backup Contactor not commanded to

close, or being commanded to open when 550vdc is needed.Scenario 2) 550vdc not up at all, or not enough.Scenario 3) 550vdc monitoring circuit not working.

TROUBLESHOOTING: Error 183158 indicates that U287 opto-isolator (onthe Gantry I/O Bd.) has detected current going to the DCRGSBack-up Contactor pilot relays (on the Relay Control Bd. in thePDU), but no 550vdc has resulted within 2 seconds.Error 183158 can be divided into three areas, control problem,DCRGS/Load problem, or a 550vdc monitor circuitry problem.

The Back Up Contactor command control circuitry can be brokendown into two circuit. The primary side which involves the Gentry I/O and the Back-up Contactor pilot relays on the PDU RelayControl Bd. The primary side is a 24vdc control signal. Because theGentry I/O has detected current in this part of the circuitry,the problem most likely is not with this part of the controlcircuitry. The so called secondary side would be the 120vac to the DCRGSBackup Contactor coil. Refer to direction 46-018318, 550vdc control.

The monitor circuit for the 550vdc is on the CTVRC Power Amp, and OBC CTVRC Control bd.


SECTION 4.1.0 PROBLEM DETERMINATIONFor ERROR 183158

SECTION 4.1.1 Scenario 1) DCRGS 480vac Backup Contactor notreceiving the command to close, or being commanded to openwhen 550vdc is needed.

CONTACTOR COMES IN AND DROPS OUT WITH AN APPLICATIONS PLASMACOMMAND .Bring up the 550vdc through the plasma screen. (Diagnostics, or tube warm-up, etc). If the 550vdc Contactor come in anddrops out right away, the problem is most likely with the DCRGS not delivering 550vdc or the monitoring circuit notdetecting 550vdc. THE 550vdc Contactor will be commanded to drop out after 2 seconds if the firmware doesn't detectvoltage. If the Contactor does drop out after a few seconds if the firmware doesn't detect voltage. If the Contactor doesdrop out after a few seconds, the first thing to check are the fuses on the CTVRC Power Amp (550vdc input to themonitoring circuitry). If these are blown, the monitoring circuit on the CTVRC will not detect voltage, therefore producingthis error message.Try bringing up the 550vdc using diagnostics (Diags/X-Ray Generation/550vdc/Back-up Contactor) and command a longenough time to measure the 550vdc. (Diags will allow the 550vdc to stay up if not detected by the CTVRC).If the Contactor doesn't come in, proceed to "CONTACTOR DOESN'T COME IN AT ALL WITH A PLASMACOMMAND".If 550vdc can be produced proceed to "CONTACTOR COMES IN AND 550VDC IS PRESENT".If 550vdc is not produced with the Contactor in, proceed to "CONTACTOR COMES IN AND NO 550VDC".

CONTACTOR DOESN'T COME IN AT ALL WITH A PLASMA COMMAND . If the DCRGS550vdc Contactor doesn't come in at all. Since U287 has detected current in the "primary" (24vdc control), the problemmost likely is with the "secondary" (120vac) side of the control circuitry. This scenario can be verified by using the testswitch on the PDU Relay Control Bd. If the "secondary" is the problem, then using the test switch will not bring in theContactor. Items to check are:

120vac to the Relay Control BD.All interlocks: Key switch X-Ray/Drives are on 550vdc enable on Gantry Safety Switch Gantry cover interlocksRelay Control Bd.

CONTACTOR DOESN'T COME IN AT ALL WITH A PLASMA COMMAND AND WILLCOME IN WITH THE RELAY CONTROL BD. TEST SWITCH .This is an unlikely scenario because it indicates that the 24vdc primary command circuitry is not working. If this circuitryis not working, U287 would detect no current and flag error 183182 "PDU pilot relay not energized". If this condition isverified to be true refer to direction 46-018318 550VDC BACKUP CONTACTOR INTERLOCKS for the schematics, andgood luck.


CONTACTOR DOESN'T COME IN AT ALL WITH A PLASMA COMMAND AND WILL NOTCOME IN WITH THE RELAY CONTROL BD TEST SWITCH.Use the Manual 550vdc switch on the Relay Control Bd. to bring up 550vdc manually. If the DCRGS 480vac BackupContactor does not come in the problem is most likely the 120vac "secondary". Items to check are:

120vac to the Relay Control Bd.All interlocks: Key switch X-Ray/drives are on

550vdc enable on Gantry safety SW Gantry cover interlocksRelay Control Bd.

SECTION 4.1.2SCENARIO 2) 550vdc not up at all, or not enough.

CONTACTOR COMES IN AND NO 550VDC (Must be done using diags or with the test switch on the Relay Control bd.otherwise firmware will command to turn Contactor off if 550vdc is not detected.)Use the 550vdc test switch on the Relay Control bd. if the 550vdc Contactor comes in and stays in but no 550vdc isproduced at the output of the DCRGS, then the problem is most likely no power into the DCRGS or a DCRGS failure, orthe load (gantry components) is loading down the DCRGS. Items to check are:

480vac power into the DCRGS.Fuses that feed the DCRGSDisconnect the load at TS1, TS2 and retry

SECTION 4.1.3

SCENARIO 3) 550vdc monitoring circuit not working.CONTACTOR COMES IN AND 550VDC IS PRESENT (Using test switch on Relay Control Bd.) This scenario indicatesthat the monitoring circuitry is not working. The first thing to check are the 550vdc fuses on the CTVRC power amp. Thesecond thing is to check the test points on the OBC CTVRC control board. these are the test points that firmware monitorsfor 550vdc within two seconds.

SERVICE NOTEHSA/RP 550VDC DCRGS TROUBLE-SHOOTING SN T-1333

SECTION 5.0ERROR 184186 (SRU Indicates Mains Low)

764841201 Mon. Mar 28 07:53:21 1994 184186 2GECT STC Scan ControlscMainsMonitor.c 1.8 No Method 210Function: SYSTEM MONITORING: Mains UndervoltageScan: 4055/2/0 type: None/UnknownException Level: Pri/soft Time: 07:53:19:370 Log Series: 24SRU indicates mains lowHW ERROR:Power input problemEN 34

EXPLANATION OF ERROR 184186: Refer to direction 46-018318 MainsUndervoltage for the monitor part. Also refer to direction46-018303 PDU_TRANSFORMER_FUSE_PANEL (page 2-25 in rev 7). The Mains Undervoltage monitor the voltage at PDU fusesA5F10,F11,F12. If this voltage is low, or if a phase is missing(i.e. blown fuse), the system will report this error.

SPECIAL NOTE: If accompanied with error 183158 (no 550vdc) suspect 480vac feed fuses.

OBJECTIVE WHILE TROUBLESHOOTING: Find out why the STC Axial boarddetected a "Mains Undervoltage" from the DCRGS.

TROUBLESHOOTING; Refer to schematics 46-018303 (page 2-28 for rev 7), this is the schematic for thesmall 1/10 amp fuses that feed the monitoring circuit. Schematic 46-018303 (page 2-24 for rev 7this is the schematic of the 80amp fuses that feed the DCRGS.Mains Undervoltage in direction 46-018318 will give the schematic for the interconnects to the Axial bd.

SERVICE NOTE HSA/RP 550VDC DCRGS TROUBLE-SHOOTING SN T-1333SECTION 6.0 RESISTANCE CHART

DCRGS SIDE OF TS1 AND TS2(WITH SLIP RING LOAD CONNECTED)

1a) Forward bias (red meter lead on TS1) Reverse bias (black meter lead on TS1 TS1 to TS2 227 ohm TS2 to TS1 180 ohm

TS1

TS2


To the Slip Ring

Connected +

Red meter lead

ohms

_

227 180

Red wire connected

LOAD CONNECTEDFig 1a


1b) Forward bias (red lead on TS2) Reverse bias (black lead on TS2) TS1 to gnd 173 kohm TS1 to gnd 166 kohm TS2 to gnd 166 kohm TS2 to gnd 173 kohm

TS1

TS2


To the Slip Ring

Connected +

Red meter lead

ohms

_

Fig 1b LOAD CONNECTED

Red wire connected

166k173k

Move red meter leadto TS2 to check TS2 to gnd.


DCRGS SIDE OF TS1 AND TS2(WITH SLIP RING LOAD DISCONNECTED)

1c) Forward bias (red meter lead on TS1) Reverse bias (black meter lead on TS1) TS1 to TS2 199 ohm TS1 to TS2 195 ohm

TS1

TS2


To the Slip Ring

+

Red meter lead

ohms

Fig 1c LOAD DISCONNECTED


Ground connected


_

199 ohm


1d) Forward bias (red meter lead on TS1/TS2) Reverse bias (black meter lead on TS1/TS2) TS1 to gnd 500k TS1 to gnd 170.4k TS2 to gnd 500k TS2 to gnd 170.4k

TS1

TS2


To the Slip Ring

+

Red meter lead

500k170k

ohms

Fig 1d LOAD DISCONNECTED



_


SECTION 7.0LOAD RESISTANCE FROM THE PDU (LOAD DISCONNECTED)(i.e. with the big black and red wire disconnected and measuring the resistance of the big red and black wire.)

Forward bias (with the smaller chassis ground connected) Reverse biasred 550vdc to blk 550vdc = 18k (approx. 20 sec to stabilize) 18k (4.7k after 4 minutes)

TS1

TS2


To the Slip Ring

+

Red meter lead

ohms

_

18k4.7 -18k

Fig 2a (LOAD DISCONNECTED)


2b) Forward Bias (with the smaller chassis ground connected) Reverse bias red 550vdc to ground = 255k 255k blk 550vdc to ground = 255k 255k

TS1

TS2


To the Slip Ring

+

Red meter lead

ohms

_

Fig 2b (LOAD DISCONNECTED)

255k ohm

Move meter lead to checkthe black wire

NOTE: With the ground wire (shield) disconnected, GROUND TO GROUND = 0.5 OHM


SECTION 8.0 480VAC INPUT CONTACTOR RESISTANCE READINGS

Output of Contactor (DCRGS side)

3a Forward Bias (red lead on T1) Reverse bias (black lead on T1) (2) T1 to (4) T2 = 2.4 meg 2.4 meg (2) T1 to (6) T3 = 2.4 meg 2.4 meg

3b) Forward Bias (red lead on T2) Reverse Bias (black lead on T2) (4) T2 to (6) T3 = 2.4 meg 2.4 meg

3c) Forward Bias (red lead on T1,2,3) Reverse Bias (blk lead on T1,2,3) (2) T1 to chassis ground = 1.1 meg 1.1 meg (4) T2 to chassis ground = 1.1 meg 1.1 meg (6) T3 to chassis ground = 1.1 meg 1.1 meg

Input to Contactor (Wall power side)3d) Forward Bias (red lead on L1) Reverse Bias (blk lead on L1) (1) L1 to (3)L2 = 0.5 ohm 0.5 ohm (meter lead resistance) (1) L1 to (5)L3 = 0.5 ohm 0.5 ohm (meter lead resistance)

3e) Forward Bias (red lead on L2) Reverse Bias (blk lead on L2) (3) L2 to (5)L3 = 0.5 ohm 0.5 ohm (meter lead resistance)

3f) Forward Bias (red lead on L1,2,3) Reverse Bias (blk lead on L1,2,3) (1) L1 to chassis ground = 1.7 meg 1.7 meg (3) L2 to chassis ground = 1.7 meg 1.7 meg (5) L3 to chassis ground = 1.7 meg 1.7 meg


SECTION 9.0 ON THE RING ITSELF

(LOAD DISCONNECTED FROM THE DCRGS AT THE DCRGS) (Measure on the inside of the slip ring)

4a) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 7) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 7) ring 7 to 9 = 27.8 meg ring 7 to 9 = 4.38 meg ring 7 to gantry ground = 71 ohm ring 7 to gantry ground = 71 ohm

4b) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 7) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 7) ring 7 to 10 = 71 ohm ring 7 to 10 = 71 ohm ring 7 to 11 = 71 ohm ring 7 to 11 = 71 ohm

4c) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 7) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 7) ring 7 to 13 = 254 kohm ring 7 to 13 = 254 kohm ring 7 to 14 = 254 kohm ring 7 to 14 = 254 kohm

4d) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 8) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 8) ring 8 to gantry ground = open ring 8 to gantry ground = open ring 8 is open to all other rings (11,12,13,14) ring 8 is open to all other rings

4e) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 9) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 9) ring 9 to gantry ground = 4.38 meg ohm ring 9 to gantry ground = 27 meg

4f) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 10) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 10) ring 10 to gantry ground = 0.5 ohm ring 10 to gantry ground = 0.5 ohm

4g) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 11) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 11) ring 11 to 10 = 0.5 ohm ring 11 to 10 = 0.5 ohm ring 11 to gantry ground = 0.5 ohm ring 11 to gantry ground = 0.5 ohm

4h) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 9) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 9) ring 9 to 11,12,13,14 = 4 meg ohm ring 9 to 11,12,13,14 = 28 meg ohm


SECTION 9.1

A SPECIAL NOTE ON RING 1 AND 2

THIS MESSAGE IS IN REGARDS TO DASIOP PARITY ERRORS ON THE HSA SCANNER. QUITEOFTEN THESE ERRORS ARE THE RESULT OF RESISTIVE BUILD UP ON THE SLIP RINGS(RINGS 1-6). TO DETERMINE IF THE RINGS/BRUSHES ARE AT FAULT, A RESISTANCEREADING MUST BE TAKEN ACROSS THE RING, THIS CAN BE ACCOMPLISHED BY

1. REMOVE POWER VIA A1 DISCONNECT

2. GAIN ACCESS TO THE SLIP RINGS

3. WITH AN OHM METER. ATTACH ONE LEAD TO THE STATIONARY BUFFER BOARD, RING 1. USE THE ALLEN SCREW HEAD,

ATTACH THE OTHER LEAD TO THE ROTATING BOARD ON THE INSIDE OF THE GANTRY.

4. ROTATE THE GANTRY BOARD 30-90 DEGREES WHILE OBSERVING THE METER. YOU SHOULD OBSERVE LESS THAN 1 OHM WHILE ROTATING SLOWLY.

5. REPEAT WITH RINGS 2 - 6.

WHEN THE RINGS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR GENERATING THESE ERRORS, YOU WILLNORMALLY SEE READING OF 3 OHMS OR GREATER. DO NOT RELY ON THE APPEARANCE OFTHE RINGS , QUITE OFTEN THEY LOOK TO BE DIRTY BUT THEY ARE WELL WITHIN SPEC.RELY ON YOUR OHM METER.IF THE RINGS REQUIRE CLEANING USE SOMETHING SLIGHTLY ABRASIVE WITH A GRIITGREATER THAN 400. A LARGE PEN ERASER WILL WORK WELL, REMEMBER, THE SILVERCOATING ON THE RINGS IS THIS AND CONTINUOS SCRUBBING ON THE RINGS CAN WEARTHROUGH TO THE COPPER UNDERNEATH.


SECTION 10.0 WAVEFORMS


Scope time base at 0.1 sec/d

TP3 (Output Current) to TP4 (reference)

TP2 (Output Voltage) to TP4 (reference)



TP 8 (Delay Angle) to TP4 (reference)The Delay Angle determines the desired output voltage (550vdc) for a given current load


SECTION 11 CONTROL BD LEDs

LED STATUS

DCRGS Status Power On Intl Open Cap Unbal O/C Under volt Phase LossPower first applied to ON off ON off ON ONDCRGS after havingbeen off

480vac applied and ON off off off off off550vdc on

550vdc turned off (120vac ON off off off off ONpower still applied tocontrol board)

*** CAUTION LIGHTS MAY NOT BE THE SAME EACH TIME POWER IS TURNED ON ***

Ernie WaldronOLC



APPENDIX D-PAGE 1 OF 3



APPENDIX D- PAGE 2 OF 3

ANODE HV TANK MEAS. BRD TP1, 140 KV, 2 SEC


KV FEEDBACK POTKV FEEDBACK POT Rev "A" 4/18/95 Cent. Atl support team

Purpose of this information: To reinforce that the kv feedback test points DO NOT reflect actual kv across the tube. The purpose of the kv gain pot is to ensure thatthere is a gain of 1 (one) between the tube kv measurement (meas bd) and tube kv reporting (kv test points.) The reason that kv test points (on a normally operatingsystem) will never be different than commanded, is that this is the mode the closedclosed loop uses to regulate the kv. If this test point is wrong the system will change inverter current to compensate. It takes milliseconds to do this, therefore it lookslike these points never change.

Another reason for this documentation is to emphasize how far off the kv gain potscan be adjusted and the system still think that the kv across the tube is what the cooling algorithm thinks it is.DEFINITIONS: "Turns cw" The kv gain pot was turned fully ccw, then turned cw oneturn at a time

"bleeder" KV bleeder installed in system. This is actual kv across the tube.

"kvan" "kvca" anode and cathode test points on the kv control board.

NOTE that one turn cw (from fully ccw) will bring the gain closer to one, resulting in the bleeder voltage come up closer to the test point. This is true up until 15 turnswhen the gain is less than one. Now the actual kv across the tube is GREATERTHAN the test points (measurement gain less than one).SUMMARY: A properly adjusted kv gain pot should be in the neighborhood of about 15 turns.

ANODE CATHODEFULLY CCW (starting pt) FULLY CCW (starting pt)TURNS BLEEDER (KV +) TURNS BLEEDER (KV -)CW CW

2 44.854 5.9823 2 45.036 6.00043 45.751 5.9095 3 45.438 6.01924 47.008 5.9711 4 46.473 6.03065 48.266 5.9639 5 47.47 6.02326 49.543 5.9631 6 48.576 6.02747 50.614 5.9601 7 49.731 6.02448 51.613 5.9493 8 50.84 6.02359 52.615 5.9554 9 51.835 6.0238

10 53.705 5.9445 10 52.749 6.032711 54.883 5.9449 11 54.065 6.023512 56.103 5.9442 12 55.337 6.024113 57.32 5.9361 13 56.49 6.022514 58.315 5.9324 14 57.861 6.020715 59.532 5.931 15 58.917 6.030916 60.527 5.9238 16 60.06 6.019217 61.763 5.9081 17 61.354 6.026318 62.041 5.9359 18 62.695 6.032419 63.041 5.9328 19 63.68 6.021320 64.108 5.9361 20 65.114 6.025321 65.136 5.9479 21 66.429 6.021322 66.118 5.955 22 67.334 6.032723 67.122 5.9636 23 68.731 6.029324 69.134 5.9706 24 69.827 6.030325 69.164 5.986 25 70.917 6.023826 70.081 5.9981 26 71.974 6.027527 71.157 5.9385 27 73.147 6.029728 72.092 5.9854 28 74.256 6.023529 73.171 5.9838 29 74.961 6.024130 74.155 5.9801 30 75.041 6.0244

SYSTEM TUBE SOFTWARE AP SARC TUBE/RESISTOR HHS FORM TYPE ST- CT GATE VERIFICATION

BD Collimator ctrl bd. #/dateHSA/VX D3102T "ZC" LFC for HSA only NA NA NA #F4879XRP RP 2.0 2/28/94HLA D3202T "XD" LFC TP17 = analog gnd #F4567

NA 46-288466G1 TP1 = -5.5v 11/17/93TP2 = -2.8

9800 FPS w/Xenon D3212T LFC + use "QJDP" #2105962Load file "6" from "QJDP" NA NA TP17 = analog gnd #F4567INIT MT0;MT0:6 TP1 = -2.8v 11/17/93UPSYS;REGEN - select D3212T TP2 = -5.5v

9800Q w/Xenon D3212T LFC + use "WHDP" #2105964Load file "6" from "WHDP" NA TP17 = analog gnd #F4567

INIT MT0;MT0:6 NA TP1 = -2.8v 11/17/93UPSYS;REGEN - select D3212T TP2 = -5.5v

9800Q w/HiLight D3202T (HLA) tube LFC + use "WHDP" #2105964 FMI 25169 Pub. Mem Kit FMI 25170 2Meg Mem Kit

or HTD (Note) 1st time order FMI 25168 Load file "6" from "WHDP" Pub Mem = 256 or 512K Main Mem = 2Meg TP17 = analog gndHTD requires that FMI 25168 comes with "WG" INIT MT0;MT0:6 Master IOC 46-288466G1 TP1 = -5.5v #F4567

the workaround be software UPSYS;REGEN - select D3202T 10050244 ..... B 10050230 ..... C TP2 = -2.8 11/17/93performed as per 10003944 ..... 15 10050055 ..... 23

"WG" load D3212T To run a "KR" with "WG" Software 10004180 ..... B 10004260 ..... 2 Part Numbersprocedure. UPSYS;REGEN - select D3212T Slave QJDP 2105962

"WHDP" not required 10050246 ..... E Backplane jumper WHDP1 2105963 * * 1st time order "WG" until "WH" software FMI 10050039 ..... F Slot 5 - P1 - Row A - Pin 7 WHDP2 2105964

is released 10004476 ..... B to

"WG" #2105672 10004300 ..... B Slot 6 - P1 - Row C - Pin 8

"WH" .... FMI 25153 HiLight Detector systems "WH" .... FMI 25166 Xenon Detector systems Configure "HCHIOP" boards as "CHIOP" bds

SW # 1,5,8 on SW # 2,3,4,6,7 off

YMS HHS FORM NEW TUBES AND KERNALSSYSTEMS TUBE DATE TUBE KERNAL FILE

PROSPEED 8K/6K D3112T #F4567 11/17/1993 D3222T ................................... KERNALS.NC

D3212T ................................... KERNALS.CPSYTEC 4K/3K/2K D3302T #F4567 11/17/1993 D3202T ................................... KERNALS.HA

D3213T ................................... KERNALS.STCT PACE/PLUS D3302T #F4567 11/17/1993 KERNELS.DA is file the that is actually used

and will appear as a link to one of the files aboveCT 9000 D3412T #F4567 11/17/1993 Proper file selection is selected in "REGEN"

DKJ 10-24-95

CT MAX D3502T #F4567 11/17/1993

SRI/SYNERGY D3122T #F4567 11/17/1993

GE Medical Systems

HSA/RP/VX

BIBLIOGRAPHY

• HSA FUNCTIONAL INTERCONNECT 46-018318 • SN T-1333 HSA / RP 550VDC DCRGS TROUBLESHOOTING • SN T-1282 HSA - ISOLATING THE XRAY TUBE AS A FRU • SN T-1281 HSA GENCAL SLOPE PROBLEMS • FIELD HV CLASS - ERNIE WALDRON - OLC • HSA CD-ROM


BIBLIOGRAPHY

gDIRECTION 2145708, Rev 0 GE Medical Systems

CT 9800 / HLA

HIGH VOLTAGE

BEST

PRACTICES


TABLE OF CONTENTS


2-4. HV Troubleshooting Flow Diagrams

5. Procedure #1 - 9800 / HLA Tube Spit Verification

6. Procedure #2 - Visual Checks

7. Procedure #3 - Perform GenCal, Heat Soak

8. Procedure #4 - Anode, Cathode Spits

9. Procedure #5 - Hi-Pot Procedure

10,10A. Procedure #6 - Disabling The Overload Circuit

APPENDIX A. Rotor Checks

B. MA Verification

C. TGGC / Filament Setup

D. Filament Current Drift Test #1

E. Filament Current Drift test #2

F. CT Tube / Software Configuration Chart

G. 9800 / HLA High Voltage Fetch Faults

H. MA+ and MA- Waveforms

BIBLIOGRAPHY


______________________________________________________GE Medical Systems

Introduction

This guide was assembled in order to assist the GE Field Service Engineer troubleshoot high voltageproblems on 9800 and Hilight Advantage CT systems. It is not intended to be a “fix-all” procedure, but asimplified guide to identify the subsystem or subcomponent that is causing the problem. This documentincludes existing and new procedures.

The flow chart on the pages 2-4 has references in corner blocks to the numbered procedures in thisdocument. Use these procedures along with existing CT service manuals to troubleshoot your particularsystem problem.

Any comments or suggestions should be addressed to one of the CT Support Engineers in the CentralAtlantic Region.



PAGE 1

TubeSpits ?

SuspectTube,

Transformer,HV Cables

YES

NOSuspect

TubeTransformerHV CablesGenerator

TGGCO/L Board

Visual ly inspectthe tube andtransformer

wells andcandlesticks.Perform heat

soak andGENCAL

Visual ly inspect tube andxfmer wells and

candlesticks. Performhigh technic exp. Look for

arcing in xfmer.

Problemsfound?

YES NOInstal l Bleeder. Check

Anode and Cathodeseparately for spits

System OK?

NO

Returnsystem

to customer

Start

Generatoroverloads?

Proceed topage 3

intermittent

hard

Scope TP7, TGGC

A2 Board

YES

Correct anyproblems

found.

2,3

2,3

4

NOTE: VERIFY CORRECT ROTOR STANDBY, ACCEL, AND RUN VOLTAGES!

CT9800 / HLA HIGH VOLTAGE TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW.

1

A

B C

TubeSpits ?

SuspectTube,


YES

NOSuspect


TGGCO/L Board



soak andGENCAL



arcing in xfmer.

Problemsfound?



System OK?

NO

Returnsystem

to customer

Start

Generatoroverloads?

Proceed topage 3

intermittent

hard

Scope TP7, TGGC

A2 Board

YES

Correct anyproblems

found.

2,3

2,3

4

NOTE: VERIFY CORRECT ROTOR STANDBY, ACCEL, AND RUN VOLTAGES!


1

A

B C

TubeSpits ?

SuspectTube,


YES

NOSuspect


TGGCO/L Board



soak andGENCAL



arcing in xfmer.

Problemsfound?



System OK?

NO

Returnsystem

to customer

Start

Generatoroverloads?

Proceed topage 4

intermittent

hard

Scope TP7, TGGC

A2 Board

YES

Correct anyproblems

found.

2,3

2,3

4


1

A

B C

NOTE: VERIFY CORRECT ROTOR STANDBY, ACCEL, AND RUN VOLTAGES! (Reference APPENDIX A)

Are thespits

gone?

Returnsystem

to customer

YES

Swap HV cablesRepeat test

Perform heatsoak andGENCAL

Did the problemmove?

SuspectHV Cable

YES

Are thespits gone?

Suspecttube

NO

NO

YESReturn

system tocustomer

NO

3

Are spitsmore

prevalent onA or C?

YES NO

NOTE: AFTER REPAIRS ARE COMPLETE, PERFORM KV AND MA GAIN AND OFFSET ADJUSTMENTS AT THE TGGC, KV SLOPE ADJUSTMENT, ROTOR ACCEL AND RUN VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENTS, AND FILAMENT STANDBY AND BOOST ADJUSTMENTS.

CT 9800 / HLA HIGH VOLTAGE TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW (cont.)

B C

A

HardGenerator

Overloads?

See intermittentGenerator Overload

Flow Chart

NO

GeneratorOverloads?

Suspect tube or HVcables. Hi-Potindividually.

NO

Suspect transformer,

overloadboard,TGGC

NO

Visually inspecttransformer wellsand internal oil.Inspect internal

components withflashlight

Defectsfound?

SuspectTransformer

YESReconnect

tube. DefeatO/L board.(CAUTION)

MakeExposure

NO

Systemoperatesnormally?

YES

NO

SuspectO/L

board

Frompage 2

Hi-Pot the tube and

HV cables.

2

6

CT 9800 / HLA HIGH VOLTAGE TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW.

5

5

YES

(cont.)

YES

__________________________________________ GE Medical Systems

* PROCEDURE #1

CT9800/HLA TUBE SPIT VERIFICATION

TUBE SPITS MAY BE DETECTED AT THE FOLLOWING TP WITHOUT THE USE OF ABLEEDER. IF YOU SUSPECT HV PROBLEMS, USE A BLEEDER .

TP 7 ON GENERATOR I/O BOARD IS THE SUM OF BOTH (MA + AND MA -)THESYSTEM CONSTANTLY MONITORS MA - THUS A GOOD TEST POINT FORMONITORING TUBE SPITS.

• • OBTAIN ACCESS TO TGGC CARD RACK • • SCOPE A2 GENERATOR I/O BOARD - TP7 & AGND EACH MA WILL PRODUCE -20MV 100MA = -2V

• • PERFORM SAME TYPE SCANS AS CUSTOMER WOULD PRESCRIBE & TILT GANTRY DURING TESTS


PAGE 5

PAGE 5

______________________________________________ GE Medical Systems

* PROCEDURE #2

VISUAL CHECKSTHIS SECTION WILL PERFORM CHECKS ON THE TRANSFORMER, TUBE WELLS, AND THEHIGH VOLTAGE CABLES.

1. TRANSFORMER CHECKSA. Inspect the oil in the wells for discoloration, contamination, and proper level. Inspect the wells for cracks.B. Remove the top cover on the 125KW transformer, inspect the oil for discoloration and with a flashlight, checks for signs of arching and loose connections inside the transformer. View the inside of the 80KW transformer through the lexan cover.C. If the oil seems acceptable, look for transforme r internal arcing while making test

exposures at a high technic (ex. 140KV, 170MA). You may have to turn off the lights to observe any arcing.

(CAUTION!!: You should use safety precautions, including goggles, if you are going to get close to the transformer opening.

IF ARCING IS OBSERVED, THE TRANSFORMER NEEDS REPAIR.

2. TUBE WELLSA. Inspect the tube wells for arching and/or discolo ration. Also look for cracks in the

wells. Clean the wells and replace the oil with clean oil to the proper level. Replace the “O” rings to insure that no oil leakage occurs.

3. HV CABLE CHECKSA. Inspect the HV cable candlesticks for cracks, bent or missing pins, arcing, or

other physical damage. Do this at both the tube and transformer ends.


PAGE 6

________________________________________________ GE Medical Systems

* PROCEDURE #3

PERFORM GENCALTHIS PROCEDURE CALIBRATES THE GENERATOR TO INSURE CORRECT KV/MA VALUES. ITIS NECESSARY TO RULE OUT GENERATOR CALIBRATION AS A CAUSE OF THE PROBLEM.

1. 9800 Systems.-Use GC in CTDS to calibrate the generator. this is on the proprietary diag tape. If unavailable, use Cal Assist under MG test.

2. Hilight Advantage Systems.-From the plasma, navigate through Utilities/CT Tools/GenCal/auto. (You must

have your service key installed).

PERFORM HEAT SOAKTHIS PROCEDURE IS TWO FOLD: A HEAT SOAK AND SEASONING ARE DONE TO CLEAR ANYMICRON SIZED PARTICLES THAT MAY BE IN THE TUBE INSERT. FOR MORE INFORMATION,SEE DIR 18006, SECTION 9, PAGE 6-9-1 FOR CT9800 OR DIR 18209 PAGE 6-9-1 FOR HLA.

1. 9800 Systems.-In CTDS type NT. (option 1 is recommended)

2. Hilight Advantage Systems.-From the plasma, navigate through Utilities/CT Tools/New Tube/HeatSoakSeasoning.


PAGE 7

___________________________________________________ GE Medical Systems

* PROCEDURE #4

ANODE, CATHODE SPITS

This section will check for spits on the Anode and Cathode separately. A bleeder and scope are needed forthis check.

1. Install the bleeder at the transformer and connect your scope to the bleeder. Perform test exposures (preferably in genial) and check for spits on both the Anode and Cathode separately. If one side is significantly higher than the other, turn off the x-ray and drives and swap the HV cables at the Tube and Transformer. Perform test exposures and note if the problem moved. If the problem moved, suspect a HV cable.2. Scope the MA+ and MA- at the transformer for spits if the procedure in #1 did not show any spits. The MA +/- is sometimes a better indicator of spits.

NOTE: See Appendix H for examples of good MA +/- waveforms.


PAGE 8

_____________________________________________________ GE Medical Systems

* PROCEDURE #5

HI-POT PROCEDURE

WARNING: The H.V. cables must always be inserted in the tube or bleeder.Never leave cable pins exposed.

If the system fails with HARD generator overloads, even at low ma’s, you can perform this test.

1. Place a jumper across the current sense relay (XG1-A4-K1) contacts 2 to 5.

2. Remove the tube HV cables from the HV transformer and set aside.

3. Place the external bleeder and cables in the same wells (on the HV transformer) that the tube cables were in.4. Verify 2 inches of oil in the unused bleeder wells.

5. Perform genial exposures (0.7 sec). If the system fails with 20F2/20F8, suspect the transformer. If it fails with 2101, suspect the tube or HV cables.6. If there are any doubts, jumper the ma sense signal on the A2 board, U20 pins 9 to 10. Perform GenCal exposures (0.7sec). If the system fails with 20F2/20F8, suspect the transformer. If no errors occur, suspect the tube or HV cables.7. If the tube or HV cables appear to be the problem, reinstall the tube HV cables in the transformer and install the bleeder in place of the tube at the Gantry. Perform exposures in genial. CAUTION: Ensure that the Gantry drive is disabled.


PAGE 9

____________________________________________________ GE Medical Systems

* PROCEDURE #6

DISABLING THE OVERLOAD CKT

CAUTION!!!!: YOU SHOULD CONTACT YOUR RSE FOR HELP ONTHIS PART. IF THIS CIRCUIT IS OVER-

RIDDEN IT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM AND POSSIBLYPERSONAL INJURIES. PLEASE BE CAREFUL!

1. To disable the MA- overload protection, place a piece of tape on the edge of the overload board: XG1A4A1 pin 4.

2. To disable the MA+ overload protection, place a piece of tape on the edge of the overload board: XG1A4A1 pin 3. .

3. Use the schematics in the X-Ray Service Manual Direction 48-018006 page 7-14-5 and 7-33-1 for reference.

NOTE: See Flowchart on page 10A.

Please follow flowchartClick here for flowchart


PAGE 10

CAUTION: YOU SHOULD CONTACT YOUR RSE BEFORE PERFORMING THIS PROCEDURE. SPECIAL CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN WHEN PERFORMING THIS PROCEDURE.

Disconnect theMA+ circuit

(step 1)

Overloads?

Visually inspect theTransformer. Scopethe KV waveform,

Anode and Cathode.

NO

ReconnectMA+,

DisconnectMA- (step 2)

YES

Overloads?

SuspectTransformer

call RSE

NO

YES

Spits?

Suspectoverload

board

NO

Hi-Potsystem.

Remove tubefrom system.

YES

Spits?

SuspectTransformer

YES

NO Suspect Tube (Shouldhave been done

earlier)

PAGE 10A

______________________________________________________ GE Medical Systems

* APPENDIX A

CT9800/HLA ROTOR CHECKS

EXCERPTS FROM DIRECTION 18006 AND 18209

OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS - HV PRESENT

* TP = TB1-6 & TB1-7 FLUKE METER OR EQUIVALENT

* STANDBY = 105 +/- 5VAC IF NOT ADJUST R78 ON A3 CARD----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ACCELERATE ROTOR TO HIGH SPEED RUN AND VERIFY

* HI SPEED ACCEL = 385 +/- 5VAC IF NOT ADJUST R79 ON A3 CARD

* HI SPEED RUN = 100 +/- 5VAC (CT9800 ) IF NOT ADJUST R80 ON A3 CARD 130 +/- 5VAC ( HLA, 9800 WITH HLA TUBE)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ACCELERATE ROTOR TO LOW SPEED RUN AND VERIFY

* LO SPEED TP = K3-4 & XG1A2A1 PIN 7 RUN VOLTAGE = 85 +/- 3VAC IF NOT ADJUST R15


APPENDIX A


* APPENDIX B

CT 9800 / HLA MA VERIFICATION

This section will verify proper “MA”

1. Turn XG1 power off

2. Disconnect the two orange leads at the high voltage transformer terminal “MA(-)”. Connect the leads together and connect them to one side of a “true RMS” AC Ammeter. Connect the other side of the Ammeter to the transformer terminal “MA (-)”. Set the Ammeter for 0-2000 MA (AC mode).

VERIFY METER MODE, CONNECTIONS AND METER RANGE

3. Turn on XG1.

4. Bring the system to applications level with < M/S > or use < GENCAL > to make XRAY exposures for MA accuracy. Verify the MA reading on the meter with the value displayed on the gantry display.

5. Turn off XG1. Restore system to original configuration.

6. Turn on XG1.

7. If you use < M/S > service mode for your tests don’t forget to CANCEL back to “R” level and bring system up normally. If you used < GENCAL > for your tests run < UPAP > prior to returning to application level.


APPENDIX B

_____________________________________________________ GE Medical Systems

* APPENDIX C

TGGC SETUP

W = WRITE R = READ

I/O A/D ADJUSTMENT

OFFSET

DIAG BD. = TEST/SIMULATE/MON RD

1. 46-214102 JUMPER JP4 TO JP5 46-225852 SW62 DOWN TO 0 VOLTS2. WFF66/0F RFF65/07, RFF66/80 IF INCORRECT ADJUST R119 46-214102 R82 46-225852 REPEAT UNTIL CORRECT

GAIN1. 46-214102 JUMPER JP4 TO JP6 46-225852 SW62 UP TO NEG 52. WFF66/00 RFF65/65, RFF66 / 82 46-214102 8A 46-2258523. IF INCORRECT ADJUST R97 46-214102 R106 46-2258524. RETURN JUMPERS JP4 TO JP5 OR SW62 DOWN TO 0 VOLTS

MA/KV OFFSET & GAIN1. TGGC A3 - JP2 D>C (DISABLES CONTROL LOSS)2. DVM - XG1A4J3 31 & 32 SHOULD READ 0.0 V3. DIAG BD. - TEST/SIMULATE/MON RD - WFF85/C4 GIVES FIL BOOST

MA OFFSET1. WFF8D/01 - WFF8E/002. RFF89/?00 - RFF88/?01 - ADJ. R165 A/D OFFSET (GIVES 0 V @ 31 & 32 ON FILAMENT PANEL)

MA GAIN1. WFF8D/FE - WFF8E/032. RFF89/?03 - RFF88/?FE - ADJ. R164 A/D GAIN3. WFF85/00 - STANDBY MODE - PAUSE (GIVES 7.5 V @ 31 & 32 ON FILAMENT PANEL)


APPENDIX C-PAGE 1 OF 3

* APPENDIX C, TGGC Setup (cont.)

KV OFFSET1. DVM - XG1A4J3 29 & 302. WFF8F/01 - ADJ. R184 (TGGC A3) FOR 2.34 V THIS VALUE IS SAME AS KV OFF ON TP2 (TGGC A3)

KV GAIN1. WFF8F/FE - ADJ. R185 KV GAIN (TGGC A3) FOR 10 V2. TGGC A3 - JP2 C>D

MA/KV METER CALIBRATION1. TGGC A2 - JP1? B>A, JP2 C>E, JP3 F>H, JP4 I>J, JP5 K>L2. DVM (TGGC A2) TP6 - SW191 - KV LED LIGHTS

KV OFFSET1. ADJ. R228 FOR 75 MV2. DIAGNOSTIC BD - SIMULATE/MONITOR RD/TEST - RFF8C/?003. RFF8B/18 OR 19 IF NOT ADJ R273 (KV OFF) UNTIL FF8C/00 AND FF8B/18 OR 19

KV GAIN1. ADJ. R228 FOR 6.40V - RFF8C/07 TO 08 - ADJ. R378 RFF8B/FF TO 00 - ADJ. R378 TO GET 00 MOST OF THE TIME

MA OFFSET1. DVM - TP5 - TGGC A2 - SW191 - MA LED LIGHTS2. ADJ. R229 - MA CAL POT (TGGC A2) FOR 15 MV3. RFF8C/00 - RFF8B/18 OR 19 - ADJ. R274 MA OFFSET UNTIL FF8C/00 AND FF8B/18 OR 19

MA GAIN1. ADJ. R229 - MA CAL (TGGC A2) FOR 1.28 V2. RFF8C/07 TO 08 - ADJ. R3583. RFF8B/FF TO 00 - ADJ. R358 FOR 00 MOST OF THE TIME4. RETURN S191 TO OFF AND RETURN JUMPERS TO ORIG. POS.

KV SLOPE AND KV OFFSET1. XG1A5A1 - JPI - SHOULD ALWAYS BE IN THE "B" POSITION2. DVM - 1000V SCALE - A8TB1(A3) AND A8TB1(B3)3. CTDS - GC - OPTION 7 - SEND KV LOW CMD - ADJ. R94 (A5A1) FOR 200 VAC4. SEND KV HIGH CMD - ADJ. R114 FOR 450 VAC5. GO BACK AND CHECK BOTH HIGH AND LOW COMMANDS



* APPENDIX C, TGGC Setup (cont.)

FILAMENT SHUNT RESISTOR------ Remove power from generator ------2. REMOVE SINGLE WIRE FROM END OF XG1A4R1 FROM J1 PIN 213. ADJ. CLAMP ON XG1A4R1 FOR 180 OHMS - RECONNECT WIRE-------- Restore power to generator -------

STANDBY CURRENT------ Remove power from generator --- insert meter -------- Restore power to generator1. ADJUST CLAMP ON XG1A4R2 FOR 375 MA WITH METER INSERTED INTO "XL" LEAD. (" AC" MA RANGE)

FILAMENT TAP SETTING1. REMOVE PWR - INSERT AC AMP METER (2000MA) IN "XL" LEAD ON HV XFORMER - ENTER GEN CAL - OPT #72. GEN CAL - OPT #5 - SEND HIGH MA CMD - SHOULD READ 640 MA PLUS OR MINUS 10 MA . TO ADJUST LOCATE GRAY WIRE XG1A4A5 CONNECTED TO TUBE 1 XL PIN 7. MOVE TO THE CORRECT TAP - SHOULD NOT BE BELOW "D" OR ABOVE "G". IF CANNOT OBTAIN USE SECONDARY WIRE AT PIN 14 BY SELECTING TAPS O,P,Q. THIS IS THE FINE ADJ. THIS ADJ. SHOULD NOT EXCEED 650 MA .

X-RAY ON INDICATORTGGC (A2) R278 CW TILL GANTRY DISPLAY INDICATES X-RAY ON.R278 CCW UNTIL X-RAY ON INDICATOR GOES OUT, THEN 8 MORE TURNSCCW.R 375 MA WITH METER INSERTED INTO "XL" LEAD.----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------SARC SETUP: TP = TB1-6 & TTB1-7 STANDBY = 105 +/- 5VAC ADJ. R78 HI SPEED RUN = 100 +/- 5VAC (9800 Xenon) ADJ. R80 / 130 VAC (HLA, 9800 /w/HLA tube) HI SPEED ACCEL = 385 +/- 5VAC ADJ. R79 TP = K3-4 & XG1A2A1 PIN 7 = 85 +/- 3VAC ADJ. R15-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------[A2] BOARD [A3] BOARD R229 - MA CAL POT R164 - A/D GAIN R228 - REF V. ADJ R165 - A/D OFFSET R278 - XRAY ON INDICATOR R184 - KV OFFSET R274 - MA OFFSET R185 - KV GAIN R273 - KV OFFSET R358 - MA ADJ. ROTOR SEQUENCER R378 - KV GAIN SW 180 ADV-UP B POS 9800-DN A POS JP1-ADV-UP 9800-DN JP2-ADV-UP 9800-DN




* APPENDIX D

FILAMENT DRIFT TEST 1If the MA is drifting, it could be caused by a drifting Filament Boost current. Start with this procedure tofind the root cause. this procedure will verify that XG!-A1-K2, “Filament Standby Relay”, energizesproperly during filament boost.

1. At the Generator , verify the non-energized (standby) position of A4K2 relay.

2. Place the test board switch SW82 in the TEST position, and the filament boost switch SW65 in the boost position. NOTE: some test boards have the SW65 labeled in reverse (i.e. boost=standby).

3. Verify that A4K2 has changed states. NOTE: If the relay does not change states with the test board, end the test and verify power to the relay. If the relay energizes properly with the test board, continue to the next step.

4. Return SW82 to the “normal or system” position.

5. In GenCal, MA option, perform the high boost option.

6. While the filament is in boost mode, return to the Generator and verify A4K2 has changed states. NOTE: If the relay energizes properly, end this test. The standby relay is not causing the MA drift problem (Proceed to Filament Drift Test #2). If the relay does not change states, continue to the next step.

7. Verify that the filament standby signal is being sent from the TGGC A3 board. Place a voltmeter on the A# board edge connector P2-67, “TGGC FIL STDBY (not)” on the anode side of CR236.

8. Boost the filament using GenCal and observe your meter. P2-67 should go from 0 volts to about 24 volts. If it does not go to about 24 volts during boost, suspect the A3 board. If it goes to about 24 volts, trace the signal to the generator and look for loose connections.

REVA5/1/95CT SUPPORT TEAMCENTRAL ATLANTIC REGION

APPENDIX D


* APPENDIX E

FILAMENT DRIFT TEST 2Test #2 will verify that the Cathode HV Cable is not causing the filament to drift. Filament current driftswhen the Cathode Cable gets old and cracks develop in wires that cause added resistance to the filamentcircuit. The resistance cannot be measured with an ohmmeter.

1. Remove power to the Generator.

2. Place an AC current meter in series with XL terminals at the HV transformer (Refer to Appendix B).

3. Restore power to the generator. Use GenCal (MA checks) and record the filament standby and boost currents.

4. Remove power from the Generator to disable filament current.

5. Remove the HV cables from the Transformer and Tube. Swap the cables at the Transformer and Tube (now the Cathode Cable is the Anode Cable and vice-versa)

6. Repeat step 3.

7. If the filament standby and boost currents from step 3 and step 6 vary by more than 1 MA, suspect a bad cable.

8. If the measurements in step 3 and 6 are the same, rotate the Gantry a few times and retest. You can also rotate the Gantry manually while performing filament boost and look for variations.


APPENDIX E

* APPENDIX G - HV FETCH FAULTS

9800,HLA FF 20F1, GF 24120F1H (241) - X-Ray tube over temperature/pressure sensor fault NAME-FKVTUB TYPE-Recoverable Generator FaultThis fault is issued when a tube fault is detected in the generator hardware. Do not confuse this fault with faults 40BEH thru40C3H. These faults go thru the collimator board. This fault deals with the temp and pressure switches which are screwed intothe tube. Over temp/pressure switches are in series. They use 24V LIM from the Gen I/O A2P2-59,60. Refer to X-Ray ServiceManual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 2, Page 7-2-5. The other side of the switches go to A2P2-21. The absence of 24V will give fault at FF82 bit 2. The firmware will report as long as hardware is faulted. For firmware, thisis a recoverable fault but it is latched in hardware, therefore a hardware non-recoverable fault.POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) TGGC Gen I/O A2 Board (check adjustments before changing) 2) TGGC Gen I/O A3 Board (check adjustments before changing) 3) X-Ray Tube (isolate Tube before changing) 4) Stator Filter Board (remove and inspect for burnt components and evidence of arcing) 5) Stator Filter Cable (ohm out cable to check integrity) 6) Check for presence of 24v at Tube Switches 7) Check for loose connections on Tube Terminal Strip

9800, HLA FF 20F2, GF 24220F2H (242) - X-Ray generator overload NAME-FGENOL TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault is issued when agenerator overload condition is detected in the generator hardware. ***NOTE*** A Gen Overload is "or"ed with PRI LED inthe A6 Pri Contactor panel, in the Gate Control board. Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, Generator XG1 A6A3 Gate Control Board 46-188562S, Sheet 3, Page 7-24-3. This will keep the main SCR on giving a "PRI SW FLT" indication. The latching relay for the O/L is onthe filament panel. Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, Generator XG1 A4 Filament panel 46-184910S, Sheet 2,Page 7-14-5. On the filament panel the latching relay is A1K5. The corresponding buffer is FF82 bit 5. This is sensed on theGen. I/O A2P2-11. Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC Gen. I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9.When 24V is sensed at A2P2-11, this is a fault. The firmware will report as long as it is latched. For firmware, this is arecoverable fault but it is latched in hardware, therefore a hardware non-recoverable fault.POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) Damaged Lags in the Primary 60 Amp Fuses A7F16-F18 2) Faulty Gantry Display Board. ( Disconnect the to/from boards to isolate 24 Volt Limited problem) 3) Tubespits (Scope MA and KV to verify spits, if reproducible) 4) Faulty A5 Filament Tap Board (check for cracks in runs) 5) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A3 Gate Control board (check SCR timing, make sure JP1=A)

APPENDIX G- PAGE 1 OF 12

6) VoltPac Brushes (check for visible arcing/wear) 7) Safety Contactor A12K1 (check for bad/pitted contacts, or cracked relay frame) 8) X-Ray Tube (isolate tube to verify before changing) 9) HV Transformer (inspect for arcing thru Plexiglas window, or remove cover to check condition of oil, isolate tube and cables to pinpoint Transformer) 10) MA Sense Board A14A1 (check for loose connections and intermittent relays) 11) Check to ensure all connections on top of Transformer are secure 12) HV Cables (swap anode to cathode and cathode to anode, at Tube and Transformer, to see if problem moves or clears up)

9800, HLA FF 20F3, GF 24320F3H (243) - X-ray generator filament failure NAME-FFILMA TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault is issued when a filament failure is detected in the generator hardware (filament sensing relay detects an open filament). Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, Generator XG1 A4 Filament Panel 46-184910S, Sheet 1, Page 7-14-3 A4K1 on the Filament Panel is the filament sense relay. The correspondingbuffer is FF82 bit 4. Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9. A fault is when 24V is not at the Gen I/O A2P2-37. The hardware will not latch this fault. The firmware will report as longas hardware is faulted. For firmware this is a recoverable fault, but as long as hardware is faulted it is a non-recoverable faultfor hardware. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) Faulty Gantry Display Board (disconnect signal cables to/from the boards to isolate 24 Volt limited problem) 2) Filament Panel A1 MA Overload Suppression Board (check for a blown A4A1-F45 fuse) 3) Precontacting Resistor A6R3 (check for cracks or loose connections) 4) Filament PDU Circuit Breaker (check A7DS1 to verify circuit is energized) 5) X-Ray Tube (isolate tube to verify before changing) 6) Ohm out Filament in the tube (look for .5 to 1.5 ohms) 7) Ohm out HV Cables (look for .5 to 1.5 ohms) 8) Ohm out Primary Filament Transformer XL to XC (look for 5.8 to 6.5 ohms)

APPENDIX G -PAGE 2 OF 12

9800, HLA FF 20F4, GF 24420F4H (244) - X-Ray generator in service mode NAME-FGNTST TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault is issued by the generator's service switch is in the test position and a PREP command is received. A PREP command is when the computer starts bringing the generator up. The test switch is located on the FilamentPanel Test board. Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, Generator XG1 A4 A4 Test board 46-205962S, Sheet 1,Page 7-18-3. The corresponding buffer is FF82 bit 0. Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/Oboard 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9. A2P2-28 indicates "TEST MODE" when 24V is present. The switch is the latchingdevice. Therefore, as long as the switch is on, the firmware has the ability to detect this. This feature makes this a firmwarerecoverable, but a hardware non-recoverable fault.

POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) TGGC Gen I/O A2 Board (check adjustments before changing) 2) Filament Panel A4 Test board (check fuse on board before changing)

9800, HLA FF20F5, GF 24520F5H (245) - X-Ray generator SARC fault NAME-FSARC TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault is issued when a SARC fault is detected in the generator hardware. The corresponding buffer is FF82 bit 3. Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9.On the A2 board schematic it is called "ROTOR SEQ FAULT-NOT". The fault is the lack of 24V at A2P2-17. You must alsohave the return at A2P2-19. This signal must be true at the time the firmware is looking for it. The fault is generated at thegenerator, on the filament panel. Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, Generator XG1 A4 A3 Rotor Sequencer board 46-205892S, Page 7-17-3. NOTE that pin35 "RESET"-NOT and pin 13 "DISABLE 24-NOT" are not connected. The firmware will report as long as hardware is faulted.This fact makes the firmware a recoverable fault. But because of faulty hardware, can be a non-recoverable fault. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) Faulty Gantry Display Board (disconnect signal cables to/from the boards to isolate 24 Volt limited problem) 2) Tubespits (scope MA and KV to verify, if reproducible) 3) Faulty SARC A1 Power Supply and Rotation Protection board 4) Faulty SARC A2 Inverter Gate Driver Supply 5) Faulty SARC A3 Phase Gate Board (check fuses before changing) 6) Filament Panel A4 Test board (check fuse on board, ensure board is NOT in test mode) 7) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A1 Power Supply/Line Sync Board (visually inspect, swap relays on board to see if problem moves) 8) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A2 Charger ASM board

APPENDIX G-PAGE 3 OF 12

9) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A3 Gate control board (check SCR gate timing, make sure JP1=A) 10) X-Ray Tube ( isolate Tube before changing) 11) Faulty Stator Filter board (remove and inspect for burnt components) 12) Faulty Stator Filter MOVs (clip them out of the circuit to see if the problem clears) 13) Faulty HV cables (swap anode to cathode and cathode to anode, at Tube and Transformer, to see if problem moves or clears)

9800, HLA FF 20F6, GF 24620F6H (246) - X-Ray generator 24 volts power supply failure NAME-F24LOS TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault Thisfault is issued when the TGGC A2 GEN I/O boards 24V LIM is lost. Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGCA2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9. The corresponding buffer is Ff83 bit 0. The 24V LIM is generated fromthe 24V from the TGGC 24V supply. This is at P2-75 and 76. DS121 "24LIM" should be off with this fault. S126 is a reset switch. The firmware will report as long as hardware is faulted. This fact makes the firmware a recoverable fault. But because of faultyhardware, can be a non-recoverable fault. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) Faulty Gantry Display Board (disconnect signal cables to/from the boards to isolate 24 Volt limited problem) 2) X-Ray Tube (isolate Tube before changing) 3) Stator Filter Board (remove and inspect for burnt components and evidence of arcing) 4) Stator Filter Cable (ohm out cable to check integrity) 5) Faulty HV cables (swap anode to cathode and cathode to anode, at Tube and Transformer, to see if problem moves or clears)

9800,HLA FF 20F7, GF 24720F7H (247) - X-Ray generator A3 board clock failure NAME-FCLOCK TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault isissued with a clockloss in the GEN I/O board (loss of the 160hz clock on the A3 board). Refer to X-Ray Service Manual9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A3 Gen I/O 46-225650S Sheet 3, Page 7-3-7. Corresponding buffer is FF81 bit 7. The firmware willreport as long as hardware is faulted. This fact makes the firmware a recoverable fault. But because of faulty hardware, can be anon-recoverable fault. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) TGGC Gen I/O A3 board (check adjustments before replacing) 2) TGGC CPU A10 board


9800, HLA FF 20F8, GF 24820F8H (248) - Primary Contactor either conducting, or does not have NAME-FPRISW TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault Primary Contactor either conducting, or does not have a positivevoltage potential across anode to cathode, (A6 CR10). May also be true of A6 CR7. This fault originates in the generator. Referto X-ray Service Manual 9803B, chapter 7, Generator XG1 A6 Primary Contactor Panel 46-178700S, Sheet 2, Page 7-21-3.The "PRIMARY SWITCH FAULT-NOT" signal detects positive voltage across CR10, as CR7 is in parallel, so it too mayaffect CR10. A lack of voltage indicates a fault. During an exposure, (X-rays on), of course, there is no voltage across theconducting SCR. This condition is reported to the TGGC A2 GEN I/O board at A2P2-5. Presence of 5V is a fault. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, chapter 7, TGGC A2 GEN I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9. Corresponding buffer isFF82 bit 6. The firmware will report as long as hardware is faulted. This fact makes the firmware a recoverable fault. Butbecause of faulty hardware, can be a non-recoverable fault. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) Faulty Gantry Display Board (disconnect signal cables to/from the boards to isolate 24 Volt limited problem) 2) TGGC Gen I/O A2 board (check adjustments before changing) 3) Faulty SARC A1 Power Supply and Rotation Protection Board 4) Faulty SARC A2 Inverter Gate Driver Supply Board 5) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A2 Charger ASM board (visually inspect for burnt/blown components) 6) Faulty Primary Contactor A6CR7 (if CR7 is blown, A6F1 will blow, also check CR12-15 and A7F9) 7) Faulty Primary Contactor A6CR10 (if CR7 is blown, A6F1 will blow, also check CR12-15 and A7F9) 8) Faulty Precontacting Resistor A6R3 (check for cracks and loose connections) 9) Multiple Primary Fuses blown A7F16-18 (60 amp)

9800, HLA FF 20F9, GF 24920F9H (249) - X-ray generator hardware watchdog timeout NAME-FCONTR TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault Thisfault is issued when the TGGC has not reset the control loss timer in the generator, (normally 64-100ms). The fault is detectedon the TGGC A3 GEN I/O board. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, chapter 7, TGGC A3 GEN I/O board 46-225650S,Sheet 3, Page 7-3-7. Corresponding buffer FF81 bit 4. The firmware will report as long as hardware is faulted. This fact makesthe firmware a recoverable fault. But because of faulty hardware, can be a non-recoverable fault. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) TGGC Gen I/O A3 board (check adjustments before replacing) 2) TGGC Backplane (check for loose connections and broken runs in backplane)

APPENDIX G -PAGE 5 OF 12

9800, HLA FF 20FA, GF 25020FAH (250) - X-ray generator hardware backup timer shutoff x-rays NAME-FEXPBU TYPE-Recoverable Generator FaultThis fault is issued when there is an expired back up timer when x-rays are on. This fault is detected on the TGGC A3 Gen I/Oboard Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, chapter 7, TGGC A3 GEN I/O board 46-225650S, Sheet 3, Page 7-3-7.Corresponding buffer FF81 bit 6. EXP BKUP-NOT at the buffer is really an "or" gate of the following faults; PWR-NOT, CLKLOSS-NOT, CNTL LOSS-NOT. The firmware will report as long as hardware is faulted. This fact makes the firmware arecoverable fault. But because of faulty hardware, can be a non-recoverable fault. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) Possible Cradle Speed Problem or Cradle is binding on side rails 2) TGGC Gen I/O A3 board (check adjustments before replacing)

9800, HLA FF 20FB20FBH (251) - Invalid command for X-ray (software error) NAME-FSHOOT TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault Thisfault is issued when there is a X-ray command without a scan in progress (invalid command sequence). This is NOT a hardwarefault!!! POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) Tubespits (scope the MA and KV to verify) 2) TGGC Gen I/O A2 board (check adjustments before replacing) 3) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A3 Gate Control board (check SCR gate timing, make sure JP1=A) 4) Faulty Primary Contactor A6CR17, A6CR18

9800, HLA FF 20FC, GF 25220FCH (252) - X-ray tube rotor acceleration timeout NAME-FSTART TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault isissued when the rotor exposure enable flag fails to set five seconds after a rotor speed command (low speed or high speed), during a PREP. A PREP is when the computer commands the generator to come up. Thecorresponding buffer is FF83 bit 4. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S,Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9. On the A2 board schematic it is called "ROTOR EXP EN". The fault is the lack of 24V at A2P2-27. Youmust also have the return at A2P2-19. This signal must be true at the time the firmware is looking for it. The signal isgenerated at the generator, on the filament panel. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, Generator XG1 A4A3Rotor Sequencer board 46-205892S, Page 7-17-3. NOTE that pin 35 "RESET'-NOT and pin 13"DISABLE"-NOT are notconnected. The firmware will report as long as hardware is faulted. This fact makes the firmware a recoverable fault. Butbecause of faulty hardware, can be a non-recoverable fault. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) Faulty SARC A3 Phase Gate board (check fuses before changing) 2) Faulty Filament Panel A3 Rotor Sequencer board 3) Faulty Stator Filter board (remove and inspect for burnt components and evidence of arcing) 4) Stator Filter Cable (ohm out cable to check integrity) 5) Faulty SARC A1 Power Supply and Rotation Protection board


9800, HLA FF 20FE, GF 25420FEH (254) - X-ray MA command loop out of tolerance NAME-FMAERR TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This faultis issued when the MA command feedback is not within a specified window. Refer to X-ray manual Chapter 6, MACOMMAND OFFSET ADJUST. Also, to see how far the specified window is off refer to Table/Gantry Manual SM9802-B, Chapter 8, Section 2, Troubleshooting Aids. Set thecorrect Diagnostic board switch settings, in order to observe the MA servo Command feedback-command. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) Faulty or corrupted GenCal Process or File 2) KV Metering needs adjusting 3) MA Metering needs adjusting 4) TGGC Gen I/O A2 board (check adjustments before changing) 5) TGGC Gen I/O A3 board (check adjustments before changing) 6) Faulty TGGC Backplane (check for loose connections before replacing) 7) Check for loose/broken connectors on the barrel connectors located behind A12K1 Safety Contactor 8) Faulty HV cables (swap anode to cathode and cathode to anode, at Tube and Transformer, to see if problem moves or clears) 9) Check/scope table power supplies and grounds

9800/HLAFF20F0, GF 24020F0H (240) - X-Ray generator KV servo hardware fault NAME-FKVSER TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault isissued when a KV servo fault is detected in the generator hardware when the KV servo hits mechanical end limits and de-energizes K1 or K2. Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, Generator XG1 A5, Servo Control Panel 46-178976S,Sheet 4, Page 7-19-5. Corresponding buffer is FF82 bit 1. The absence of 24v at Gen I/O A2P2-9 is a fault. Refer to X-RayService Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9. The hardware will latch this fault aslong as hardware is faulted. For firmware, this is a recoverable fault but it is latched in hardware, therefore a hardware non-recoverable fault. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) MPX A3A1 Low Voltage Power Supply Board (MOVs often fail , visually inspect the caps) 2) VoltPac Limit Switches (Usually a Hard Failure) 3) VoltPac POT (Usually hunting/oscillating is a common problem) 4) Servo Control Panel A5A1 KV Preamp board (check adjustments before changing) 5) Servo Control Transistors (check Q1-Q4 for short, if one is shorted, check A5F1 and F2)


9800, HLA FF 2100, GF 2562100H (256) - X-ray tube current present without firmware request NAME-FXRON TYPE-Recoverable Generator FaultThis fault is issued when tube current is being sensed without a firmware x-ray request. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B,Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 3, Page 7-2-7. The two signals that the firmware looks at for this are"MAON"-not and "XRAY ON"-not. Refer to "101H, 100H ERROR TROUBLESHOOTING". POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) Filament Standby/boost current needs adjustment 2) X-Ray ON Lite needs adjustment 3) TGGC Gen I/O A2 board (check adjustments before changing) 4) TGGC Gen I/O A3 board (check adjustments before changing) 5) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A1 Power Supply 6) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A2 Charger ASM Board 7) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A3 Gate Control board (check SCR timing, ensure JP1=A) 8) Faulty Primary Contactor A6CR17 or CR18 9) Faulty Primary Contactor A6CR20 or CR21 10) Faulty A6 Commutating Caps 11) Faulty Power Panel A7A1 Contactor Delay Board (check for pitted relays) 12) HV Transformer (isolate tube and pinpoint Transformer is faulty) 13) Transformer MOVs (disconnect and see if problem clears)

9800, HLA FF 2101, GF 2572101H (257) - X-ray tube current not present after firmware request NAME-FXROFF TYPE-Recoverable Generator FaultThis fault is issued when tube current is not being sensed when there is a firmware x-ray request. Refer to X-ray ServiceManual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 3, Page 7-2-7. The two signals that the firmware looksat for this are "MAON"-not and "XRAY ON"-not. Refer to "101H, 100H ERROR TROUBLESHOOTING". POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) TGGC Gen I/O A2 board (check adjustments before changing) 2) TGGC Gen I/O A3 board (check adjustments before changing) 3) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A4 Bleeder board (check for loose connections) 4) Faulty Primary Contactor A6CR7 (if CR7 is blown, A6F1 will blow, also check CR12-15 and A7F9) 5) Faulty Primary Contactor A6CR10 (if CR7 is blown, A6F1 will blow, also check CR12-15 and A7F9) 6) Faulty Primary Contactor A6CR17 or CR18 7) Faulty A6 Commutating Caps 8) Faulty Safety Contactor A12K1 (check for pitted relays or cracked frame) 9) Faulty MA Sense board A14A1 (check for loose connections) 10) Faulty or loose patient or scanner door interlock


9800, HLA FF 2102, GF 2582102H (258) - TGGC A2 board AID overrange on MA metering NAME-FMOVR TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault Thisfault is caused by the A2 board's A/D being overrange during calibration when metering MA. Refer to X-ray Service Manual9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 3, Page 7-2-7. Overrange bit is the MSB of the digital MAmeter FF8C bit 4. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B Chapter 6, Section 2, MA/KV METER CALIBRATIONADJUSTMENT. This fault will only exist when there is an overrange voltage on the meter input. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) TGGC Gen I/O A2 board (check adjustments before changing)

9800, HLA FF 2103, GF 2592103H (259) - TGGC A2 board AID overrange on KV metering NAME-FKOVR TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault Thisfault is caused by the A2 board's A/D being overrange during calibration when metering KV. Refer to X-ray Service Manual9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 3, Page 7-2-7. Overrange bit is the MSB of the digital KVmeter FF8C bit 4. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B Chapter 6, Section 2, KV METER OFFSET AND GAINADJUSTMENT. This fault will only exist when there is an overrange voltage on the meter input. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) TGGC Gen I/O A2 board (check adjustments before changing)

9800, HLA FF 2104, GF 2602104H (260) - TGGC A2 board A/D conversion failure on MA metering NAME-FCCTMD TYPE-Recoverable GeneratorFault This fault is detected when there is no conversion complete signal from the A2 board's A/D when metering MA whilemaking a measurement exposure. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S,Sheet 3, Page 7-2-7. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) Tubespits (scope KV and MA to verify) 2) TGGC Gen I/O A2 board (check adjustments before changing) 3) Filament Panel A2 MA Control board 4) X-Ray Tube (isolate tube to verify before changing) 5) HV Transformer (isolate tube and cables to pinpoint Transformer) 6) Faulty MA Sense board A14A1 (check for loose connections) 7) Faulty HV cables (swap anode to cathode and cathode to anode, at Tube and Transformer, to see if problem moves or clears)


9800, HLA FF 2105, GF 2612105H (261) - X-ray generator rotor prep failure NAME-FCOMCP TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault isdetected when the commutation capacitor is not charged during a rotor PREP command. This fault is only checked when thegenerator is in an active state. This fault may be true during standby but the firmware will not report it as a fault until thefirmware accesses the generator. the fault originates in the generator on the A6 Primary Contactor Panel. Refer to schematic46-178700S, Page 2. 160VDC is detected between TB1-30 and TB1-29, this is a minimum voltage, a higher VDC may bepresent. Also CHARGING SCR must be off. Refer to schematic 46-225648S, Page 4. 5v is detected at P2-1. lack of 5v is afault. Corresponding buffer is FF83 bit 6. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) Blown fuse A6F1 on the Rectifier Board 2) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A4 Bleeder board (check for loose connections) 3) Faulty A6 Commutating caps

9800, HLA FF 2106, GF 2622106H (262) - X-ray generator rotor prep failure 2106H (262) - NOTE - SEE SN T-1220 (SNUBBER CIRCUIT) NAME-FSCROF TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault is detected when the commutation capacitor charger (CHARGINGSCR) is on during a rotor PREP command. A PREP command is when the firmware accesses the gen modules, because ofsome type of x-ray request. The fault originates in the generator. refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, XG1 A6Primary Contactor Panel 46-178700S, Sheet 2, Page 7-21-3. A positive voltage between TB1-16 and TB1-28 is an OKcondition. No voltage is a fault. The lights on the generator Test board should reflect this condition. Corresponding hardwarebuffer is FF83 bit 5. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page7-2-9. The presence of 5vdc at P2-22 is a fault. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A2 Charger ASM board 2) Faulty A6 Commutating Caps 3) Faulty or missing A6 Snubber circuit (remove from circuit to see if problem clears, (SEE Service Note T-1220 for details)

9800, HLA FF 2107, GF 2632107H (263) - X-ray generator hardware backup timer shutoff x-rays NAME-FEXPTM TYPE-Recoverable Generator FaultThis fault is issued when there is an expired backup timer when X-rays are on. All of this action takes place on the Gen A3 board. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225650S, Sheet 3, Page 7-3-7. Corresponding hardware buffer isFF81 bit 6. The signal is called EXP. BKUP-NOT, on the board. EXP. BKUP-NOT is actually the "or"d result of BKP TIME-NOT, PWR-NOT(initial rst), CNTL LOSS-NOT, and CLK LOSS-NOT. A low on all of these signals indicates a fault. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) Cradle speed needs adjustment or cradle is binding on side panels

9800, HLA FF 2108, GF 2642108H (264) - X-ray request for zero MA (software fault) NAME-FMAZRO TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This faultis detected when the requested MA is equal to zero when there is an X-ray command. This is not a hardware fault. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) System software is corrupted 2) Corrupted Gencal process 3) Corrupted Gencal CORXTAB.TB file

9800, HLA FF 2109, GF 2652109H (265) - X-ray KV command loop out of tolerance NAME-FKVERR TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This faultis issued when the KV servo command feedback is not within a window. (This feedback from the D/A - A/D loop). Verify howfar the window is off by reading the difference between KV command and KV feedback. Set the Diagnostic board to Gantrydisplay mode and select 02H on the diag. board data switches. (See illustration 8-2-3 in SM9802B Table/Gantry Manual). Thiswill give you a hint to how far you are off. A little off is just an adjustment. If there is a large error, obviously there is more ofa problem than just an adjustment. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) TGGC Gen I/O A2 board (check adjustments before changing) 2) TGGC Gen I/O A3 board (check adjustments before changing) 3) Faulty Filament Panel A4 Test board (check fuse on board before changing, make sure board is NOT in test mode) 4) Faulty VoltPac POT (if voltpac is hunting or oscillating, suspect bad pot or Input AC power) 5) Faulty VoltPac Brushes (inspect brushes for arcing) 6) Faulty Servo Panel A5A1 KV Preamp board (check adjustments before changing) 7) Faulty Servo Control Transistors (check Q1-Q4 for short, if short A5F1 or F2 will be blown) 8) Faulty MPX A3A1 Low Voltage Power Supply board 9) Faulty TGGC Backplane 10) Check for loose or broken connector in barrel connectors behind Safety Contactor in MPX A12K1 11) Check for loose or worn A5 panel fuse holders

9800, HLA FF 2110, GF 2722110H (272) - X-ray safety contactor open at scan time NAME-FGSFTY TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault isproduced when the generator safety contactor is not closed when x-rays are requested. This is a feedback signal coming fromthe generator. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, Generator XG1 A7 A1 Contactor Delay board 46-178686S**SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE**. The feedback is A1J1-8 "SAFETY CONT ON"-NOT. This goes to theTGGC A2 Gen I/O. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9. Alow going signal, which indicates the Safety Contactor is shut, comes in at P2-7. This signal must be true when the firmwareneeds it. Corresponding buffer is FF83 bit 7. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) Faulty Power Panel A7A1 Contactor Delay Board


9800, HLA FF 210E, GF 270210EH (270) - X-ray tube rotor lost at scan time (hardware fault) NAME-FRUPLS TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault is issued when the generator's rotor exposure enable flag is lost when the rotor is ready for shooting X-ray. This fault will happen when the rotor is already up and running, and X-rays are commanded. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, GeneratorXG1 A4A3 Rotor Sequencer board 46-205892S, Page 7-17-3. The "ROTOR EXPOSURE EN" originates on this board. Noticeit is"ANDED" with several other signals. Also note that pins 35 and 13 are not connected on the CT9800. The corresponding buffer is FF83 bit 4. Refer to X-rayService Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9. The "ROTOR EXP EN" comesinto the A2 board at P2-27. 24V at P2-27 is a rotor up to speed signal. A lack of 24V, when firmware is expecting it, is a fault.The rotor may be checked by energizing the hardware manually using the Diagnostic board. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) TGGC Gen I/O A2 board (check adjustments before replacing) 2) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A2 Charger ASM board 3) Faulty Stator Filter Board (remove and inspect for burnt components) 4) Faulty Stator Filter Cable (Ohm out cable to check for integrity)

9800, HLA FF 210F, GF 271210FH (271) - X-ray tube rotor lost on standby (hardware fault) NAME-FRSBYL TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault is issued when the generator's rotor exposure enable signal is lost when the rotor is on standby. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, Generator XG1 A4A3 Rotor Sequencer board 46-205892S, Page 7-17-3. The "ROTOR EXPOSURE EN"originates on this board. Notice it is "ANDED" with several other signals. Also note that pins 35 and 13 are not connected onthe CT9800. The corresponding buffer is FF83 bit 4. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/Oboard 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9. The "ROTOR EXP EN" comes into the A2 board at P2-27. 24V at P2-27 is a rotor upto speed signal. A lack of 24V, when firmware is expecting it, is a fault. The rotor may be checked by energizing the hardwaremanually using the Diagnostic board. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) Faulty Stator Filter Board (remove and inspect for burnt components) 2) Faulty Stator Filter Cable (Ohm out cable to check for integrity)

9800, HLA FF 21A4, GF 42021A4H (420) - X-ray generator not ready at start of Xray scan NAME-FGENRY TYPE-Recoverable Generator FaultGenerator not ready when X-Rays requested. One of the following is not satisfied servo ready, rotor ready, or safety contactor closed. POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS-- 1) TGGC I/O A4 board (check adjustments before changing) 2) Faulty Filament Panel A3 Rotor Sequencer Board 3) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A3 Gate Control board (check SCR gate timing, ensure JP1=A) 4) Faulty Power Panel A7A1 Contactor Delay Board (check for pitted relays)


MA+ SIGNAL 120KV/100MAMA- SIGNAL 120KV/100MA

REV A ,5/1/95,CAR SUPPORT TEAM APPENDIX H

g______________________________________________GE Medical Systems

BIBLIOGRAPHY

• TABLE / GANTRY VOL. #1 18208 • TABLE / GANTRY VOL. # 2 18208 • GENERAL SERVICE MANUAL 46-018204 • XRAY SERVICE MANUAL - CT 9800 18006 • XRAY SERVICE MANUAL - HLA 18209 • CT 9800 CHAPTERS 4 - 8 18000 • SN T-1300 CT9800 / HLA HIGH VOLTAGE FETCH FAULT AID

• CT HIGH VOLTAGE BY FRED JENSEN


BIBLIOGRAPHY

HSA/VX/RP HI POT Rev "A" 4/18/95 Cent. Atl. support team

The KV loop test should be performed at 80, 120 and 140 KV and should always be greater than 1 sec. Don't use the "VCNT" or "DUTY CYCLE" fields during KV loop tests becauseregulation is controlled by an internal source. This will be a "0" MA test.The "VCNT" and "DUTY CYCLE" fields are used during KV FUNCTIONAL tests.

80KV - 2 SEC Average Selected Last

No. Device Value Value Sample1. Total KV: 82.58 KV 80.0 KV 82.9 KV2. Cathode KV: 41.3 KV 40.0 KV 41.6 KV3. Anode KV: 41.4 KV 40.0 KV 41.4 KV4. Cathode MA: .2 MA 0 .2 MA5. Anode MA: .1 MA 0 .1 MA6. Cathode inverter current: 1.225 A 1.150 A7. Anode inverter current: .800 A .800 A8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT):9. Cathode inverter duty cycle:10. Anode inverter duty cycle:11. Rail voltage: 549 V 550 V 549 V12. Exposure duration: 2000 MS 2061 MS13.Exposure number: 1 114. Status register (Address = FFCFF9H): 88H

AVERAGE VALUE: is the average value taken over the duration of the scan (see EXPOSURE DURATION).SELECTED VALUE: is the value prescribed by the user, or the vlaue required to perform the requested scan.


No. Device Value Value Sample1. Total KV: 120.1 KV 120.0 KV 119.1 KV2. Cathode KV: 58.5 KV 60.0 KV 58.2 KV3. Anode KV: 61.5 KV 60.0 KV 61.0 KV4. Cathode MA: .3 MA 0 .3 MA5. Anode MA: .2 MA 0 .2 MA6. Cathode inverter current: 2.575 A 2.375 A7. Anode inverter current: 1.575 A 1.400 A8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT):9. Cathode inverter duty cycle:10. Anode inverter duty cycle:11. Rail voltage: 549 V 550 V 549 V12. Exposure duration: 2000 MS 2056 MS13.Exposure number: 1 114. Status register (Address = FFCFF9H): 88H


No. Device Value Value Sample1. Total KV: 141.4 KV 140.0 KV 140.5 KV2. Cathode KV: 69.8 KV 70.0 KV 69.5 KV3. Anode KV: 71.3 KV 70.0 KV 70.8 KV4. Cathode MA: .6 MA 0 .5 MA5. Anode MA: .3 MA 0 .5 MA6. Cathode inverter current: 3.675 A 3.225 A7. Anode inverter current: 2.250 A 1.900 A8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT):9. Cathode inverter duty cycle:10. Anode inverter duty cycle:11. Rail voltage: 549 V 550 V 549 V12. Exposure duration: 2000 MS 2053 MS13.Exposure number: 1 114. Status register (Address = FFCFF9H): 88H

HSA/VX/RP HI POT Rev "A" 4/18/95 Cent. Atl. CT support team

The KV loop test should be performed at 80, 120 and 140 KV and should always be greater than 1 sec. Don't use the "VCNT" or "DUTY CYCLE" fields during KV loop tests becauseregulation is controlled by an internal source. This will be a "0" MA test.The "VCNT" and "DUTY CYCLE" fields are used during KV FUNCTIONAL tests.


No. Device Value Value Sample1. Total KV:2. Cathode KV:3. Anode KV:4. Cathode MA:5. Anode MA:6. Cathode inverter current:7. Anode inverter current:8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT):9. Cathode inverter duty cycle:10. Anode inverter duty cycle:11. Rail voltage:12. Exposure duration:13.Exposure number:14. Status register (Address = FFCFF9H):






HSA/VX/RP FUNCTIONAL TEST Rev "A" 4/18/95 Cent. Atl. support team

KV functional test performed at 36KW and 48 KW to verify operation of all IGBT's . Perform tests

with both OPEN LOOP MA and CLOSED LOOP MA and document. NOTE: The anode duty cycle should never reach 100% and should never exceed the cathode duty cycle. If this happens the system is out of energy.

High voltage status Open Open

80/10/2 SEC Average Loop MA Selected Loop MA Last

No. Device Value Value Sample1. Total KV: 80.1 KV 80.4 KV 80.0 KV 80.2 KV 80.2 KV2. Cathode KV: 40.0 KV 39.9 KV 40.0 KV 39.8 KV 40.0 KV3. Anode KV: 40.0 KV 40.5 KV 40.0 KV 40.4 KV 40.0 KV4. Cathode MA: 9.90 MA 7.70 MA 10.0 MA 7.80 MA 9.90 MA5. Anode MA: 9.60 MA 7.20 MA 10.0 MA 6.90 MA 9.60 MA6. Cathode inverter current: 3.000 A 2.625 A 2.625 MA 3.000 A7. Anode inverter current: 2.500 A 2.125 A 2.075 A 2.500 A8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): 28.6 KHZ 4.07 V 4.15 V 28.4 KHZ9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 23% 20% 20% 23%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 22% 19% 19% 22%11. Filament current: 4.415 A 4.335 A 4.294 A 4.335 A 4.422 A12. Rail voltage: 549 550 54913. Exposure duration: 2000 MS 2008 MS14.Exposure number: 1 1




No. Device Value Value Sample1. Total KV: 120.1 KV 120.0 KV 119.8 KV2. Cathode KV: 60.0 KV 60.0 KV 59.9 KV3. Anode KV: 59.9 KV 60.0 KV 59.8 KV4. Cathode MA: 199.5 MA 174.1 MA 200.0 MA 171.8 MA 199.4 MA5. Anode MA: 198.3 MA 173.1 MA 200.0 MA 170.8 MA 198.4 MA6. Cathode inverter current: 31.925 A 28.150 A 27.775 A 31.925 A7. Anode inverter current: 31.125 A 27.350 A 26.925 A 31.200 A8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): 24.1 KHZ 1.47 V 2.10 V 22.7 KHZ9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 100% 100% 98% 100%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 83% 84% 84% 83%11. Filament current: 5.614 A 5.534 A 5.458 A 5.534 A 5.617 A12. Rail voltage: 546 V 550V 546 V13. Exposure duration: 2000 MS 2007 MS14.Exposure number: 1 1



No. Device Value Value Sample1. Total KV: 140.0 KV 140.0 KV 140.5 KV2. Cathode KV: 69.9 KV 70.0 KV 69.8 KV3. Anode KV: 69.9 KV 70.0 KV 70.0 KV4. Cathode MA: 338.2 MA 277.00 A 340.0 MA 273.8 MA 338.0 MA5. Anode MA: 336.4 MA 275.14 A 340.0 MA 271.3 MA 336.1 MA6. Cathode inverter current: 53.00 A 44.025 A 43.350 A 52.875 A7. Anode inverter current: 52.075 A 43.050 A 42.375 A 52.075 A8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): 21.1 KHZ .35 V .76 V 20.2 KHZ9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 100% 100% 100% 100%10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 84% 85% 85% 84%11. Filament current: 5.885 A 5.758 A 5.680 A 5.761 A 5.883 A12. Rail voltage: 544 V 550 V 544 V13. Exposure duration: 2000 MS 2007 MS14.Exposure number: 1 1

HSA/VX/RP FUNCTIONAL TEST Rev "A" 4/18/95 Cent. Atl. support team

KV functional test performed at 36KW and 48 KW to verify operation of all IGBT's . Perform tests

with both OPEN LOOP MA and CLOSED LOOP MA and document. NOTE: The anode duty cycle should never reach 100% and should never exceed the cathode duty cycle. If this happens the system is out of energy.



No. Device Value Value Sample1. Total KV:2. Cathode KV:3. Anode KV:4. Cathode MA:5. Anode MA:6. Cathode inverter current:7. Anode inverter current:8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT):9. Cathode inverter duty cycle:10. Anode inverter duty cycle:11. Filament current:12. Rail voltage:13. Exposure duration:14.Exposure number:








3M Lasercam 952/959/831 Film Feedand Transport systemTroubleshooting Document.

Fadi Choujaa Rev 1, July, 15 1998

Fadi Choujaa

Rev 1 July 15, 1998 1. Added Exit buttons and NextPage Buttons 2. Added note on pages 11 and 12

Film Jams Troubleshooting directions on 3M Lasercameras952/959/831

Perform the following procedures for any of the Film Feed / Film Jam relatederrors, and for any of the following error codes. Also follow the troubleshootingflow charts available in the 3M service manuals when any of the mentioned errorcodes occur.Error codes- 20,20F,21,21F,22,23,24,30,30F,31,40,41,42,81,82,83,84.

Performing ALL Steps is necessary in order to remedy orimprove Film Feed related problems. ShortCuts taken will becounter productive.

Perform Film Feed Improvement procedure.

Perform mechanical integrity checks ( tighten all Gears and Cams, donot overlook any gears, loose gears and cams are big contributors tofilm jams.

Inspect Supply magazine window open/close operation.

Check if they are using Kodak Films and perform the Kodakmodification

Accountability.

If the customer just changed film types and or film vendors, Then they should beresponsible for the purchase of the film feed reliability kit along with all the laborassociated with the film feed problems. Check for film curling as well.

Dupont/Sterling Films.

Dupont/sterling films are known to cause film feed problems. You have to useunexposed/unprocessed films to test it reliably, because processed films maywork fine. The common problem with Dupont films, is the suction cups do notadhere well to the surface composition of the film and the outside cups will endup dropping the film and causing it to misfeed. Check for film curling as well.

Dupont will pay for the reliability kit if the customer asks them to do so.

Fadi Choujaa rev 1 July, 15 1998

M1 Film Start Motor M2 Film Drive MotorM3 Film Push MotorM4 Supply MotorM5 Receive MotorM6 Drum MotorM7-9 Cooling Fan Motor

SL1 Supply Drawer Release SolenoidSL2 Receive Drawer Release SolenoidSL3 Top Cover Release SolenoidSL4 Film Alignment Solenoid

CL1 Film Start ClutchCL2 Air Pot ClutchCL3 Rocker Cam ClutchCL4 Film Push Clutch

SSR1 Solid State RelayRY3 Power RelayC1 Capacitor (for Ml)C2 Capacitor (for M2)PS1 Push Lever Stop SensorPS2 Receive Magazine Closed SensorPS3 Double Film Feed Sensor

TR1 Main TransformerTR2 Control TransformerTR3 Optics Module Transformer

GEMS

Tension can be set as high as 275 or 300 grams what is important is that both sides are set the same other wise a Film jam is inevitable

GEMS

Tension can be set as high as 275 or 300 grams what is important is that both sides are set the same other wise a Film jam is inevitable

GE Lasercam Film Start Stage Summary 952/959/831

This is a step-by-step explanation of the film start stage.

1. The cycle begins when the Supply Stage window open switch closes. (S7) 2. The Film Start Motor (M1) and Film Start Clutch (CL1)energize and the airpots begin

moving down. 3. As the airpot suction cups enter the supply magazine. the Film Start Cam Low Switch

(S10) closes. This causes the Airpot Clutch (CL2) to energize, providing suction to theairpots.

4. The shape of the airpot cams cause the airpots to begin moving up, lifting a sheet of film

out the supply magazine. 5. As the film reaches a point parallel to the film drive rollers, the Film Start Cam Middle

Switch (S9) actuates causing the Film Start Clutch (CL1) to disengage, momentarilystopping the airpots.

6. The Middle Switch (S9) actuation also triggers the Film Drive Motor (M2) and Clutch

(CL3) , pivoting the Film Drive Assembly rollers until they "pinch" the end of the film(Film Detector "A" (S16) is actuated, but is irrelevant at this period of time).

7. The rocker cam stop switch (S12) is closed by the action of the Film Drive Assembly

reaching its stop position, disengaging the Rocker Cam Clutch (CL3) and turning offthe Film Drive Motor (M2) .

8. The closing of the Rocker Cam Stop Switch (S12) also de-energizes the Airpot

Clutch(CL2) so the airpots release the film and re-engages the Film Start Clutch (CL1)to drive the airpots to their home position.

9. The home position of the airpots is sensed by the closing of the Film Start Cam High

Switch (S8). The high switch turns off the Film Start Motor (M1) and Clutch (CL1) tocomplete the motion of the airpots.

10. The Film Start High Switch (S8) also causes the Film Drive Motor (M2) to turn on without

the Rocker Cam Clutch (CL3). The Film Drive Assembly remains in the "stop" positionbut, the drive rollers rotate. which pulls the film into the Film Staging Area.

11. As the film leaves the drive rollers, Film Detector "A" (S16) is released causing the

Rocker Cam Clutch (CL3) to re-engage, pivoting the Film Drive Assembly back to its"start" position as sensed by the Rocker Cam Start Switch (S11).

12. The Rocker Cam Start Switch (S11) turns off the Film Drive Motor (M2) disengages theRocker Cam Clutch (CL3), and turns on the Push Lever Motor (M3) and Clutch (CL4).

CONTINUE ON NEXT PAGE.

GE Lasercam Film Start Stage Summary (Cont.)

13. The Push Levers rotate and taps the back of the film. forcing it against the StopperLevers to position the film properly before entering the Exposure Area.

14. The amount of "tap" applied to the film is determined by the Push Lever Stop Sensor.The Stop Sensor (PS1) momentarily disengages the Push Levers as the Stopper Leverspop out of the way. The Push Lever Clutch (CL4) re-engages. allowing the push leversto push the film into the Exposure Area.

Summary:

S7 MakesM1 & CL1 Kick onAirpot start moving downS10 ClosesCL2 energizes creating suctionS9 MakesCL1 Disengage M2 and CL3 Kick onS12 Closes S16 makesCL3, CL2, M2 Stops/disengage and CL1 , M1 start / engageS8 makesM1 and CL1 Turn off and M2 turns On.S16 opensCL3 engagesS11 makesM2 off CL3 disengage M3 on CL4 engagePS1 on momentarilyCL4 disengage MomentarilyCL4 re-engagesThen the film should be in the film plane.

Transport related problem and causes 952/959/831.

Please Utilize the Troubleshooting flow diagrams available with the 952/959 3M manuals.

Errors Causes

20-20F S5,S7,S12, S16, M1, SSR1, CL1, CL2.

21-21F S16, Pick Roller Tension Adjustment.

22-22F S8, S17, Supply magazine, Pick Roller Tension Adjustment.

23 S17

24 PS3, PWA-I (film edge detector amp board), Sticky films, Environmentals.

30F Film is jammed in supply magazine, S6

31 S7, M4

40 PS1, S11, CL4, M3, SSR1

41 PWA-J (film edge detector Sensor Board)

81 S10, M1, CL1

82 S11, CL3

83 S12, S9, CL3, M2

84 S13, M3, SSR1.

Common Parts 952/959/831

46-266975p57 Cleaning Kit46-266975p10 Suction Cup46-266975p44 S5-S1546-266975p43 S1646-266975p41 S1746-266975p42 PS1-PS346-266975p40 S346-266975p39 S2, S4, S30-S33, S35MMM870ME016 Tension GaugeMMM78-8079-0003-6 This is the 3M Film Reliability Kit that should be usedon all cameras.